Thread 31.
John F. Winston
Here is the latest information about the UFOs that were seen over
the Olympics.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
JW Here is my e-mail to the person who originally said that the
UFOs were seen over the Olympics.
......
--- "John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote:
Date: Mon, 25 Feb 2002 16:09:01 -0800 (PST)
To: i
Dear Jennifer: I was given your e-mail address by Cynthia W. She
suggested that I ask you if you know anything about some UFO's
actually being seen over the Olympics. We are looking for pictures
also.
Anything you might be able to tell me would be appreciated.
Thanks,
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
...........
From: Info Jen:
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com>
Subject: Reguest:
--- Jennifer Lee <> wrote:
From: (Jennifer Lee)
Date: Thu, 28 Feb 2002 10:14:06 -0800 (PST)
I'm told that many saw ufos above during the bobsled races. Photos
too, I don't know where. PLENTY more sightings soon to come.
............
JW Here is some information where some pictures can be found.
............
From: B
Subject: Salt Lake City UFOs
Here's the URL to the UFO pics over Salt Lake City during the
Olympics.
Comments?
B
http://www.victoriaslight.com/SLC1.html
JW It has been reported to me that these picture are not very good
and really don't show much of anything. I hope people will come
forward with more distinct pictures and shots that appear to be
closer.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John Starrett
>
> Subject: Olympics UFO Pictures. Mar. 3, 2002.
>
> Here is the latest information about the UFOs that were seen over
> the Olympics.
Here is some interesting footage.
http://www.neilslade.com/UFOs.html
John Starrett
John F. Winston
Here is some information from an internet friend of mine. It
covers all sides of the UFO situation both pro and con. I'll put
an * mark by the things that I particularly recommend.
... .................................................................
.....................................................................
From: Steve Gamble <sga...@hgmp.mrc.ac.uk>
Subject: FAQ Part 1 of 7
Archive-name: ufos-and-aliens/part1
*World Wide Web Access
Rene' Mueller has kindly made both the full FAQ and the mini-FAQ
available by WWW on Spirit. The WWW address is
* http://zeta.cs.adfa.oz.au/Spirit.html
PART 1
Introduction
============
Contents
========
PART 2
=== 0. Introductory Material
----------------------------
0.1: About alt.alien.visitors
0.2: Posting to alt.alien.visitors
0.3: Hints on posting
0.4: Example Posting
0.5: People who post to alt.alien.visitors
=== 1. Terminology and Definitions Used in UFOlogy
--------------------------------------------------
1.01: a.a.v.
1.02: Astronomical Units (A.U.)
1.03: What is a UFO?
1.04: What is an alien?
1.05: Classification of UFO Reports
=== 2:00 About UFOs and related phenomena
------------------------------------------
2.01: When did it all start?
2.02: The Search for Extra Terrestrial Intelligence (SETI)
2.03: What do we really know about life elsewhere in the universe?
2.04: Marfa Lights
2.05: Men In Black (MIB)
2.06: Tectonic Strain Theory (TST)
2.07: UFOnauts
2.08: Unusual Ground Markings (UGM)
2:09: USAF
2:10: Zine
Alien Races
-----------------
3.00: Arcturus
3.01: Aryans (Blondes)
3.02: Blues (Star Warriors)
3.03: Confederation of Humans
3.04: Greys
3.05: Orion Empire (Orion forces)
3.06: Pleiadians
3.07: Sirius
3.08: Reptoids
3.09: Vega
Abductions and Current Theories
------------------------------
4.00: About Abductions
UFOlogists
----------
5:00: Hopkins, Budd
5:01: Jacobs, Dr David
5:02: Klass, Philip J.
5.03: Spencer, John
5:04: Marciniak, Barbara J.
5:05: Randles, Jenny
PART 3
UFO Projects & Theories & Controversies
----------------------------------------
6.00: Aurora Project or "deep black" projects
6.02: NASA Footage September 10th
6.03: Planetoid (Wormwood)
6.04: Official Studies
6.05: Roswell Crash Incident
UFO Movies, Documentaries and TV Programs
---------------------------------------
7.00: TV Programs
7.01: E. T. Monitor (the Keystone Inspirational Network)
7.02: Hard Copy (??)
7.03: Intruders
7.04: National Geographic (PBS)
7.05: sightings (FOX)
7.06: UFO Incident, The
7.07: Unsolved Mysteries (NBC)
7.08: UFO VIDEOS
7.09: Close Up
7.10: Communion
7.11: UFO Coverup Live
7.12: UFO Documentary
7.13: UFO, The Films Prove It
7.14: UFO Review, The Researchers
UFO Magazines and Publications (UFOzines)
-----------------------------------------
8.00: Circular, The
8.01: Cerealogist, The
8.02: Connecting Link Magazine
8.03: CONTINUUM
8.04: Crop Watcher, The
8.05: Earth,
8.06: Electronic Journal of the Astronomical Society of the Atlantic,
The ------
8.07: Faithist Journal, The
8.08: Focus
8.09: Fortean Times,
8.10: Inner Light
8.11: International UFO Library Magazine
8.12: Magonia,
8.13: Orvotron Newsletter
8.14: Ovni Presence
8.15: Revelations of Awareness
8.16: Swamp Gas Journal
8.17: UFO Universe
UFO Book Publishers
-------------------
9.00: Advent Publishing Company
9.02: Arnerica West Publishers
9.03: Arcturus Book Service
9.04: Condor Books, Inc.
9.05: Document Research Services
9.06: Earth Star Publications
9.07: Eden Press
9.08: JACO Book Publishers
9.09: The Library of the New Essenes of Inyo
9.10: Luna Ventures
9.11: The Pleiades Project
9.12: UFO Audio-Video Clearing House
9.13: UFO Books
9.14: UFO Photo Archives
9:15: Worldwide UFO Newsclipping Bureau and Public Information
Center 955 West Spacelink Books
Miscellaneous Information
------------------
10.00: A UFO Book List
10.01: alt.alien.visitors archives (back issues)
10.02: Big Foot (Sasquatch)
10.03: Free UFO Class
10.04: Freedom of Information
10.05: Hidden Ancient Ruins
10.06: Inter Library Loans (ILL)
10.07: NASA Shuttle Footage
10.08: UFO Related anonymous FTP Sites
PART 4
UFO Organizations * Assumed Acronym
------------------
11.00: Aerial Phenomenon Research: The Indiana Group . . . .*(APR)
11.02: Aetherius Society, The
11.03: Ancient Astronaut Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*(AAS)
11.04: Ancient Truth Research Fountion . . . . . . . . . .*(ATRF)
11.05: Awareness Reserch Foundatio, Inc , The . . . . . . .*(ARF)
* 11.06: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation . . . . . . (BSRF)
11.07: British UFO Research Association . . . . . . . . . . (BUFORA)
11.08: California UFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*(CUFO)
11.09: Citizens Against UFO Secrecy . . . . . . . . . . . (CAUS)
11.10: Committee for the Scientific Investigation of
Claims of the Paranormal Contactee . . . . . . . . . . (CSICOP)
11.11: Computer UFO Network . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . (CUFON)
11.12: Contactee
* 11.13: Cosmic Awareness Communications . . . . . . . . . .*(CAC)
11.14: CSETI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (CSETI)
11.15: Delval UFO, Inc.
11.16: Fair Witness Project, Inc., The . . . . . . . . . . . .*(FRP)
11.17: Federation, The
11.18: Flying Saucer Information Center . . . . . . . . . . .*(FSIS)
11.19: Fortean Research Center, The
11.20: Fund for UFO Research, Inc.,The . . . . . . . . . .*(FUFOR)
11.21: Gulf Breeze Skywatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*(GBS)
11.22: Inner-Peace Prosperity Network . . . . . . . . . . . . (IPPN)
PART 5
11.23: Intercontinental UF Galactic Spacecraft
- Research and Analytic Network . . . .... . . . . . . . . (ICUFON)
11.24: International Committeee for UFO Research . . . . . . (ICUR)
11.25: International Fortean Organization . . . . . . . . . (INFO)
11.26: Intruders Foundation
11.27: Island Skywatch
11.28: J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies .. . . . . . . (CUFOS)
11.29: Massachusetts Center for the study of
Aerial Phenomena, The . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .*(MCSAP)
11.30: Multi-national Investigations Cooperative on
Aerial Phenomena . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . (MICAP)
11.31: MutuaL UFO Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (MUFON)
11.32: Mutual UFO Network of North Carolina, Inc. . . . (MUFON-NC)
11.33: National Investigations Committeee on UFOs . . . . . (NICUFO)
11.34: National Sighting Research Center, The . . . . . . . (NSRC)
11.35: Nevada Aerial Research Group . . . . . . . . . . . . (NARG)
11.36: North American Circle . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . *(NAC)
11.37: North American Institute of Crop Circle Research . . (NAICCR)
11.38: Northamptonshire UFO Research Centre . . . . . . . (NUFORC)
11.39: Northern UFO Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (NUFON)
11.40: Omega Communications
11.41: ParaNet (Paranormal Network) Information Service . . (PARANET)
PART 6
11.42: Pennsylvania Association for the
Study of the Unexplained . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . (PASU)
11.43: Pnet
11.44: Portland UFO Group, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (PUFOG)
11.45: Roundtown UFO Society
11.46: Royal Priest Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*(RPR)
11.47: Search for EXtraterrestrial Intelligence, The. .. . . . (SETI)
11.48: Sirian Rainbow Lodge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*(SRL)
11.49: SKYNET
11.50: Socie'Te' Belge d'Etude des Phenomenes Spatiaux . . (SOBEPS)
11.51: Society for Scientific Exploration . . . . . . . . . . (SSE)
11.52: Society for the Investigation of the Unexplained, The . (SITU)
11.53: System Ready
11.54: Transcendental Communications A Division of LAMAT Research
11.55: UFO Contact Center International . . . . . . . . . (UFOCCI)
11.56: UFO Fllter Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (UFOFC)
11.57: UFO Information Retrieval Center . . . . . . . . . . (UFOIRC)
11.58: UFO Investigators League . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (UFOIL)
11.59: UFO, Paranormal and Conspiracy BBS, THE . . . . .*(UFOPCBBS)
11.60: UFO Reporting and Information Service. . . . . . . . (UFORIS)
11.61: UFO Study Group of Greater St. Louis
11.62: Ufology Research of Manitoba . . . .. . . . . . . . . (UFOROM)
11.63: United Aerial Phenomena Agency . . .. . . . . . . . . . (UAPA)
11.64: Universal Articulate Interdimensional
* Understanding of Science (UNARIUS Academy of Sciences) . (UNARIUS)
11.65: Victorian U.F.O. Research Society Inc.. . . . . . . . (VUFORS)
PART 7
Disclaimer
----------
FAQ Requests
------------
FAQ Suggestions
---------------
===
DISTRIBUTION: How to obtain this document
This document has been brought to you in part by CRAM, involved in
the redistribution of valuable information to a wider USENET audience
(see below). The most recent version of this document can be obtained
via the author's instructions above. The following directions apply
to retrieve the possibly less-current USENET FAQ version.
FTP
---
This FAQ is available from the standard FAQ server rtfm.mit.edu
via FTP in the file /pub/usenet/news.answers/ufos-and-aliens
Email
-----
Email requests for FAQs go to mail-...@rtfm.mit.edu with
commands on lines in the message body, e.g. `help' and `index'.
Usenet
------
This FAQ is posted every 21 days to the groups
alt.alien.visitors
alt.ufo.reports
alt.answers
news.answers
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~
===
CRAM: The Cyberspatial Reality Advancement Movement In an effort
to bring valuable information to the masses, and as a service to
motivated information compilers, a member of CRAM can help others
unfamiliar with Usenet `publish' their documents for widespread
dissemination via the FAQ structure, and act as a `sponsor'
knowledgable in the submissions process.
For information, send mail to <ldet...@csn.org>.
/ / / / | \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
C y b e r s p a t i a l R e a l i t y A d v a n c e m e n t
M o v e m e n t
* CIVILIZING CYBERSPACE: send `info cypherwonks' to
majo...@lists.eunet.fi *
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part discusses the Greys, Blondes, and Blue space people.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
2.01: When did it all start?
----------------------------
The modern era of UFO reports is held to have started with the
report by a Boise, Idaho business man, Kenneth Arnold. On 24th June
1947 near Mount Rainier, Washington State he reported nine strange
objects flying in formation.
There were earlier reports than this. During World War II pilots
on both sides reported strange lights which followed their aircraft.
Each side thought that these were some secret weapon of the other
side. These became known as Foo Fighters.
There were earlier cases, but these are more suspect. For example,
in the year 810ad the emperor Charlemane is reported as being thrown
from his horse when it was startled by a silver ball which flew down
from the sky.
2.02: Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (SETI)
--------------------------------------------------
For many years there have been small unco-ordinated projects to
search for evidence to extraterrestrial life. These have been mainly
by looking for unexpected radio transmissions using radio-telescopes.
Over the past couple of years NASA has funded a co-ordinated effort
to scan the whole sky over a wide range of frequencies. The SETI
project was cut from the 1994 NASA budget, however donations have
been obtained from a number of individuals which will allow it to
continue as a private project but at a lower level of activity.
2.03 What do we really know about life elsewhere in the universe?
-----------------------------------------------------------------
There has been much speculation about life elsewhere in the
universe. Unless UFO contactee and abductee reports are evidence of
visitation by beings from elsewhere in the universe, there is very
little evidence.
Much of the speculation centers around something called the Drake
Equation. This attempts to estimate the number of civilizations in
the universe by using a number of imprecise variables. The only
planet where we have firm evidence of there being civilizations is
a place called Earth.
Evidence of planets around other star systems has relied upon
complex calculations based upon minute variations in the star's
'wobble' about its axis. Recent improvements in imaging systems
have improved the reliability of these observations. It is likely
that the smallest extra-solar planets detected are two to three
times the mass of Jupiter. There is no detailed information on the
structure or conditions on these planets. It is not known if any of
these planets could support life.
Many of the molecules believed to be essential to the formation of
life have been detected in interstellar space. Amino acids have been
found in some meteorites. These tend to be equal mixes of left and
right handed forms, which is more likely to be the result of a
chemical rather than a biological process.
2.04: Marfa Lights
------------------
Marfa lights are balls of lights that appear, change different
colors and dance around in the air. These lights where named after
the town that they have been appearing in, Marfa Texas. They have
also been sited in other areas. Some theories as to what they are
include Ball lighting,
Car headlights, and Alien space ships. The last current sighting
I'm aware of was Marfa Texas on September 1 1992.
A small booklet on the Marfa Lights has been written by Dennis
Stacey, editor of the MUFON Journal, discussing many of the cases
and the theories.
For details contact the author or MUFON.
Main Source: Sightings, FOX Network airdate September 25, 1992
2.05: Men In Black (MIB)
------------------------
These are a group of individuals who are said to wear black suits
and drive and fly around in unmarked black cars and helicopters.
They go about threatening people who have claimed to have seen
UFOs into not talking about what they witnessed.
The very first occurrence of MIB was traced to a man named
Albert K. Bender. He was the editor of a flying saucer publication
called the "Space Review" In the October 1953 issue he placed an
announcement stating that he had come across information that would
solve the flying saucer mystery but they could not print it because
they were ordered not to. They then ended the announcement warning
others in saucer work to be "very cautious" they then stopped their
publications. Later in an interview Bender stated that "three men
wearing dark suits" had ordered him to stop publishing flying saucer
material, and that he had complied with the order because he had
been "scared to death" of them. He later published a book called
Flying Saucers and the Three Men in Black".
Mains Source: "A Review of MIBS (Men In Black) : A History"
ParaNet File Number: 00171 Published 1991 by ParaNet Information
Service. Also see: Flying Saucers and the Three Men in Black by
Albert K. Bender.
2.07: UFOnauts
--------------
A term used by the UFO community in reference to the alien
abductors or extraterrestrials.
2.08: Unusual Ground Markings (UGM)
-----------------------------------
A broad term which includes crop circles, "tripod marks", saucer
nests, burn marks, etc.
Main Source: rut...@ccu.UManitoba.CA (Chris Rutkowski)
2.09: USAF
----------
United States Air Force
2.10: Zine ----------magazine or newsletter pertaining to a
specific subject.
----irclezine - Crop Circle publication ufozine - UFO publication
=== 3. Alien Races
---------------------
These are often talked about in books, Publications and on this
discussion group. [Much of this material is high speculative - SG]
Over the years many different researchers have made studies of
contactee, abduction and other cases where entities have been
described associated with flying saucers or other UFOs. These
researchers have produced reports which describe around 12 different
types of alien.
The most widely reported type of alien is a small grey being
approximately 1.0m-1.25m in height, with large oval black eyes.
Reports of this type have been widely reported by the media, perhaps
as a result of the books by Budd Hopkins, David Jacobs and
Whitley Streiber.
Many abductees have described meeting european looking aliens,
around 1.75m tall with long blond hair. These aliens are often
referred to as 'Venusians'. They were first reported by George
Adamski reporting a series of encounters in the early 1950s. He
stated that they told him they were from Venus and the name has
stuck since.
The Channelers believe that the abductions are part of a battle
between good energy forces and evil energy forces.
3.00: Arcturus
--------------
Members of Confederations of Humans [will do more research later]
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371
3.01: Ar-ans (Blondes)
----------------------
Blond Nordic Humanoids who work with the greys. Said to be captured
by the Reptoids and also have implants. They are said to have a
tendency to switch their loyalties between the Reptoids and the
Confederations of Humans.
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371
3.02: Blues (Star Warriors)
----------------------------
The Blues are said to have translucent skin, large almond shaped
eyes and small of stature. The main issue of their teaching was
PURSUE YOUR PASSION, follow your own way, do your own thing, don't
be pressured into being anything but what and who you are.
The information about the Blues comes from Robert Morningsky a
Hopi/Apache dancer. According to Morningsky the first alien contact
started about 1947 - 1948 with the Greys contacting the U.S.
Gove-nment to form a treaty with them. Another body of Aliens
arrived, called the Blues. The Blues advised the go-ernment not to
deal with the greys saying it would only lead to disaster. They
told the U.S. to follow your own path. They said they would would
teach with peace and harmony if men would disarm and listen. The
mi-itary said no deal. (JW I am under the impression that it was
the people from Venus who tried to influence us not to cooperate
with the Grey and these people look a lot like us physically.) So
they left, but a few decided to remain and stayed in Northern
Mexico and Arizona and made a treaty with the Hopi Indians. These
Aliens are known by the Hopi as Star Warriors. The greys started
monitoring the Blues. So the Blues had to flee the reservation
and go into hiding, a few of the Elders went with them.
The Hopi legend is that there were two r-ces, the children of the
feather who came from the skies, and the children of the reptile who
came from under the earth. The children of the reptile chased the
Hopi Indians out of the earth, these e-il under-grounders were also
called two hearts.
Main Source: Post from: do...@bilver.uucp (Don Allen) "FILE: Star
Warriors", Forwarded from "contact" by Sande Van der Straten, to
Cathy Emerson, Dated 23 Aug 1992, 19:29
Also See: American Indian Magic by Brad Steiger
3.03: Confederation of Humans
------------------------------
An organization of alien groups born out of positive energy, that
are helping the human race along and desire to protect them.
Includes: Vega, Arcturus, Sirius, Pleiades and other humanoids.
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371.
3.04: Greys
-----------
This is the most commonly identified alien race in UFOlogy. Their
are many different views, stories and theories regarding them
ranging from the different New Age views to the different Scientific,
and conspiracy views.
Greys as presented by the Scientific Community:
The Greys are the most commonly described ra-e by abduction victims.
In this view they are considered a race with an unknown motives,
and agendas. They seem to be abducting, studying, testing and using
various individuals for their one unclear reasons. [See:
Abductions and Current Theories]
Part 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Prior to my first meeting of Thedra my teacher, Merele Fagot.
really taught me a lot about how to act around Masters. He told
me that they looked like anyone else. They may just look like a
school teacher. Next you were not supposed to ask them to perform
a miracle or anything out to the ordinary. You weren't supposed
to be argumentative and let them tell you what they want to tell
you.
I did this with Thedra and she really opened up to me. My teacher
had told me the following information and Thedra filled in some of
the details about it. She was aware of two other living people on
Earth who were also herself. She would tune into them and be aware
of what they were doing. One of the persons was a middle aged woman
with children. The second was a very cute looking person from Venus.
Merele had inform me earlier that he was once toward the back of
a group of people who were listening to a lecture about UFOs. A
very cute young lady came over to him and started asking him
questions and getting information from him. She had very beautiful
with blue or green eyes that looked they would nearly shine by
themselves. Later he invited this lady over to his TV repair shop
in Oakland. She acted very friendly with him and gave him a picture
of herself and he put it in his shirt pocket. She talked for a while
and asked him to give her back the picture so she could check it
out again. He looked in his shirt pocket but it wasn't there. He
inform the lady of this and she then chewed him out a little for
loosing her picture and said that she thought he must not have valued
it very much. He then said he had put the picture in his shirt
pocket but it wasn't there any more. She then suggested that he
look in his pocket again for it and sure enough it was there. This
space people like to do this to Earth people.
Later on my teacher's, teacher who was called Michael and was a
present incarnation of St. Germain asked Merele about the person
he had met at the UFO lecture and he told Merele that she was
from Venus and I think he said she was another incarnation of
Thedra. Thedra and St. Germain had lived a life together back in
the time of you know who.
.............
Now on to another subject. Quite a few years ago I was in the town
of Milpitas, Calif., when I saw an advertisement for a lecture that
was going to be given about the Book of Mo-mon.
It was held at the Park Victoria Ba-tist Ch-rch in Milpitas. I and
some of my friends showed up ready to drink it all in.
It seemed that a few years before that time there had been a big
meeting of the leaders of the organization that has it's offices in
Salt Lake City, Utah. One of the high officials said that they
wanted to pick out some of their best people to check out a rumor
that the Book Of M-rmon was a writing of rel-gios fiction and that it
had been written by a person called Solomon Spaulding. Before he
got it published he died. A person by the name of Rigdon purchased
and sold it to Jo-eph S-ith. Sm-th then added a few rel-gious verses
and a few more things to it and put it out as the Book Of Mor-on.
After hearing about this two or more people volunteered to do this.
They did investigate this and after quite an extended period of time
they came back and gave their report. They told this very august
group that yes it the rumor is true, the Book of Mor-on was written
by Solomon Spaulding and it's all true. The leaders asked, in so
many words, if this was their final answer and they said it was.
These men were kicked out to the ch-rch and they then made a video
movie about this and proceeded to tell the truth about this.
It was also noted from other sources that the young people in
this organization are very happy and enjoy themselves very much. I
can't prove this but the highest rate of suicide in young people
is in that organization. Once you get in or born into the c-urch
it is a great disgrace and hard to get out of it. You are referred
to as a Jack-Mo-mon. The easiest way to get out is take your own
life.
In the higher degrees and teaching you are taught that if you are
are a good member of this group then you will progress in time to
be a King or G-d of a planet with all the females that you want.
It is also taught that if you are married in the Mo-mon Te-ple
then you will be married in heaven for ever. A man who should know
better once said, "Know ye not that there is neither marriage nor
giving
in marriage in heaven, but you will be like the angels."
On another occasion there was a very unscrupulous person who
decided that he would make a lot of money off a hoax. He found
some old paper that would be the same time that Jos-ph Sm-th was
around. He then used some ancient methods to print up a story
that would look like it would prove that the Book of M-rmon was
true. A couple of the high people called Bishops obtained this
script and it was called the Salamander Papers. One of the Bishops
blew up the other Bishop's car with the Bishop still in it. The
Church got wind of this and disclaimed the papers.
............
JW Here is something I found on the Internet.
Subject: Testimony of John N. Miller who had read Solomon
Spalding's Manuscipt.
CHR-TIAN APOLOGETICS & RESEARCH MINISTRY www.carm.org
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Mo-onism Unveiled:
Testimony of John N. Miller
Springfield, Pa. September, 1833.
In the year 1811, I was in the employ of Henry Lake and Solomon
Spalding, at Conneaut, engaged in rebuilding a forge. While there, I
boarded and lodged in the family of said Spalding, for several
months. I was soon introduced to the manuscript of Spalding, and
perused them as often as I had leisure. He had written two or three
books or pamphlets on different subjects; but that which more
particularly drew my attention, was one which he called the
"Manuscript Found." From this he would frequently read some humorous
passages to the company present. It purported to be the history of
the first settlement of America, before discovered by Columbus. He
brought them off from Jerusalem, under their leaders; detailing
their travels by land and water, their manners, customs, laws, wars,
&c. He said that he designed it as a historical novel, and that in
after years it would be believed by many people as much as the
history of England. He soon after failed in business, and told me
he should retire from the din of his creditors, finish his book
and have it published, which would enable him to pay his debts and
support his family. He soon after removed to Pittsburgh, as I
understand.
I have recently examined the Book of Mor-n, and find in it the
writings of Solomon Spalding, from beginning to end, but mixed up
with scripture and other re-gious matter, which I did not meet
with in the "Manuscript Found." Many of the passages in the Morm-n
Book are verbatim from Spalding, and others in part. The names of
Nephi, Lehi, Moroni, and in fact all the principal names, are bro't
fresh to my recollection, by the Gold Bi-le.
When Spalding divested his history of its fabulous names, by a
verbal explanation, he landed his people near the Straits of Darien,
which I am very confident he called Zarahemla, they were marched
about that country for a length of time, in which wars and great
bl-od shed insured, he brought them across North America in a north
east direction.
CHR-STIAN APOLOGETICS AND RESEARCH MINISTRY
Home | Contact | Newsletter | Publications
Matthew J. Slick, 2002
.............
On 1 May 1843 the Times and Seasons began printing a biography of
Sidney Rigdon. Scholars believe that Ridgon was himself the source
of this biography and that he dictated it perhaps as early as 1838.
By comparing a portion of this biography with passages from the
Spalding manuscript, it will become evident that Rigdon incorporated
Spalding material. The 1910 Millennial Star edition of the Spalding
manuscript is used here. Sidney Rigdon's biography is included in
Dean C. Jessee, ed., The Papers of J-seph Sm-th, vol. 1,
Autobiographical and Historical Writings (Salt Lake City: Deseret
Book Company, 1989).
Part 3 of 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part talks about some people who investigate UFOs.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Greys as presented by the New Age Movement:
In the new age movement the Greys are often associated as an ev-l
r-ce, or a ra-e with bad energy. They are often associated with many
other rac-s, such as the Reptoids and their motives are known.
Greys as presented by Different Conspiracy Theories
The different conspiracy theories are often a mix of the scientific
and new age views. The standard conspiracy base states that the Greys
crashed one or more of their space ships and they were found by the
U.S. Gov-rnment. The Gover-ment them makes a secret treaty with the
Greys allowing them to abduct humans in exchange for their
technology. The conspiracy theories often end with the Greys not
keeping their part of the deal. [I will try and include some of the
different conspiracy theories when I have more time to research them
in detail]
Their are descriptions of several types of Greys: they are all
humanoid in appearance, a head, main body, two arms, hands, legs,
and feet.
1: The most commonly seen grey is around two to four feet tall,
very slender and delicate looking, small beings and light weight,
extremely penetrating black slanted eyes with no pupils, almost
vestigial mouth and nose, a very large head with a pointed chin. The
skin color varies from dark grey to light grey, tan to tanish grey,
wh-te to pale whi-e.
They have no hair on their bodies.
2: Another commonly seen Grey is described similarly as above,
except their usually six inches taller, and seem to give the orders.
A variation of this same described individual is: same as above
except eyes like big black buttons and are rounded.
3: Another type of Grey are the small robot like beings, stocky and
little, with smooth rounded hat on top, with dark deep set holes for
eyes and a round O shaped mouth, square breastplate with concentric
circles on it, smell like burnt match heads, mushroom grey skin.
These Greys are often said to act like security guards.
Other variations are described as Reptilian like with claws and
preying mantis like. There have also been many report of cross breeds
that are not exactly human and not exactly Greys.
Main Sources:
Secret Life, by David M. Jacobs
Communion, by Whitley Strieber
A cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of Awareness" Issue
# 371
Also See:
Missing Time, by Budd Hopkins
Intruders, by Budd Hopkins
3.05: Orion Empire (Orion forces)
---------------------------------
Those alien groups born out of negative energy such as the Reptoids
and the grays. [If this is wrong someone please correct me, I'll do
more research on this later]
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371
*3.06: Pleiadians
----------------
The Pleiadians are a collective of extraterrestrials from the star
system Pleiades. They are also from various times in our future,
starting from 500 years from now to millions of years from now. The
Pleiadian culture is ancient and was "seeded" from another universe
of love long before Earth was created. They have formed a tremendous
society which operates with love, with ideas and ideals that we are
yet unfamiliar with.
The Pleiadians started a project to contact and inspire earth
humans to take back their power and create a better reality for
themselves. They are here as ambassadors from another universe to
help Earth through her transition from the third dimension to the
fourth dimension and to assist each of us in our personal
endeavors of awakening, remembering and knowing. As this project has
become more successful, more ETs have joined the group, some from
other systems. The group later changed its name from Pleiadians to
the Pleiadians Plus.
The Pleiadians say that their reasons for contacting us is that
there is a chance of tyranny in the future and they are coming back
to inspire us as much as possible so we will take charge of creating
our own reality and change the future.
They teach a very empowering form of personal and social
metaphysics, with love and clarity. The Pleiadians speak as a
collective and there are no individuals identified. They do not
appear in physical form although they say they can. They say it is
safer to come through the channel, and it does not attract as much
attention.
*Billie Meier's Contact from the Pleiades
Billie Meier was contacted over 130 times between 1976 and 1982 by
a female named Samjese who said she was from the star system
Pleiades. She was the first to telepathically contact Meier and tell
him where to go for the first physical contact. Meier had indepth
conversations with Samjese. The contact notes are published in
following four books and are out of print:
*UFO ... Contact from the Pleiades Vol I & II Photo Journals (Vol I
is in its second printing.)
UFO ... Contact from the Pleiades Prilimary Investigation Report
UFO ... Contact from the Pleiades Supplementary Investigation Report
Message From the Pleiades Vol 1 & 2 Light Years
There are 4 videos available on the Pleiades case.
Contact $--.
The Beamship Trilogy $--.
The videos are available from:
Genesis III Publishing, P.O. Drawer JJ, Munds Park, AZ 86017
[Also see: The Pleiades Project]
There is also a book available called Bringers of the Dawn -
Teachings from the Pleiadians by Barbara Marciniak. They also have
2 to 3 hundred tapes available.
Main source:
Information given by Don_-_...@cup.portal.com (JW He is one of
my close friends and he's helped me out a great deal. If you are
nice to him he may show you how to get some information from his
system that explains the work that has been done with the Pleidian
People. It is about 230,000 bytes long, if I remember right.)
Connecting Link Magazine Pleiadian article, Channeled by Barbara
Marciniak
3.07: Sirius
-------------
Members of Confederations of Humans [will do more research later]
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371
3.08: Reptoids
---------------
A reptilian ra-e from Draco bent on conquest, They are said to be
controlling the greys by means of an implant, the same one that the
gray are implanting into humans. They are also said to be the master
minds behind the abduction plans. Their master plan involves using
the newly created 'Half-breeds' with implants to defeat the
Confederations of Humans. The Reptoids also use humans as food.
[Does this remind you of the movie V?]
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371
3.09: Vega
----------
Members of Confederations of Humans [will do more research later]
Main Source: A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of
Awareness" Issue # 371
== Abductions and Current Theories
---------------------------------
4.00: About Abductions
----------------------
About Abductions
---------------------
There are many people who believe they have been abducted by
UFOnauts.
These abduction victims often experience memory loss and
"missing time".
some of them have been able to recall their abductions from memory
and others have recalled their abductions by the aid of hypnosis.
Often these encounters involve being taken aboard an alien craft and
examined by the UFOnauts and put through a variety of physical and
mental procedures.
Then the individuals are returned. Many of the abduction victims
have shown signs of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder.
Some of the major researchers who have studied the abduction field
include Budd Hopkins, David Jacobs, Leo Sprinkle, John Mack, Philip
Klass, John Spencer and Jenny Randles.
..............
Other researchers such as Jacobs and Hopkins believe that there is
something physical causing the abduction experiences. Hopkins has
stated that he believes that the abduction are real and that the
recounts of the abductions are to similar to each other to be
anything but the truth.
Jacobs takes a slightly different approach, he has been
categorizing all the accounts and trying to find patterns in the
testimonies.
There people on the net who believe they have had personal
experiences with Alien contacts or abductions. Some have posted
accounts of their experiences. Many others decline to post due to
attacks by skeptics.
There are abundant material traces, even excepting those
confiscated by the mil-tary. Material traces include burned grass
and earth where UFOs have landed, UFOs shown on radar tapes, UFOs
on film and in photos. Bodily traces on abductees include
scoop-marks in the flesh, incisions, burns, apparent radiation
exposure, bruises, inflammation, etc. Whether any of these is
considered *evidential*, however, is a subjective value call.
For anyone who is interested in abduction help call:
Bill Knell
Director of Island Skywatch
(718)591-1854 (New York)
He can get you in touch with the right people in your area and has
a lot of videos, tapes and books on UFOs and abductions. He is also
a very experienced researcher/investigator.
Main Sources:
UFO-Abductions: A Dangerous Game, by Philip Klass
Secret Life, by David M. Jacobs
Communion, by Whitley Strieber
df...@DUTS.ccc.amdahl.com (Denise Solis)
A Cosmic Awareness Channel from "Revelations of Awareness"
Issue # 371
Also See:
Missing Time, by Budd Hopkins
Intruders, by Budd Hopkins
Perspectives by John Spencer
Alien Abductions: Mystery Solved by Jenny Randiles
=== UFOlogists
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Yesterday, shortly after getting up. I received a request from the
guidance that goes with me to go over to Columbia, Calif. and contact
a person by the name of Ralph Squire. I was supposed to tell him
about the gold that is just East of the Death Valley Ranger Station
in the Pinamint Mountains.
I had met Ralph just about two weeks ago. He owns the Marble
Quarry RV Park in Columbia, Calif. After finding out where he
lived a lady opened the door and motioned with her finger for me
to come inside the house. Ralph then came to the door and greeted
me. The lady then backed up against the wall, put her head slightly
down and started covering both ears with the palms of her hands. I
asked Ralph why she was doing that and he said the she had super
sensitive hearing and normal talking hurt her ears. I then said
that I would talk more softly, although Ralph was wearing a hearing
aid.
I then told Ralph the nearly complete story of some people finding
a large gold statue in Death Valley. I told him that I would send
the complete story of it by e-mail. After I got home it was very
odd that I found the story after looking in about 5 disks that I
already had out on my table where my computer was laying. These
postings were made back in 1996.
I then asked Ralph if he believes in previous lives. He said
that he did and proceeded to tell him about two lifetimes I spent
back in the Holy Lands during and just after the time of Je--us. I
informed him that I had met many of the great people who are
mentioned in the B-ble such as Joseph Cater who was Abraham and
Jospeth Busby who was Ezekial. He then told me that he was Wyatt
Earp in a previous life. While explaining all of this a person
walked in who was a successful treasure hunter and successful gold
miner.
It turned out that Ralph is searching for a tunnel that had some
valuable things in it. This tunnel is many thousands of years old.
I figured that Ralph and his friends who have the ability to
douse for things and this treasure finding person would be perfect
to find the gold in Death Valley.
So we'll see what comes of this.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is something from the woman who predicted that the space
people would be seen over Salt Lake City, Utah during the time
of the Olympics.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: D
Subject: Update from Victoria, UFOs were over the Olympics.
To view her videos go here:
http://www.victoriaslight.com/video2.html
JW Please don't get yourselves too excited when looking at these
pictures. Some people are impressed by them and some people aren't.
-- Original Message -----
From: j
Subject: Update from Victoria, UFOs were over the Olympics.
..................
Dear Family of Light,
Greetings from Victoria. I apologize for the delay to email you
all, as I am still recovering from serious Bronchial Pneumonia and
sinus infection, which I contracted while in Salt Lake City for the
Olympic Games.
It was a special trip, Olympic events, meeting many wonderful
people from around the world. The Event Feb.17 ("Divine Messages,
Ang-ls, & UFOs presenting extensive footage of my encounters) went
very well.
Attempting to satisfy the constant calls from radio/media,
numerous interviews with no voice and my lungs full of fluid, I was
still able complete my journey to the Location for the Feb. 21 Fly
By of our Brotherhood of Space.
However, I feel truly blessed as I was able to film the Fly By by
the Brotherhood of Space not just once, but twice within 20 min.
REPORT FROM FEB. 21, 2002.
Feb 21: I walked up the foothills, just north of the Olympic
Rings on the hills of Salt Lake. In addition to the original
designated time (between 12-5 p.m.) The Brotherhood had later
transmitted they would come closer to the hour of 2:00 p.m.
The first Cigar-shaped Craft (one like I have seen and filmed
before) appeared with small scout crafts surrounding it...at approx.
2:25 p.m. I called the TV people and reported the first sighting,
and mentioned I felt a second would appear soon. At 2:45 p.m.
the second identical Craft appeared....flying very low, about 1000
feet above the foothills, heading towards the area of the Olympic
Rings. I had been instructed to reside alone, as sometimes when
they arrive close to where I am, energetically to have media people
too close to me affects the vibration.
However, there were a crew of TV people on the opposite side of
the hill, which I had hoped they were successful to film. THESE
CIGAR CRAFTS HAD NO SOUND. On my website, you will see the Feb. 21
footage....Please note: sounds on the video tape were NOT FROM THE
UFO (as they are, but from other activity from behind me where there
is a hospital with Lifeflight planes) Using Nightvision on my
special camera (because it provides the ability to capture more of
the interdimensional vehicles) I filmed both of the crafts as they
were flying close about 1000 feet above the foothill. As THEY MOVE
QUICKLY ALONG THE HILLSIDE, Both Cigar-Shaped Crafts had a series of
small scout craft (identical to previous ones I have filmed)
traveling closely surrounding the Cigar Craft.
KEEP IN MIND...since 1994, I have been filming Cigar Craft...and
some of them have a "Tail" BUT NO WINGS. This is not be confused
with our own air force planes.
(NOTE: Since 1994, I have encountered numerous cigar-shaped
crafts, many which I have filmed.)
WEBSITE UPDATE: The website has been updated (Feb. 21) and with
additional Still Photos of some of my most profound encounters.
The Christmas Eve of 2000 being one of the most profound, as the
Vehicle spins into a Six-Star image and changes into many
pictographic images as I literally communicate with it regarding
the transformation of this planet.
OUR MIND AND BODY CHANGES
As many of you are probably noticing, intense energy changes in
our bodies....feeling disoriented, lack of appetite, dizziness,
high Anxious moments, overly sensitive, are a few of the symptoms.
RIGHT NOW....the earth is rapidly moving through higher frequencies,
and this will be continuing quite intensely for the next month and
into April. Many people are feeling "relocation" but to where? This
has been a difficult time for myself as well.....and truly, I know
that we are all being CHANGED, ACTIVATED, into more of our light
bodies.
My best advice is get PLENTY OF SLEEP...as this assist while we
are transforming, and allow yourself permission not to have ALL THE
ANSWERS, BUT TRUSTING THAT THEY SHALL BE REVEALED HERE VERY SOON.
Our dreams seem to be getting very vivid, and perhaps you are
experiencing other worlds in your sleep. I have been interacting
with many on those levels. We may say...it is real or Memorex?
The comments I have been receiving from many: ....."I don't feel
like I am in my body.....things do not seem real, I feel as if I
am watching myself doing the motions, but not feeling it"
DEALING WITH THE LOWER ENERGIES OF HUMANITY/MEDIA/GOV-RNMENT
Adding to those emotions, the world, Media, TV, seems to be getting
more aggressive, intense, and the energy is really disturbing. The
best choice is to limit what you expose yourself to, as that
dimension is working very hard to control our thought forms, create
fear and keep us "in their control".
From all that has been coming thru to me: The Higher Frequency of
a New Earth....... is soon to come into place.
What is more important than just seeing more sightings from the
Brotherhood of Space, but that of GETTING OUR CONSCIOUSNESS READY..
...EMBRACING POSITIVE THOUGHT FORMS. Activity from the skies will
be increasing, and those who are raising their energies and thoughts
will be blessed with more "Sightings" in the beginning.
There is still a great deal of judgment, persecution, and believe
me I have had to deal with it all. But....Clearly the path has been
shown to me.. even when there are bu-lets of anger flying at me from
disbelievers, or cl-wns who have no class.
THANK YOU FOR YOUR FRIENDSHIP, SUPPORT, AND ENCOURAGEMENT and
perhaps have been ridiculed because you have defended this path,
and maybe even defended on my behalf. I thank you for your courage.
This is not an easy time for any of us. If you personally have not
yet witnessed the Brotherhood, try not to get angry or blame
anyone....the events are unfolding in a divine timing. Just because
CNN blabs a bulletin of about me...and then you do not see footage...
does not mean it has not been filmed and documented. The Fleet are
showing up all the time, all around the world. CNN may not show it
...but trust me..it is happening. Please be patient....and accept
my love and support of each of your roles as this GREAT PLAN is
initiated.
OTHER REPORTS OF SIGHTINGS
Since Feb. 21, there have been many reports from people in Salt
Lake City who had sightings that day in Salt Lake thru the evening.
There have also been reports coming in of "Sightings" of
Cigar-shaped crafts in Canada, California, and Colorado. I do hope
you have had some there in England and Europe.
TV COVERAGE WHICH HAS TRANSPIRED
I did do several TV interviews (8 total) (SLC Channel 2, Phoenix
Channel 12, Italy TV, and Norway TV) while there in Salt Lake prior
and after the Feb. 21 sighting, as well as 35 radio interviews.
Presently, I am being guided to refrain from more interviews until
I receive direction from the Brotherhood as to how I should proceed
with the media. This is a timely process and requires the patience
of all of us.
This is all for now...If any of you have information on reported
sightings, please forward them to me as soon as possible.
Blessings to you.....
Victoria Liljenquist
<<<RealUFOs>>>
"We know the truth is out there!"
========================================
Post message: Real...@onelist.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@onelist.com
Unsubscribe: RealUFOs-u...@onelist.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@onelist.com
=======================================
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
.............
.............
Each of your countries, my friends, brings a special value to this
world you call Earth. The United States is an interesting anomaly,
because it is not so much a homogeneous country as it is a mixed bag
of energies from around the world. Prior to that it belonged to the
Native American, which made it one of the most spiritual countries
possible. But the incoming of the different nationalities from all
over the world brought their diverse belief systems onto America,
and the American energy has stayed as a very grounding force for the
rest of the world. Because of the great influence of the Andromedans
on the American continent, America has been entrusted with some of
the duties of guardianship. The Andromedan influence is why you are
such a mili-ary might.
But trust me when I say this: Your time of being a mi-itary might
is limited because there will be no reason for such might when you
discover what is available in the next few years.
Leaders of your world have had alliances with the galactic empire
for hundreds - even thousands - of years. Even your Vatican, as I
pointed out some time ago, has been in alliance since its beginning
state. It has never been out from under that influence, and it will
be under that influence until it finally comes to a new level of
awareness, something that it is quickly coming.
Your world has been put together in such a fashion that those in
total control of it, that which we call the over-mastermind and the
re-igious orders, are in total collaboration with the galactic
energies. I am not talking about your gove-nments, my friends.
Gover-ments are pawns at best. It is your re-igious orders and your
over-mastermind, which represents the collective thought processes
of your world, that have worked with, and so diligently hid, the
knowledge of this collaboration with the galactic empire.
If it sounds like the galactics are "bad little fellows," they
are not. They have moderated the religious orders and the
over-mastermind, kept them in balance and lessened their influence
on you. They are totally protective of you. They know the way
your world has been set up, and they have honored it.
They have honored the fact that you are allowed to live in fear.
They have honored your free will to be led by the few and not by
the masses. They have honored you because they have wanted you to
grow into an evolved force that would incarnate yourselves. They have
given you thousands of years to incarnate, time after time, to learn
the basic lessons of humanoid. They have monitored your skies for a
long time. And now they have run out of time. Now they are involving
themselves with the Earth plane in a total capacity.
Q: You have pointed out that there is no such thing as Earth
humans, and that we were all seeded by some galactic presence or
other. I read elsewhere that unlike life forms in the plant and
animal kingdom, there is only one human species, and that it is the
only species on the planet that has only one of a kind. If it is
true that we were seeded by galactics and that there is only one
species of human, who seeded us and how was it done?
KIRAEL: Let me start by saying that the current population of
Earth is not the original population. Your populations have been
eradicated and introduced anew multiples of times. The Creator
originally made you into Earth humans because there was nothing
else like you in any planetary system. Each time you have fortified
this Earth plane with a new generation of humanity, you have changed
that presence to the point where in this latest manifestation, many
of you were seeded with the energy patterns of your galactic
brothers and sisters. In this way, you are able to hold the
uniqueness of looking like an Earth being.
Q: You mentioned the term "Earth humans," which leads me to think
there are other kinds of humans on other planetary systems. You
also mentioned that the Sirians have seeded us, and the Pleiadians
and Andromedans as well. Does that mean we are "multi-galactic" in
nature?
KIRAEL: Yes, many of you are, but "multi-universal" may be a
better word. Here is one example of how seeding works: Suppose while
in the womb you suddenly recognized that the life plan you picked
out was above you, and that you would not be able to complete it as
a human. The call goes out to your galactic brothers and sisters
who have a higher balance of the sixth sense, and they begin to seed
the energy force that was already implanted in mom's belly.
However, you have to be of the humanoid class to be seeded here.
That is why you don't see too many six-foot talking lizards walking
around. [Group laughter.]
Q: Can you tell us more about the so-called "Mars human?" What
were they like?
KIRAEL: They were humanoid, no doubt, but they were darn near
angelic, my friend. They had diminished their defense chromosomes
because they did not need them, for they lived in a beautiful world.
The whole of the species was less than a million years old at the
time of the Arcarthian intrusion. Their average life span was 2,500
years, and they procreated no more than three times. Males and
females were equal in their own love. The children were not allowed
to speak until they were about 75 to 80 years old - that was part
of their training. They had to learn how to speak to the flowers
and talk to the grass.
Some say they willingly gave up their lives for this group to
come in so it would never be forgotten again. They were a beautiful,
beautiful class of society. Much like your underground society of
Earth.
Q: You talked about the Sirians working with the Japanese and the
Andromedans with the Americans. It seems that each of the galactic
energies have a specialty. It also appears that some of the gifts
brought on the Earth plane by the galactics were misused. Could you
comment, please?
KIRAEL: Indeed. There is a Federation that oversees your planet
from the standpoint of the galactic forces. When the galactics
work with a certain segment - the Japanese, for instance - the
Federation chooses them. They do not bring the fullness of their
awareness to your societies. They bring a mastermind group to seed
a certain population. When they see a population going bring the
fullness of their awareness to your societies. They bring a
mastermind group to seed a certain population. When they see a
population going in a course that they think is best for evolution
in the Creator's Light, they will seed it in one direction. If
the Federation recognizes that it is going off in a "wrong"
direction, they will re-seed it and bring in different energies. That
is why you see some segments vibrating higher than others do.
The Federation, like the guidance world and the a-gelic realm, has
always tried to balance the energies of your Earth plane. In the end,
we have always entrusted the Federation and councils to come to the
appropriate choices.
Q: How exactly do the galactics help us as evolving spi-itualists
and as human beings on our diverse journeys? Is it action on the
physical plane or is it like a whisper in one's ear of a direction
to go?
KIRAEL: More the latter. Physical intervention is frowned upon
even at my level. There have been exceptions - the dishevelment of
the Low Active Frequency Sonar exercises being one example - but not
without Federation consequences for the galactic energies involved.
As a rule, the intervention is much more subtle, much more
sophisticated, and much more pervasive and consequences for the
galactic energies involved. Disregarding the innumerable
technological gifts, the galactic forces have managed to at least
moderately maintain a balance on your Earth plane by intervention
here and there. They have be able to simulcast their energies
into different spaces so you could collectively recognize their
forces. They have made the little twists and the little turns to
keep it so a Buddhist can love Buddha and a Chr-stian can love
Christ and a Mohammedan can love Muhammad. You see what I am saying?
Freedom is the one thing they have instilled because there is
nothing more important to the galactic empire, the Federation and
the All That Is than freedom of choice. America is not the only
country that lives in freedom, but I can tell you that one of the
reasons America is a power is because of its devout desire, its
unending and insatiable yearning for personal and societal freedom.
CLOSING STATEMENT
How do we in the guidance realm view the galactic world? We view
them as our counterparts - our "counterlights," if you will. They
stand in for us because you will understand them much more readily
than you will understand the world of guides, much more readily
than you will the world of Light. Those of you in the humanoid
world called Earth beings, you are so loved by our counterparts
that they will go through what they have to go through to see to
your experience, to let you have the thrill of life, to let you
experience the pain and the gladness and the sorrow and the love and
the healing. They will go through what they have to go through to
see that your world will always have the ability to understand and
grow in its love, and to heal back into the Creator's Light.
Stay the course, my friends, for you have not even begun to
witness the beauty of your world to come. With that, I will take
my leave.
Good evening.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is some information that will show you some strange things
about the English language.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
English was invented by people, not computer, and it reflects the
creativity of the human race at (which, of course, isn't a race at
all). That is why when the stars are out, they are visible.
However, when the lights are out, they are invisible. Also, think
about trying to learn the English language when we have sentences
like these:
1) The bandage was wound around
the wound.
2) The farm was used to produce
produce.
3) The dump was so full that it had to
refuse more refuse.
4) We must polish the Polish
furniture.
5) He could lead if he would get the
lead out.
6) The soldier decided to desert his
dessert in the desert.
7) Since there is no time like the
present, he thought it was time to
present the present.
8) A bass was painted on the head
of the bass drum.
9) When shot at, the dove dove into
the bushes.
10) I did not object to the object.
11) The insurance was invalid for
the invalid.
12) There was a row among the
oarsmen about how to row.
13) They were too close to the door
to close it.
14) The buck does funny things
when the does are present.
15) A seamstress and a sewer fell
down into a sewer line.
16) To help with planting, the
farmer taught his sow to sow.
17) The wind was too strong to
wind the sail.
18) After a number of injections my
jaw got number.
19) Upon seeing the tear in the
painting I shed a tear.
20) I had to subject the subject to a
series of tests.
21) How can I intimate this to my
most intimate friend?
Let's face it - English is a crazy
language. There is no egg in eggplant nor
ham in hamburger: neither apple nor pine
in pineapple. English muffins weren't
invented in England or French fries in
France. Seetmeats are candies while
sweetbreads, which aren't sweet, are meat.
We take English for granted. But if we
explore it paradoxes, we find that quick-
sand can work slowly, boxing rings are
square and a guinea pig is neither from
Guinea nor is a pig. And why is it that
writer write but finger don't fing, grocers
don't groce and hammers don't ham?
If the plural of tooth is teeth, why isn't
the plural of booth beeth? One goose, 2
geese. So one moose, 2 meese? One index,
2 indices?
If teacher taught, why don't preachers
praught? If a vegetarian eats vegetables,
what does a humanitarian ear? Sometime I
think all the English speakers should be
committed to an asylum for the verbally
insane. In what language do people recite
at a play and play at a recital? Ship by
truck and send cargo by ship? Have noses
that run and feet that smell? How can a
slim chance and fat chance be the same,
while a wise man and wise guy are
opposites? How can overlook and oversee
be opposites, while quite a lot and quite a
few are alike?
You have to marvel at the unique lunacy
of a language in which your house can burn
up as it burns down, in which you fill in a
form by filling it out and in which an alarm
goes off by going on.
Why, when I wind up my watch, I start
it, but when I wind up this essay, I end it?
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
My teacher, Merele Fagot, had Buck Nelson as his house guest
in his TV Shop while Buck was lecturing in Oakland and Berkeley,
Calif. Here is some information about Buck and also the web site
where I got the information.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
http://www.algonet.se/~hermesat/buck.htm
Buck Nelson's contact with Starpeople
In the early mid 50's New Buck Nelson claimed he had visited Mars,
Moon and Venus in a spaceship piloted by Two Aliens and one American
with the name Bucky (a long distant relative to Buck Nelson.)
Buck Nelson's story is similar to George Adamski, Lee Childers,
and Howard Menger. -------.
The story is once again interesting since the theories of
Dimension traveling Time traveling and the newly started experiments
with the Relativistic Heavy ions Collider at Brookhaven National
Laboratory. Buck Nelson's experience sound very familiar for the
UFO-researcher.
Buck lived on a 80 acres farm in the Ozark Mountains of Missouri,
when his radio on one day in April 1954 begun to go crazy wild. His
dog outside was barking and Buck run out to see what was going
on. In the sky was one big disc object hovering together with two
other.
Buck went back, grabbed his camera and took three pictures and
when the film was developed only one photo showed two of "the
things" which Buck named the discs.
The Thing - Saucer
The "Thing" - around 50 feet across and more than 8 feet high.
After he had taken the pictures, Buck signaled with a flashlight
as a signal to make them come down and land. The answer was very
unexpected. They shot some kind of ray at him which was much brighter
and hotter than the sun. The ray knocked Buck down behind a barrel
and he didn't get up until the "things" were gone. To his amazement
he discovered he felt no pain and that he didn't had to use his
glasses any more to read. Later he discovered he was cured from
lumbago in his back.
Around midnight, almost a year later the "thing" landed and
three men and a 365 pounds dog came up to Buck's House. There was
Bucky, a 19 year old American with a Scandinavian Accent. An
extraterrestrial with the name Bob Solomon, even if he was 200 years,
he looked about the same age as Bucky. The third was an old and
wrinkled extraterrestrial with no name and the Dog was called Bo.
They spent around one hour comparing their homes to Buck's. One
remarkable thing was their interest in Buck's radio, especially in
the Battery on the top. When Buck explained it was for powering the
radio, they waved their hands over their head and said: "What, with
all this power overhead, and you use that?" They said they plugged
their lights and appliances into their radio for power. Later Buck
found out that the Spacepeople only used "solar power and lines of
energy between the Sun and the planets, similar to the lines
between a magnet and a piece of steel that were fixed apart.
Extraterrestrial 17 hours clock
Venusian 17 hours clock with "Chinease" writing. Just before his
trip to Mars, Moon and Venus. Buck was allowed to write down the
twelve Laws of G-d outside the spaceship with the stars as witness.
After Buck had done it, they asked if meant anything to him to
write down the Laws of Go-, outside under the stars. He replied
at perhaps it was close to nature, and they asked "and -od?" Buck
said "Yes".
The twelve Laws of G-d was similar to the well known "ten
commands".
Love:
Love your Maker, your parents, your neighbor, all birds and
animals of the earth, and everything in the sea and air.
Honor:
Honor your Go- and parents. Obey G-d's law which is also man's law.
Obey:
Obey -od's law, your parents and the rights of others.
1. Love your Maker...Go-
2. Thou shalt not kill...includes accidents and w-rs.
3. Love your neighbor.
4. Let your light
shine before men, and all will see your good works, and it will be
a honor to you and your Maker...Go-.
11. Your body is -od's; do not misuse it in any way. Do not drink
or eat anything that is not food. Use nothing to harm the body,
either inside or outside. Wear nothing on the body that harms it
or is of no use. -od made our body and is it not good?
12. G-d made the heavens and the earth and we must give him
thanks for what he gives us.
Buck Nelson's trip to Mars, the Moon and Venus.
Mars: He saw the canal system and was told that there lived other
people with other colors and r-ces than he was familiar with.
"Mars was a very colorful planet.
The Moon
Buildings used to be in the craters and there is a bridge between
two craters on the side toward the Earth. The moon was used as
a base only and to manufacturing rocks for other very old planets.
There was snow on the mountains and rivers and lakes on the side
away from the Earth.
Venus
Had 3 moons, Had cars with no wheels, levitating 3 to 5 feet off
the ground. Used the same power as Spaceships.
They used a "Bookmachine", the size of a TV set. It could read the
text, play any music and show any photograph that was in the book.
Space
: was inky black in all directions.
The "Spacepeople": Their food consist mainly of fruits and
vegetables, They have nice teeth and disease is very rare. They are
their own do-tors and use "natural" medicines. They don't compete in
Sports as it cause a strain on the whole body and especially the
heart.
They work only two or three hours each day and use to the rest of
the time attending classes to learn the languages of the people
they will be contacting.
As they follow the twelve Laws of G-d. There is no need for a
police force, no jails, no courthouse, no gov-rnment buildings, no
wa-s...Their technology has abolish the need for roads and they
build things to last very long. In other words...their taxes are
very low.
In 1955 Bucky made this warning on tape about the Future of
Mankind, because they had seen so many other civilizations destroy
themselves with At-mic Weapons "The world must give up A-OMIC
WEAPONS and W-RFARE. The next wa-, if fought, will be on Ame-ican
soil. Amer-ca will be destroyed, then civilization all over the
world will be destroyed."
Buck Nelson was also given the knowledge that our scientist
should not look for a new power source in the subatomic world when
experimenting in huge tunnels underground. The fate will be
similar to the Atalanteans who made their continent to blow up
while experimenting with the new Power, that is more powerful than
At-mic Power (This is NOT Fusion Power as they are build above
ground.) The Spacepeople use only power from the Sun and lines of
energy from planets.
Buck Nelson was one of the first to build a UFO-detector, A small
permanent magnet hold up by a thread. When it turned around, the
saucer was near. He was also told that in mid 50's, circa 1500
"Spacepeople" looking like you and me were living in America.
After Buck Nelson had published his small book "My trip to Mars,
the Moon and Venus" in 1956. He rose to fame. He appeared in Radio
and Television, even in local chu-ches. Always wearing his
overalls and work shirt. Everyone in Ozark Mountains and
Springfield had first, second or third hand knowledge about him.
---------
Between 1956 and 1965 he held his annual "Spacecraft Convention"
a gathering for people who claimed they had been contacted by
the Aliens.
__________________
In 1946, Gvsta Carlsson[m from Sweden had a meeting with people
from another planet outside Dngelholm. The Aliens gave him two
objects from their home planet. In his book "Mvtet i gldntan" with
co-writer Clas Svahn. He claims that since the only meeting with the
aliens, they have continue to tell him stories in his dream. The
Aliens look Scandinavian, Beautiful and have a lifespan of 1000
years....
JW Buck also attended and lectured at the Flying Saucer Clubs
conventions that were put on Giant Rock Airport near Landers, Calif.
He always wore his overalls.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
John F. Winston
Mar. 12, 2002.
When I was first started studying UFOs it was said that we have
about 11 million crafts around the Earth. In following information
it suggests that we have some more of them. This refers to Shedan
Nidle and some channeled material so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: T
Subject: The REAL Galactic Federation !
The REAL Galactic Federation, (as opposed to the FICTIONAL or
ALLEGORICAL one in the Star Trek series), is described in the book
"You Are Becoming A Galactic Human", by Virginia Essene and Sheldan
Nidle, 1994; and in the NEW book "Your First Contact", by Sheldan
Nidle, 2000, Blue Lodge Press ( http://www.paoweb.com ).
The REAL Galactic Federation, along with the Earth's Spi-itual
Hierarchy (which I believe is headquartered primarily in the secret
sp-ritual city of Agam Des), has been since late 1996 providing us
with TWICE-WEEKLY 3-page Updates, telepathically thru Sheldan Nidle
of the Planetary Activation Organization (PA'O) (formerly called "The
Ground Crew Project"), most of them still posted on the web site
http://www.paoweb.com/updates.htm.
According to these sources, the REAL Galactic Federation is four
and a half million years old. They have STARSHIPS (about 20 MILLION
of them cloaked and surrounding Earth now), TRANSPORTER BEAMS (with
a 10 million mile range), Star-Trek-type REPLICATORS, and even
HOLODECKS ! They also have moon-or planet-sized MOTHER SHIPS in our
solar system. About 40 percent of them are HUMAN. The rest are a
mixture of reptoids, dinoids, insectoids, amphiboids, and beings
resembling bears, horses, lions, and shelless turtles. They are
FULLY CONSCIOUS Beings who use ALL of their potential brain power
(compared to ONLY a few percent of it in Earth humans), and they
have natural ps-chic abilities such as telepathy.
They are eagerly awaiting the go-ahead from Earth's Sp-ritual
Hierarchy to perform a First Contact mass UFO landing (20 MILLION
ships worldwide escorted by An-els), after which they will share
their amazing technologies (REPLICATORS, etc.) with us all.
PHYSICAL SUBPLANES !
I have read that the PHYSICAL Universe ITSELF has SIX
subdivisions or subplanes, (ALL of them BELOW the Astral Plane with
its 150 subplanes), usually referred to as "DIMENSIONS" or
"DENSITIES" by Space Aliens and related literature (books like
"The RA Material", "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human", etc.). We
now live in the 3rd Dimension (lowest). Space Aliens usually
hang out in the 4th, 5th, or 6th Dimensions, but sometimes pop
into our 3rd Dimension by somehow lowering the vibration rates of
their spacecraft Being in higher physical dimensions allows them to
travel EXTREMELY FAST between solar systems, and probably also makes
possible most of their other amazing technologies.
I suspect that the secret Spi-itual Cities such as Agam Des on
Earth, and Retz on Venus, also exist in these higher PHYSICAL
dimensions ("supra-physical"), possibly even in the 7th or 8th
Dimensions. The entire planet Earth may soon move into the 4th and
5th Dimensions, according to some GALACTIC FEDERATION Updates at
http://www.paoweb.com/updates.htm .
See also the book "E.T. 101: The Cosmic Instruction Manual for
Planetary Evolution / An Emergency Remedial Earth Edition /
Co-Created by Mission Control and Zoev Jho", 1990, 1995, channeled
by Diana Luppi; a very interesting and WITTY book written
SPECIFICALLY for "Starseeds" (the 110 MILLION or more Earth humans
who REincarnated here from OTHER planets and solar systems for the
purpose of helping to move Earth and her people into the N-w Age).
See also this 4-volume set of books, "Arcturian Star Chronicles",
"Intergalactic Seed Messages for the People of Planet Earth",
channeled by Patricia L. Pereira:
"Songs of the Arcturians", 1996, (Volume One),
"Eagles of the New Dawn", 1997, (Volume Two),
"Songs of Malantor", 1998, (Volume Three), and
"Arcturian Songs of the Masters of Light", 1999,
(Volume Four).
See also the various web pages at
http://www.disclosureproject.org .
For more information, answers to your questions, etc., please
consult my CITED SOURCES.
Robert E. McElwaine
Star Trek Fan
PA'O Member
Eckankar Initiate
B.S., Physics and Astronomy, UW-EC
http://www.angelfire.com/wi/mcelwaine
http://members.aol.com/rem460
P.S.: PASS IT ON !
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
John F. Winston
Many years ago I read a book that was written by Howard Menger.
This book was about he and a few of his friends taking a trip to
the Moon in a friendly flying saucer. As he was traveling around
on the Moon's surface he was in a vehicle that looked like a train
and it also had large windows so you could see the outside landscape
well. While going around in the heat of the day with the sun
shining down on them the guide opened one of the windows to show the
people on the inside of the train how hot it was. Howard said it
felt like a blast furnace.
Next I made a trip over to Phoenix, Arizona to observe a Flying
Saucer Club convention that was headed by Frank Stranges.
I met Howard Menger out in the lobby and we had quite a
conversation. He had a replica of a small flying saucer that was a
remake of another small craft that he had made. The first model was
about 3 feet across and made of shiny metal. When he tested it the
thing flew away and I don't think he could find it again. The model
he had on display was not an operational craft.
Howard wrote a book about his experiences and it sold quite a few
copies then we went into the era when people who claimed to have
had flying saucer rides were hounded by the gov-rnment and the
general public as well. They gave Howard such a bad time that he
quit trying to put out his book, for a while.
After meeting Howard I saw a TV documentary movie about the people
who had claimed to meet the space people and some of which took
rides. George Van Tassel and a few more were shown. It was not
very complimentary of the saucer movement. Howard was in it and
they showed him as being a very rough, tough man holding a 45
caliber automatic pistol. He then said that if anyone gave him
a bad time he would use this pistol on them, in so many words.
I then learned that Howard Menger had some house quests, one of
which was Valient Thor, who is a space captain from Venus, his
male friend and a beautiful lady.
Some pictures were taken of Val and they were passed around the
world. After that time Val had his alien space craft parked out on
the water of Lake Mead, Nevada in a clocked condition. I made
a trip over there once but I only saw a few things moving around
in the sky. Some people had been taken aboard this craft and taught
quite a few things. The class in the past has been taught by a
lady space person.
This is pretty hard to prove because the craft is invisible until
you get within a few feet of it and they only let people in who they
want in. Frank Stranges has been inside.
Now on to our information about Howard Menger.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Getting
http://www.tje.net/para/documents/howard_menger.htm
Howard Menger Story
In 1956, Howard Menger, a sign-painter, went public with his
stories of contact that dated back to 1932. At that time he
encountered a lovely blond Venusian woman sitting on a rock in the
woods. He was only ten years old, but felt an overwhelming physical
attraction to her. During WWII, Menger was stationed in Hawaii.
There he met a beautiful dark haired girl, that had the same
effect on him.
She sensed this attraction and that Howard was embarrassed about
it, and told him not to worry, it was only natural and that she was
attracted to him too. When Menger returned home to New Jersey in
1946, he once again saw his blond Venusian girl, but this time she
stepped out of a flying saucer, wore a blue-gray ski-type suit, that
fitted loosely over her very shapely body. He asked would he ever
see her again, she said no, but told him what his mission was, to
aid the space people in their benevolent efforts to save the human
race from itself, and gave him a kiss on the cheek. She told him
he would meet her sister, a Venusian now in an earth incarnation.
She would work with him and be with him for the duration of this
life span. He was told he would recognize her the moment he laid
eyes upon her.
Ten years later, contactee followers flocked to Mengers farm near
High Bridge, where objects Menger identified as spacecraft and
shadowy figures, he called space people sparked a sensation. A
small group of devotees gathered there regularly. One day a
California contactee, George Van Tassel was lecturing there, Menger
noticed a slim, attractive, young blond woman, and knew right away,
it was her.
Upon seeing her, he broke through his memory block, and recalled
past lives, and knew she was the sister to his original visitor, and
saw what they had been lovers long ago, when he was a Saturnian
spiritual teacher named Sol da Naro and she a Venusian beauty.
This information was written up in:
MY SATURNIAN LOVER (1958).
Posted by: LEEF...@aol.com
John Winston john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
He's some information from my friend Ralph Squire who uses dowsing
to get his predictions. He is also a friend of Jim Berkland but this
time has a slightly different prediction than Jim.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: ralph squire <ra...@goldrush.com>
Subject: Quakes
Hello Mother Lode Chapter List, plus Yesterday afternoon, there
was a small 2.0 quake, 11 miles northeast of Ojai, CA. This may
seem insignificant, but it is only a few miles from where the System
told me there would be a major quake coming soon, and it is in an
area that has been very quiet for years. This is the area where a
large quake occurred in 1857, and hasn't moved since that time. It
is where there is a "bend" in the San Andreas Fault, that is a
"hang up point".
Check www.scecdc.scec.org:3128/recenteqs
Put this site in your Favorites, and check it every day.
Ralph Squire
JW It's not quite the time that Ralph predicts the quake. He says
it will be on Mar 18th or 19th, which is about two days from now.
We shall see what we shall see. I hope no one gets hurt in any
of these quakes.
John Winston.
John F. Winston
Many people wonder why some people commit suicide and blow
themselves up by crashing jets against buildings. The more radical
groups teach their student that if they died while killing
unbelievers such as you and me then they will be rewarded by going
to he-ven and have all of the women that they want to satisfy them.
It is my contention that when you leave this life and go to what you
consider to be he-ven then there is no marriage or giving in
marriage for you will all be like the an-els. In the following
information it states how a certain rel-gious book has been
interpreted to make people think they will be rewarded in such a
manner.
Here is something that was sent to me lately.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: D
Subject: Questioning The Origin of the Ko-an
RADICAL NEW VIEWS OF I-LAM AND THE ORIGINS OF THE KOR-N
By Alexander Stille
New York Times
March 2, 2002
http://www.nytimes.com/2002/03/02/arts/02ISLA.html
To Mu-lims the Kora- is the very word of G-d, who spoke through the
An-el Gabriel to Muh-mmad: "This book is not to be doubted," the
K-ran declares unequivocally at its beginning. Scholars and writers
in Is-amic countries who have ignored that warning have sometimes
found themselves the target of de-th threats and viol-nce, sending a
chill through universities around the world.
Yet despite the fear, a handful of experts have been quietly
investigating the origins of the Ko-an, offering radically new
theories about the text's meaning and the rise of I-lam.
Christoph Luxenberg, a scholar of ancient Se-itic languages in
Germany, argues that the Kor-n has been misread and mistranslated
for centuries. His work, based on the earliest copies of the Kora-,
maintains that parts of Isl-m's holy book are derived from
pre-existing Ch-istian Aramaic texts that were misinterpreted by
later I-lamic scholars who prepared the editions of the Ko-an
commonly read today.
So, for example, the vir-ins who are supposedly awaiting good
Is-amic martyrs as their reward in paradise are in reality "wh-te
raisins" of crystal clarity rather than fair maidens.
Christoph Luxenberg, however, is a pseudonym, and his scholarly
tome ""The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Ko-an" had trouble finding a
publisher, although it is considered a major new work by several
leading scholars in the field. Verlag Das Arabische Buch in Berlin
ultimately published the book.
The caution is not surprising. Salman Rushdie's "Sa-anic Verses"
received a fatwa because it appeared to mock Muh-mmad. The Egyptian
novelist Naguib M-hfouz was st-bbed because one of his books was
thought to be irr-ligious.
And when the A-ab scholar Suliman Bashear argued that I-lam
developed as a rel-gion gradually rather than emerging fully formed
from the mouth of the Prophet, he was in-ured after being thrown
from a second- story window by his students at the University of
Na-lus in the West Bank. Even many broad-minded liberal Mu-lims
become upset when the historical veracity and authenticity of the
Kor-n is questioned. The reverberations have affected non-Mu-lim
scholars in Western countries.
"Between fear and political correctness, it's not possible to say
anything other than sugary nonsense about Is-am," said one scholar
at an Am-rican university who asked not to be named, referring to
the threatened vi-lence as well as the widespread reluctance on
Unit-d States college campuses to criticize other cultures.
While scr-ptural interpretation may seem like a remote and
innocuous activity, close textual study of J-wish and Chr-stian
scripture played no small role in loosening the Ch-rch's domination
on the intellectual and cultural life of Europe, and paving the way
for unfettered secular thought.
"The Mus-ims have the benefit of hindsight of the European
experience, and they know very well that once you start questioning
the holy sc-iptures, you don't know where it will stop," the scholar
explained.
The touchiness about questioning the Ko-an predates the latest rise
of Isl-mic mil-tancy. As long ago as 1977, John Wansbrough of the
School of Oriental and African Studies in London wrote that
subjecting the K-ran to "analysis by the instruments and techniques
of b-blical criticism is virtually unknown."
Mr. Wansbrough insisted that the text of the Ko-an appeared to be
a composite of different voices or texts compiled over dozens if not
hundreds of years. After all, scholars agree that there is no
evidence of the Kor-n until 691 - 59 years after Muh-mmad's death -
when the Dome of the Rock mosque in Je-usalem was built, carrying
several Ko-anic inscriptions.
These inscriptions differ to some degree from the version of the
Kor-n that has been handed down through the centuries, suggesting,
scholars say, that the K-ran may have still been evolving in the
last decade of the seventh century. Moreover, much of what we know
as Islam - the lives and sayings of the Prophet - is based on texts
from between 130 and 300 years after Mu-ammad's death.
In 1977 two other scholars from the School for Oriental and African
Studies at London University - Patricia Crone (a professor of history
at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton) and Michael Cook
(a professor of Near Eastern history at Princeton University) -
suggested a radically new approach in their book "Ha-arism: The
Making of the Is-amic World."
Since there are no Ar-bic chronicles from the first century of
Is-am, the two looked at several non-Mu-lim, seventh-century accounts
that suggested Muh-mmad was perceived not as the founder of a new
relig-on but as a preacher in the Old Tes-ament tradition, hailing
the coming of a Me-siah.
Many of the early documents refer to the followers of Mu-ammad as
"hag-renes," and the "tribe of Ish-ael," in other words as
descendants of H-gar, the servant girl that the J-wish patriarch
Abr-ham used to father his son Ish-ael.
In its earliest form, Ms. Crone and Mr. Cook argued, the followers
of Muh-mmad may have seen themselves as retaking their place in the
Holy Land alongside their Je-ish cousins. (And many J-ws appear to
have welcomed the A-abs as liberators when they entered Jeru-alem
in 638.)
The idea that J-wish mess-anism animated the early followers of
the Prophet is not widely accepted in the field, but "Ha-arism" is
credited with opening up the field. "Crone and Cook came up with
some very interesting revisionist ideas," says Fred M. Donner of
the University of Chicago and author of the recent book "Narratives
of Isla-ic Origins: The Beginnings of Is-amic Historical Writing."
"I think in trying to reconstruct what happened, they went off the
deep end, but they were asking the right questions."
The revisionist school of early Isl-m has quietly picked up
momentum in the last few years as historians began to apply rational
standards of proof to this material.
John F. Winston
............
............
Mr. Cook and Ms. Crone have revised some of their early hypotheses
while sticking to others. "We were certainly wrong about quite a lot
of things," Ms. Crone said. "But I stick to the basic point we made:
that Is-amic history did not arise as the classic tradition says it
does."
Ms. Crone insists that the K-ran and the Isl-mic tradition present
a fundamental paradox. The Ko-an is a text soaked in mono-heistic
thinking, filled with stories and references to Abraham, Isaac,
Joseph and Je--s, and yet the official history insists that M-hammad,
an ill-terate camel merchant, received the revelation in Mecca, a
remote, sparsely populated part of Arabia, far from the centers of
monotheistic thought, in an environment of idol-worshiping A-ab
Bedouins. Unless one accepts the idea of the an-el Gabriel, Ms.
Crone says, historians must somehow explain how all these
monotheistic stories and ideas found their way into the Ko-an.
"There are only two possibilities," Ms. Crone said. "Either there had
to be substantial numbers of Je-s and C-ristians in Mecca or the
Ko-an had to have been composed somewhere else."
Indeed, many scholars who are not revisionists agree that Is-am
must be placed back into the wider historical context of the
rel-gions of the Middle East rather than seeing it as the
spontaneous product of the pristine Arabian desert. "I think there
is increasing acceptance, even on the part of many M-slims, that
I-lam emerged out of the wider monotheistic soup of the Middle
East," says Roy Mottahedeh, a professor of Is-amic history at
Harvard University.
Scholars like Mr. Luxenberg and Gerd - R. Puin, who teaches at
Saarland University in Germany, have returned to the earliest known
copies of the Ko-an in order to grasp what it says about the
document's origins and composition. Mr. Luxenberg explains these
copies are written without vowels and diacritical dots that modern
Ar-bic uses to make it clear what letter is intended. In the
eighth and ninth centuries, more than a century after the death of
Muh-mmad, Isl-mic commentators added diacritical marks to clear up
the ambiguities of the text, giving precise meanings to passages
based on what they considered to be their proper context. Mr.
Luxenberg's radical theory is that many of the text's difficulties
can be clarified when it is seen as closely related to Aramaic,
the language group of most Middle Eastern Je-s and C-ristians at
the time.
For example, the famous passage about the virgins is based on
the word hur, which is an adjective in the feminine plural meaning
simply "wh-te." Is-amic tradition insists the term hur stands for
"houri," which means virgin, but Mr. Luxenberg insists that this is
a forced misreading of the text. In both ancient Aramaic and in at
least one respected dictionary of early Arabic, hur means "whi-e
raisin."
Mr. Luxenberg has traced the passages dealing with paradise to a
Ch-istian text called Hymns of Paradise by a fourth-century author.
Mr. Luxenberg said the word paradise was derived from the Aramaic
word for garden and all the descriptions of paradise described it
as a garden of flowing waters, abundant fruits and whit- raisins,
a prized delicacy in the ancient Near East. In this context, -hite
raisins, mentioned often as hur, Mr. Luxenberg said, makes more
sense than a reward of s-xual favors.
In many cases, the differences can be quite significant. Mr. Puin
points out that in the early archaic copies of the Ko-an, it is
impossible to distinguish between the words "to fight" and "to
k-ll." In many cases, he said, Is-amic exegetes added diacritical
marks that yielded the harsher meaning, perhaps reflecting a period
in which the Is-amic Empire was often at war.
A return to the earliest K-oran, Mr. Puin and others suggest, might
lead to a more tolerant brand of Is-am, as well as one that is more
conscious of its close ties to both J-daism and Ch-istianity.
"It is serious and exciting work," Ms. Crone said of Mr.
Luxenberg's work. Jane McAuliffe, a professor of Is-amic studies at
Georgetown University, has asked Mr. Luxenberg to contribute an
essay to the Encyclopedia of the Kor-n, which she is editing.
Mr. Puin would love to see a "critical edition" of the K-ran
produced, one based on recent philological work, but, he says, "the
word critical is misunderstood in the Is-amic world - it is seen as
criticizing or attacking the text."
Some Mu-lim authors have begun to publish skeptical, revisionist
work on the Kor-n as well. Several new volumes of revisionist
scholarship, "The Origins of the Ko-an," and "The Quest for the
Historical Mu-ammad," have been edited by a former Musl-m who writes
under the pen name Ibn Warraq. Mr. Warraq, who heads a group called
the Institute for the Secularization of Is-amic Society, makes no
bones about having a political agenda. "B-blical scholarship has
made people less dogmatic, more open," he said, "and I hope that
happens to Mu-lim society as well."
But many Mu-lims find the tone and claims of revisionism
offensive. "I think the broader implications of some of the
revisionist scholarship is to say that the K-ran is not an authentic
book, that it was fabricated 150 years later," says Ebrahim Moosa,
a professor of rel-gious studies at Duke University, as well as a
M-slim cleric whose liberal theological leanings earned him the
animosity of fundamentalists in South Africa, which he left after his
house was fi-ebombed.
Andrew Rippin, an Is-amicist at the University of Victoria in
British Columbia, Canada, says that freedom of speech in the I-lamic
world is more likely to evolve from within the Is-amic interpretative
tradition than from outside attacks on it. Approaches to the Ko-an
that are now branded as heretical - interpreting the text
metaphorically rather than literally - were widely practiced in
mainstream I-lam a thousand years ago.
"When I teach the history of the interpretation it is eye-opening
to students the amount of independent thought and diversity of
interpretation that existed in the early centuries of I-lam," Mr.
Rippin says. "It was only in more recent centuries that there was
a need for limiting interpretation."
ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
NHNE MISSION STATEMENT, CREDITS & CONTACT INFORMATION
The mission of NewHeavenNewEarth (NHNE) is to answer humankind's
oldest, most perplexing questions: Who are we? Where are we from?
What is the origin and purpose of life? Instead of relying on
ancient or contemporary wisdom, or the knowledge of isolated
experts, we are building a global network of seekers from all walks
of life, from all parts of the world, lay people and professionals
alike, that can pool talents, experience, and resources to unravel
life's great mysteries.
We also believe that our planet is passing through a time of
profound change and are seeking to create a global community of
like-minded people that can safely pass through whatever changes
may come our way and help give birth to a new way of life on our
planet.
------------
David Sunfellow, Founder & Publisher
NewHeavenNewEarth (NHNE)
a 501(c)3 non-profit organization
P.O. Box 2242
Sedona, AZ USA 86339
eMail: nh...@nhne.com
NHNE Website: http://www.nhne.com/
Phone: (928) 282-6120
Fax: (815) 346-1492
Subscribe NHNE Mailing List:
send a blank message to <nhne-su...@egroups.com>
Review Current NHNE Mailing List Posts:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/nhne/messages/
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
A lot of people predict the big quake in the LA area. This may be
just another false alarm but it would be wise to keep your eyes on
the cats and dogs because of some them will probably leave the area
if the big one happens.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: Update! LA Quake yesterday LARGEST in 5 Years near LA says--
Following is an update on the Sollog warning that Janis sent
through earlier.
This fits with my own feelings, and what I have been personally
given of late. I also feel that the several warnings about
communications disappearing fits as well. I distinctly remember
Michael Mandeville saying (I think it was last year) that the Yahoo
offices are in California ..... we have already had several signs
given to us that the Yahoo services may not continue. This may
well be the cause of the disruption!! Different people read signs
in varying ways of course, but I feel that we are certainly being
given a fore-warning of much to come. It depends if people choose
to read in more depth the signs that are being given!!
Love
S
,88,.74/`7.;'+,88,.74/`7.,88,.74/`7.;'+,88,.74/`7.,88,.74/`7.;
--- Original Message -----
From: <mailli...@1ao.com>
Sent: Monday, March 18, 2002 2:45 PM
Subject: Update! LA Quake yesterday LARGEST in 5 Years near LA
says USGS.
Yes, a 4.6 Quake struck off the coast of LA yesterday.
It hit 1 day after Sollog warned that LA was to be hit with a
quake.
Big deal you say. A 4.6 Quake is common in LA!
WRONG!
According to the USGS, this 4.6 Quake was THE LARGEST SEISMIC
event to hit the LA basin that close to LA since April 1997!
IT WAS A RARE SEISMIC EVENT!
Yes THE LARGEST QUAKE to hit the LA area in 5 years stuck
Saturday, ONE DAY after Sollog issued his LA Quake warning.
This was a fore shock quake says Sollog, THE BIG ONE IS ABOUT TO
HIT LA and NYC!
The Sollog WARNING was for a MAJOR/GREAT Quake to hit LA and
also NYC!
The last 4 EARTHQUAKE warnings Sollog issued all had 7.5 to 8.5
seismic events occur within 30 days of his WARNING exactly where
he warned!
The 5 EARTHQUAKE warnings Sollog issued before his 4 EXACT
LOCATION hit warnings all had THE EXACT DATE when 7.0 to 7.7+ range
quakes then hit!
You can read the latest article about this at
http://www.247news.net
Sollog gives an interview about this FORE SHOCK in the article!
You can download the Sollog LA QUAKE WARNING at
http://www.sollog.com
,.74/`7.;'+,88,.74/`7.,88,.74/`7.;'+,88,.74/`7.,88,.74/`7.;
Editor Update http://www.247news.net/2002/20020317-la.shtml
We contacted Sollog about this amazing quake hit.
Sollog warned, "This event although significant seismologically,
was just a FORE SHOCK to the huge quake about to hit the LA Basin!"
Sollog added, "As you know, I have hit 4 exact locations within 30
days of when I issued QUAKE WARNINGS, when very large quakes then
struck. I also hit 5 exact dates for 7.0+ range quakes in a row! This
FORE SHOCK occurred well west of the San Andreas fault line! The
MAJOR event for the LA Basin is very near!"
Sollog then warned, "If you live in Southern California or near
the New York City areas, LEAVE AT ONCE! The GREAT QUAKES are almost
here..."
---
===============================================
EASY UNSUBSCRIBE click here: http://topica.com/u/?a84Avs.a94Asv
Or send an email to: Global_Rumblin...@topica.com
T O P I C A -- Register now to manage your mail!
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/register
=====================================================
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Due to the fact that I have a very small amount of American Indian
blood in me, I've always wondered who made the mounds that are found
in quite a few places in the US. The following may shed some light
on that subject.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: Holocaust of Giants: The Great Smithsonian Cover-up
http://greatserpentmound.org/articles/giants3.html
Noted Native American author and professor of law emeritus, Vine
Deloria, writes in a personal communication:
It's probably better that so few of the ruins and remains were tied
in with the Smithsonian because they give good reason to believe the
ending of the Indiana Jones movie - a great warehouse where the real
secrets of earth history are buried.
Modern day archaeology and anthropology have nearly sealed the door
on our imaginations, broadly interpreting the North American past as
devoid of anything unusual in the way of great cultures characterized
by a people of unusual demeanor. The great interloper of ancient
burial grounds, the nineteenth century Smithsonian Institution,
created a one-way portal, through which uncounted bones have been
spirited. This door and the contents of its vault are virtually
sealed off to any but go-rnment officials. Among these bones may lay
answers not even sought by these officials concerning the deep past.
The first hint we had about the possible existence of an actual
ra-e of tall, strong, and intellectually sophisticated people, was in
researching old township and county records. Many of these were
quoting from old diaries and letters that were combined, for
posterity, in the 1800s from diaries going back to the 1700s. Says
Vine in this understanding:
Some of these old county and regional history books contain real
gems because the people were not subjected to a rigid indoctrination
about evolution and were astonished about what they found and
honestly reported it.
The title pages of the early county and pioneer history books often
included phrases like "CAREFULLY WRITTEN AND COMPILED" and "LEST WE
FORGET."
Some time before archaeology came to subscribe the general public
to its view of prehistory - generations prior to Darwin's
troublesome theory - the pioneers thought that some of the earthworks
were as ancient as could be concurrent with thought that some of
the earthworks were as ancient as could be concurrent with human
habitation in America. Some among the early settlers exercised their
pens assured that the earthworks were not built by the direct
ancestry of the native people living in the historical period, but
rather were constructed in a more remote era encompassing a different
social order. They compared the "Mound Builders," with the
"Indians," clearly discerning the former as belonging to an earlier
time - possessing a different fate or destiny from the latter.
Evidence for the occupation of this region before the appearance of
the red man and the w-ite race is to be found in almost every part
of the county, as well as through the northwest generally. In
removing the gravel bluffs, which are numerous and deep, for the
construction and repair of roads, and in excavating cellars, hundreds
of human skeletons, some of them of giant form, have been found. A
citizen of Marion County estimates that there were about as many
human skeletons in the knolls of Marion County as there are wh-te
inhabitants at present! The History of Marion County, Ohio (complied
from past accounts, published in 1883)
Mastodonic remains are occasionally unearthed, and, from time to
time, discoveries of the remains of Indian settlements are indicated
by the appearance of gigantic skeletons, with the high cheek bones,
powerful jaws and massive frames peculiar of the red man, who left
these as the only record with which to form a clew to the history of
past ages. The History of Brown County, Ohio (complied from past
accounts, published in 1883)
Group of Mounds in Brown County, Ohio.
She said also that three skeletons were found at the mouth of the
Paw Paw Creek many years later, while Nim (Nimrod) Satterfield was
justice of the peace. Jim Dean and some men were digging for a
bridge foundation and found these bones at the lower end of the old
buffalo wallow. She thought it was Dr. Kidwell, of Fairmont, who
examined them and said they were very old, perhaps thousands of years
old. She said that when the skeletons were exposed to the weather
for a few days, their bones turned black and began to crumble, that
Squire Satterfield had them buried in the Joliffe graveyard
(Rivesville). All these skeletons, she said, were measured, and
found to be about eight feet long. Now and Long Ago-A History of
the Marion County Area by Glen Lough (1969) (This citation on West
Virginia courtesy Dave Cain.)
Another of many examples, this one, collected by James Mooney
(1861-1921), tells of the visit of very tall people from the west:
James Wafford, of the western Cherokee, who was born in Georgia
in 1806, says that his grandmother, who must have been born about
the middle of the last century, told him that she had heard from
the old people that long before her time a party of giants had
once come to visit the Cherokee. They were nearly twice as tall as
common men, and had their eyes set slanting in their heads, so that
the Cherokee called them Tsunil kalu, "the Slant-eyed people,"
because they looked like the giant hunter Tsul kalu. They said that
these giants lived far away in the direction in which the sun goes
down. The Cherokee received them as friends, and they stayed some
time, and then returned to their home in the west...
This kind of recorded tradition did not start with Mooney, rather
beginning early in American history. During the Colonial and
post-Colonial era, the information seekers were keen on gathering
as much knowledge of the forgotten past as feasible through native
sources. Some of it was woven into romantic tales including verse,
but the main of it went into records, which, like the accumulation
of earth and debris over ancient village sites, became buried in
the musty stacks of old libraries considered to have no real
"substance" in the emerging field of the whi-e man's science.
Of the very early history of the region which now embraces Lake
County but little can be written. The Mound Builders had occupied it
and passed away, leaving no written language and but little even as
tradition... These mounds were quite numerous... Excavations...have
revealed the crumbling bones of a mighty r-ce. Samuel Miller, who
has resided in the county since 1835, is authority for the statement
that one skeleton which he assisted in unearthing was a trifle more
than eight feet in length, the skull being correspondingly large,
while many other skeletons measured at least seven feet... Historical
Encyclopedia of Illinois and History of Lake County Edited by Newton
Bateman, LL.D. and Paul Selby, A.M. (1902)
<From the outset of North American archaeology, no federally
sponsored concern has researched and collected evidence specifically
emphasizing the existence of unusually tall Native Americans in
prehistoric, and even in historic times.
There are reasons for this oversight, though in hindsight it has
placed limits on our overview of prehistory. Because there were only
occasional people of large stature born among the light-skinned,
European ra-es, numbers of giants were far from anticipated in
America. Scientists in Europe, in case-by-case studies, declared
their giants to have been victims of pituitary disorder.
Another reason was that when the private citizenry in the U.S.
unearthed the bones of very tall and strongly constructed people,
and when these disinterments were recorded, rarely was any comparison
made with sites of similar contents. It was still a sort of
wilderness in many rural areas right until the middle 1800s. In this,
each discovery was sort of "unique only to end up in the stacks of
old township libraries to be complied later as curiosities if they
survived at all. The following account originated around the year
1800:
There were mounds situated in the eastern part of the village of
Conneaut and an extensive burying-ground near the Pre-byterian
ch-rch, which appear to have had no connection with the
burying-places of the Indians. Among the human bones found in the
mounds were some belonging to men of gigantic structure. Some of
the skulls were of sufficient capacity to admit the head of an
ordinary man, and jaw bones that might have been fitted on over
the face with equal facility; the other bones were proportionately
large. The burying-ground referred to contained about four acres,
and with the exception of a slight angle in conformity with the
natural contour of the ground was in the form of an oblong square.
It appeared to have been accurately surveyed into lots running from
north to south, and exhibited all the order and propriety of
arrangement deemed necessary to constitute Chri-tian burial...
Historical Collections of Ohio in Two Volumes by Henry Howe,
LL.D. (1888)
Although not regarded by the go-ernment as reliable, the oral
traditions of the native people in the eastern U.S. aver of the
existence of possibly two races of giants, one supplanting the
other by violent means. Here we have the first inkling of some
very remote prehistory preserved, through the tradition of the
Chippewa, Sandusky, and Tawa tribes, (members of the Algonquin
language group), the existence of giant, bearded men.
In this connection I would say that Mr. Jonathan Brooks, now
living in town, stated to me, that his father, Benjamin Brooks,
who lived with the Indians fourteen years, and was well-acquainted
with their language and traditions, told him and others that it
was a tradition of the Indians that the first tribe occupying
this whole country, was a black-bearded r-ce, very large in size,
and subsequently a red bearded ra-e or tribe came and k-lled or
drove off all the occupying this whole country, was a black-bearded
r-ce, very large in size, and subsequently a red bearded rac- or
tribe came and killed or drove off all the black beards, as they
called them. The Firelands Pioneer (1858)
John F. Winston
I just got this in from my friend Ralph Squires who uses dowsing
to predict earthquakes. Some of you will probably say that this is
just a cop-out and I'm foolish for believing this person. Say what
you will but I believe he is trying to send out the truth about
earthquakes.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: ralph squire <ra...@goldrush.com>
Subject: Earthquakes
Hi Mother Lode Chapter List and Chow Chow Imamoto (JW I don't know
who Chow Chow Imamoto is.)
The date for the predicted 7.5 quake has passed. Chow Chow Imamoto
shared with me, last week, how to alleviate and prevent disasterous
quakes from happening.
She, I and others (including the System) went to work on it. There
was a 2.0 quake just a few miles from the predicted epicenter, last
week, and on this last Saturday afternoon, a series of three quakes
(4.4, 3.2, and 2.7) occurred in the area near the Channel Islands,
off Santa Barbara). The System has told me that They used these to
relieve the stress, and postpone movement at the predicted epicenter
for at least two years, at which time the movement will be much less
than a 7.5. Also, the off shore area did no damage to people or
property. Will the rest of you double check this information for
me? I am not perfect, and need verification. Please?
Thanks.
Ralph Squire
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Don Ocean
"John F. Winston" wrote:
> Subject: Who Made The Mounds? Mar. 19, 2002.
>
> Due to the fact that I have a very small amount of American Indian
> blood in me, I've always wondered who made the mounds that are found
> in quite a few places in the US. The following may shed some light
> on that subject.
There are quite a number of them scattered in South Dakota..
Vine Deloria is of the Sioux Nation(Lakota) and should be aware of these
mounds. though they are not Sioux. The Sioux immigrated to this area from
the
Carolina Coastal region. There have been speculations that the Anisazi
was this
far north. The Blackfeet inhabited part of this area before the Sioux
arrived, but
claim the old ones were the mound builders...Some of the burial mounds
have
been looted, but others survive intact. There were a couple on family
land, but
Dad would have shot anyone digging in to them.
John F. Winston
JW Thanks for sharing that information with us. Sounds like you know
what your talking about.
John F. Winston
All of the following information sounds about the same as when I
tried to locate where the archeologist put the Calavaras Skull. They
put it in the Harvard Museum and won't let anyone touch or look at
it.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Offsetting the carefully recorded diaries of the rural folk, there
were popular writers who creatively developed the more contemporary
histories and folk legends, leaving to cursory treatment the deeper
accounts of North American antiquities. These authors, while having
captured the essence of the public perception of the noble native
tradition, were not reconciled to the antique body of legend. The
pens of James Fenimore Cooper (1789-1851) and Henry Wadsworth
Longfellow (1807-1882) relate virtually nothing of the tall ones.
Native Americans, as we know, were discouraged from writing,
although some, such as David Cusick, circumvented the bias using
Ch-istian names. Fortunately, early missionary concerns gathered
oral tradition from the tribal elders concerning men of giant
stature.
But even the most informative or entertaining accounts could not
instill enough respect for the native people to put an end to the
further destruction of the sacred sites. The attitude of the wh-te
race in general toward the red race was an abomination, totally
lacking in mercy and compassion. Many of the Native American skulls
were compared with European skulls, but selectively so as to depict
the current native populace as being of inferior intelligence. Almost
without resistance, the bl-ck seeds of r-cial bias were forming in
the uncorrupted soil of prehistoric interpretation. Take for example
the words of an important gov-rnment official and popular writer,
Henry Schoolcraft (1793-1864):
The Indian has a low, bushy brow, beneath which a dull, sleepy,
half-closed eye seems to mark the ferocious passions that are dormant
within. The acute angles of the eyes seldom present the obliquity
so common in the Malays and the Mongolians. The color of the eye
is almost uniformly a tint between b-ack and grey; but even in young
persons it seldom has the brightness, or expresses the vivacity, so
common in the more civilized ra-es. Bureau of Indian Affairs (1852)
Schoolcraft, who himself married a half-Indian woman, was
apparently predisposed to labeling the native people in general as
inferior. This kind of ridiculous prejudice underscored the tone for
the unbridled continuation of the earthwork debacle. The result of
this is accurately reflected in how archaeology was organized more
than one hundred years ago, and may be summed up in the policy of
Joseph Henry, first secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Says Henry in 1846: "The collection of data should precede
theorizing..." Unfortunately, the collection of data seemed to have
no end, and any subsequent theorizing was (and is) in a state of
transience. The Smithsonian, playing a sort of leading role in the
massive undertaking attempting to cast light on the inscrutable
prehistory of the Uni-ed States, inadvertently collected far too
many relics to ever analyze in a comprehensive sense. Estimates of
the number of moundworks in Ohio alone at the end of the Colonial
period topped ten thousand. Today, less than one-twentieth of these
exist, and, moreover, they exist in a reconstructed form. No quarter
of special status was given to any earthwork, no matter how sacred
or strategic to tribal lands. It was a holocaust of an unprecedented
nature, for it undermined the very morale of the native people who
understood the peace of their ancestors to be ruined.
Differing only in the professionalism somewhat absent from the
previous seventy years of ghoulish quests, Henry's mandate dictated
emphasis on the creation of an inclusive system of excavation,
recording, and description. Any analysis that followed had to be
based upon this criterion. But competent analysis of anomalies
rarely (if ever) came from the Smithsonian and other institutions
formally engaged in the practice of exhumation. Given this
understanding, it is no wonder that the Smithsonian is believed by
nowledgeable people to be actively stymieing research that would
produce a more enlightened view of American prehistory.
There is, however, some compensation for this oversight in that
the Smithsonian, like the Peabody, and the Carnegie shortly
thereafter, faithfully upheld Henry's mandate to detail, as was
feasible, their mound "explorations."
However, the present-day inaccessibility of the bones and objects
these people removed for future study is a reflection and symptom
of the proposed "oversight." One thing that pleased us in this
research effort was the fact that there were many skeletons of
gigantic frame discovered and reported by the Smithsonian, boosting
the validity and value of the old township diaries, as well as the
native legends. Some of these are presented below.
A Brief History of the Museum
The Smithsonian Institution, easily the world's largest museum
complex, began from the generous gift of James Smithson, an English
scientist, in 1829.
Believed born a ba-tard (especially in the eyes of his later
detractors), Smithson was a "diligent young student," receiving a
Master of Arts from Pembroke College, Oxford, in 1786. He became a
distinguished scientist. The gentle man passed away in 1829,
bequeathing his fortune to nephew James Henry Hungerford with the
stipulation that if this man died without an heir, the remainder of
the fortune would go to the U-ited States. It seems he felt that
the Un-ted States was the future of Britain. Perhaps Smithson saw the
"New World" as fertile, worthy, intellectual territory.
Hungerford died in 1835. Although there was some controversy in
the interim, the funding of the Smithsonian, based upon the more
than a half million-dollar gift, took place officially in 1846. His
legacy to the Am-rican people was, in his own words, "for the
increase and diffusion of knowledge." Since that time, the museum's
collections have increased considerably, with problems in the
cataloging and location of stored finds developing due to changing
standards of administrations over the last 150 years. Analogous to
the Vat-can with its antique cache of confiscated, problematic
treasures, the booty of the Holy See may pale in comparison to the
Smithsonian's boatload of diffuse evidence. Pity of it is that
Smithson's request has gone into a different mode of interpretation.
Instead of diffusing knowledge, it has unwittingly become confused
with the problem of sprawling storage.
Powell and Thomas
Grave a, a stone sepulcher, 2 feet wide, 8 feet long, and 2 feet
deep, was formed by placing steatite slabs on edge at the sides and
ends, and others across the top. The bottom consisted simply of
earth hardened by fire. It contained the remains of a single
skeleton, lying on its back, with the head east. The frame was heavy
and about seven feet long. The head rested on a thin copper plate
ornamented with impressed figures... 12th Annual Report of the Bureau
of Ethnology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution
1890-1891 (published in 1894) (Cyrus Thomas' investigations of
Etowah) Plat of the Etowah Group, Bartow County, Georgia. Grave A
(found in the largest mound of the group) contained a seven-foot
skeleton having a heavy frame.
In 1882, after some thirty-six years of growth and sound
management, Smithsonian executive John Wesley Powell (of Grand
Canyon exploration fame 1869-1872), (JW Could he have had something
to do with the finding of the Temple in the Grand Canyon and
transporting some of the mummies back to the Smithsonian Museum.
Who knows?), hired Cyrus Thomas. Powell wanted this man to head up
the fieldwork for the Smithsonian's newly created Bureau of
Ethnology, specifically the Eastern Mound Division. Thomas was a
minister and an entomologist whose broadened interests included
archaeology. He was, in-other-words, a b-ble-advocating,
insect-adept archaeologist who believed in the mystery of a lost
r-ce at the time of his being recruited. Powell, who was much in
sympathy with the plight of Native Americans, having lived among
them for a length of time, believed that there was no lost or
mysterious ra-e of mound builders. He desired to credit the
downtrodden native people with the worthy and gentle arts associated
with the ancient mound building societies. Subsequently, and in
light of other politic considerations marking the era, Powell sought
to enact these personal convictions through the instrumentality of
Thomas. In spite of his personal beliefs, Thomas was not outspokenly
resistant to accepting the position. Besides, Congress was allocating
solid funding for this proposed ramble through the ancient landscape.
There was apparently an important decision made at this time
concerning the facilitation of an enveloping theory so necessary to
create order where chaos loomed. Before discharging a book, one
logically creates an outline to guide one's thoughts. This was to
become a hierarchical arrangement that would decide the angle of
vision for the categorizing of the finds that would be made. On
one hand, the belief that others discovered North America before
Columbus (such as Phoenician, Egyptian, Hebraic, Greek, Roman, Celt,
Scandinavian, or even Asian mariners) was explored (JW Please don't
forget that the Chinese came here and explored this country, then
wrote what they found in their journals.). On-the-other-hand, the
idea of the continent having been isolated from outside influences
was put on the table. It was perhaps because of Powell's deference
to the native kinship that the latter idea i.e., screening out any
extra-continental visitors was adopted. Needless to say, this was an
extraordinary assumption, and one that has affected decision-making
right until the present day. On the positive side it viably linked
the living factions of the Native American people with the more
ancient mound building folk, and shortly thereafter was responsible
for the faintly successful preservation of what remained of the
mound builder's legacy. From this it may be understood how aspects
of Powell's work, such as analysis of the social order of the mound
builders, was not a priority.
Powell's decision regarding isolation was in reality a two-edged
sword. While it was a meaningful step that fostered a meager though
important harmonic between the federal gov-rnment and the native
people, it was regrettably based upon a false notion. An example of
its contradiction is found right in the 12th Annual Report itself.
Again and again Thomas and his operatives came up with anomalous
evidence directly questioning Powell's sweeping suppositions.
Vanilla Gorilla (Monkey Boy)
<john...@mlode.com> wrote in alt.fan.art-bell:
>Now to comment on something.
>On Wed, 20 Mar 2002, Don Ocean wrote:
>
>> "John F. Winston" wrote:
>>
>> > Subject: Who Made The Mounds? Mar. 19, 2002.
The Peter Paul Candy Manufacturing Company was established in 1919 in
New Haven, Conn.
First started making Mounds in 1976. Merged with Cadbury in 1978.
Bought by Hershey in 1988.
--
V.G.
(This sig file contains not less than 80% recycled SPAM)
"When we write songs, everyone plays everything they can get away with, until someone says, 'That sucks!'" - Stephen Carpenter, Deftones
John F. Winston
Here is something about the pyramids that are found in China.
I have already reported on some of the pyamides before but this
gives more information about the subject.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: M
Subject: China's S-cret Pyramids
An Article In Issue Number 11
http://www.atlantisrising.com/issue11/ar11chinapyr.html
--------------------------------------------------------
http://www.atlantisrising.com/ar11contents.html
by
Laura Lee
-------------------------------------------------------
Pyramids and pyramidal structures are a worldwide phenomena, found
in Egypt, Peru, Central America, America's Mississippi Valley,
France, Polynesia. Now we can add two more locations, China and
Japan.
For decades, one of the few clues that China has pyramids was a
grainy, black and white photo of a huge, shadowy, pyramidal form. It
is an aerial shot, taken by WWII USAF pilot (JW I think it was called
the Army Air Core then.) James Gaussman, as he flew over China
delivering supplies from India to Chungking, in the spring of 1945.
Today, thanks to German researcher and author Hartwig Hausdorf, we
have many more photos, plus videotape and his eyewitness report of
at least a hundred pyramids in China's Shensi Province. An e-mail
message hooked me up with Hausdorf. By telephone and fax, we've been
corresponding, and he was kind enough to send me two of his books in
German. (Will someone please publish his books in English so I can
read them?) My friend Jo Curran, fluent in German, read me selected
portions of Satellites of the G-ds for this article. Hausdorf's other
book is entitled The Wh-te Pyramid. Hausdorf will be a guest on The
Laura Lee Show, the Saturday Night radio show I host, on August 2nd.
(See see ad on opposite page on how to tune in.) Here's what I can
say thus far Hausdorf came by his invitation to Xian, China, and the
Chinese pyramids, when he attended a lecture by Erich von Da-iken. A
personal friend who wrote the foreword to one of his books, von
D-niken was the first to bring the ancient astronaut theory to
worldwide prominence through a series of popular books. It was at
this lecture that he met Chen Jianli. They talked about Hausdorf's
research dealing with mysterious artifacts in China, including
pyramids. Mr. Chen was born in Xian, and so, despite the official
party line, did not consider pyramids in China to be nonsense; as a
young boy, he had heard people talk of them. Through his connections
in the Chinese capitol, Mr. Chen obtained a special permit for
Hausdorf to travel in Xian's forbidden zones. Not once, but twice;
in March and October of 1994.
The Chinese don't like to talk about their pyramids. Hausdorf
couldn't help but notice that, in talking with high ranking
archeologists at the Beijing Academy of Sciences about these
pyramids, the reaction was one of panic.
Only when shown the Gaussman photo would they reluctantly confirm
the existence of just a few pyramidal structures, near Xian. That's
where Hausdorf found, not a few pyramids, but ninety to one hundred
such structures. There are signs that that attitude is changing. The
October 1996 issue of China Today, an official periodical issued in
Chinese, German, English, Arabic and French, contains an article
about Hausdorf's second expedition through the Shensi pyramids.
It was there that Hausdorf found pyramids either made of, or covered
with, clay that has become nearly stone-hard over the centuries.
They are undecorated, and partly damaged by erosion and farming. A
few have carved stones standing in front of them. What of stone
pyramids? That is found in Shandong. It has no steps. It is 50 feet
tall, with a small temple at its apex, designed along the golden
proportion.
How old are these pyramids? Prof. Wang Shiping of Xian estimates
they are 4,500 years old. Hausdorf believes they are older, and
tells of the diaries of two Australian traders. They were there in
1910 or 1912 and came across some of the pyramids, writes Hausdorf.
When asking an old Buddhist monk, they were told, that the pyramids
are not just mentioned in the 5,000-year-old records of his
monastery, but said to be very old. That means, they are at least
more than 5,000 years old!
In investigating what the Chinese authorities will reveal about the
pyramids, Hausdorf was told the story of an emperor, Qin Shi Huangdi,
who lived between 259 and 210 B.C. Prior to his reign, bitter feuding
between rival states for dominance over a splintered China went on
from 475 to 221 B.C. It was Emperor Huangdi who ended the fighting.
And thanks to the commentaries of historian Sima Qian, who lived from
145 to 86 B.C., we know the existence and location of the emperor's
grave, beneath a hill 150 feet tall, planted with grass and trees.
The hill, apparently, is man-made.
According to Sima, beneath this hill is a 140-foot-tall pyramid
with five terraces. The historian's chronicles state that almost
700,000 workers worked on this tomb. The earth was removed down to
ground water level. This floor was then poured with molten bronze.
On this platform a stone sarcophagus was laid. When the structure
was completed, those who knew where the entrance was were silenced;
they were ent-mbed alive. To further disguise it, the pyramid was
carefully covered with earth and grass to give the impression of a
natural hill.
The pyramid's interior was quite elaborate. Sima wrote of an
artificial universe painted with stars impressed upon the ceiling of
the chamber in which the emperor lies. There was an entire landscape
with rivers made out of mercury, somehow held in constant motion.
The tomb is well protected against grave robbers, utilizing quite
an ingenious security system.
Crossbows with mechanical triggers make up an automatic shooting
gallery, with a hail of arrows targeting intruders. For a long time,
these historical commentaries were considered as mere legends. But
new excavations around the outer perimeter of this hill seemed to
confirm Sima's chronicles, an analysis of the earth from the
immediate area of the great pyramid revealed an exceptionally high
concentration of mercury. It would seem the archeologists are taking
the stories seriously, as they are reticent to work around this
ancient emperor's high-security tomb. We are leaving this tomb under
the hill to the future, so the next generation has something to work
on, says one of the leading archeologists.
Still, this emperor lived two thousand, not five thousand years
ago, so such stories of elaborate tombs cannot explain all of China's
pyramids. This is the only one that they can pin with a date and a
purpose. The others are complete mysteries.
Wang Shiping is one of the Chinese archeologists looking beyond the
standard issue explanations. He has found that one of the newly
discovered pyramids is very nearly located at the exact geographical
middle point of the country, and concludes that the ancient Chinese
must have had astounding methods of measuring. He has also found
that on the whole, the pyramids are oriented towards the stars. Which
makes sense, after all, some of the oldest records of astronomical
observations are Chinese. They were also wise to the ancient
knowledge of Feng Shui, geomancy, still practiced today. Wang notes
that the orientation of the pyramids up to the time of the Han
dynasty, is with their main axis east-west. After that, they were all
oriented north-south. Why that is, he cannot say, but is sure it must
have a meaning, because the Chinese didn't do anything without
consulting the Feng Shui.
John F. Winston
JW I've also heard of a 1,000 feet tall pyramid called the Dating
Pyramid. It has a 1,500 base, but I've never been able to prove
that it exists. Some of these smaller pyramids are situated in a
city in China and you can take a local bus out to see them.
..............
..............
Hausdorf also tells the story of how our astronauts saw these
pyramids from space. On one of the Apollo Missions, an astronaut,
while in orbit over China, saw nine unusual dots on the surface, and
took several photos. When developed and enlarged, the photos revealed
nine very high pyramids, evenly spaced, in the form of a fan. The
location, 170 degrees, 39 minutes East longitude, and 34 degrees, 9
minutes North latitude, is the Taibai Shan Mountain, just over
10,000 feet above sea level, the highest point in the Quin-Ling
Mountains, a fair distance southwest of Xian.
In the 1970s, when communication between the U.S. and China
improved, the astronaut went to China. He was interested in seeing
those pyramids up close. He succeeded. Chinese authorities told him
the pyramids were the graves of nine of the eleven emperors of the
western Han era, and dated from 206 to 8 B.C. The height of these
graves, according to Chinese sources, can be compared to a 40-story
building, around 300 feet. This is comparable to Egypt's Giza
pyramids.
I'll wager that when mapped, those Chinese pyramids are bound to
show a correlation of constellations important to the Chinese,
similar to that demonstrated by Robert Bauval in Egypt, the three
pyramids of Giza are aligned to one another and to the Nile, in
imitation of the three belt stars of the constellation Orion, and
historically, as they were aligned to the Milky Way.
Hausdorf's work in the travel industry allows him to move around
the world three months of every year, chasing down evidence in
support of the ancient astronaut theory. He has turned up evidence
for an ancient, alien influence on several Far-East cultures,
Chinese, Japanese, Tibetan, and Mongolian. He believes that alien
influence can be traced to the present, to modern-day UFO cases.
In both his books, he has a chapter on UFO cases in China, including
abductions. (Nice to know the UFOnauts aren't just harassing
Americans.)
One of the most controversial stories is what Hausdorf calls the
Chinese Roswell. It involves a UFO crash, not in 1947, but,
according to estimates, 12,000 years ago! At least that's the
translation, as read by Prof. Tsum Umnui, of the strange heiroglyph
on artifacts found in 1938 by Chinese archeologist Chi Pu Tei. The
heiroglyphs wind from center to rim on some of the large granite
stone disks, 716 of them, found in graves in the Bayan-Kara-Ula
mountains. The skeletons in the graves measure at most four feet
four inches tall, with heads too big for the frail looking bones.
Legends in the area tell of strange yellowish, skinny humanoid
beings with big heads that came from the heavens a long, long time
ago. For the rest of this story, and there's plenty more to it,
tune in to the interview with Hausdorf on August 2.
Then there are the structures found recently off the coast of
Japan. In the spring of 1995, divers looking for clear water heard
about a remote island in Okinawa. There they came across huge stone
terraces, cut in right angles, punctuated by perfect staircases,
precisely cut lanes, and hexagonal columns. So far, five separate
sites on three different islands have been found, all 60 to 75 feet
under the sea.
Frank Joseph, author of Lost Pyramids of Rock Lake and editor of
Ancient American magazine, went to Japan to investigate, and reports
that the most accessible site is 170 meters from the southwest end
of Okinawa, off the shore near Chatan. Other sites are just off the
shore of Aguni Island and Yonaguni island, where a pyramidal
platform 80 meters long and 20 meters high, with its tip only 5
meters before the sea's surface, was found. The structures, spread
over a 500 kilometer area, seem to be oriented due south.
Joseph likens the sites to the pre-Inca city of Pachacamac, a huge,
sacred city with multi-stepped pyramids build at right angles,
located just outside of Lima, Peru, and the architecture of the
Moches ceremonial center near Trujillo, Peru.
Joseph also points out that James Churchward, who wrote extensively
about Mu or Lemuria, predicted that remnants of a powerful
civilization centered in the Pacific Ocean would eventually be
discovered. The Japanese are quite open to theories involving Mu; it
is compatible with their own ancient traditions. And Joseph believes
it is not mere coincidence that the names of Japan's first emperors
contain a mu,; Jimmu, Timmu, Kammu, are but a few. Mu translates to
that which does not exist in Japanese.
Edgar Cayce talks more about Atlantis than Mu, says Joseph, but
he did say that at one time, a land mass, and he never referred to
Mu or Lemuria as a continent, always a land mass, was physically
connected to South America. We now have scientific verification of
this. Scripps Oceanographic has just put out a map of the topography
of the ocean, and there, off the coast of Peru, is a sunken
archipelago, called the Nasca Rise, that was once above water.
Today it is less than a hundred feet below the ocean's surface,
and extends for several hundred miles.
The ancient Chinese also seemed to know about Mu. In 1900 a Taoist
monk came across a cave containing a library, hidden away to avoid
the Imperial edict given in 212 B.C. to destroy all texts dealing
with the ancient past, which made reference to the Motherland, Mu,
and which contained a fragment of an ancient map depicting a
continent in the Pacific Ocean.
Television and magazines in Japan have had a field day with their
underwater cities. Ancient mysteries researcher and translator Shun
Daichi sent me a videotape with serious and extensive TV coverage
that included a large, beautifully executed scale model of one of the
most impressive structures, with a toy boat suspended by a wire to
illustrate the height of the sea's surface. Shun reports that you
can draw a straight line connecting the underwater sites with
on-land sites of similar design, ancient castles of unknown origin.
Some geologists are surmising that the last time this area was
above water was a minimum of 12,000 years ago, when the Ice Age ice
sheets melted, raising the ocean levels.
Which leads me to two of the most puzzling questions I have about
these extraordinary archeological wonders: Why, in the age of
instantaneous global communication, did it take two years for the
news to reach us, and why haven't American news reports or
archeological institutes reported on these newsworthy finds?
-----------------------------------------------------------
Thanks to Hartwig Hausdorf for generously allowing the publication
of photos of the Chinese pyramids from his collection. He will
speak at the Ancient Astronaut World Conference, along with many
other speakers, several imported from afar, in Orlando in August.
Call 847-295-8899 for a brochure. And don't miss the chance to hear
and talk with Hausdorf live, on The Laura Lee Show, on August 2.
Call 1-800-243-1438 for a station near you and the time of broadcast
in your area. To view photos of the Japanese underwater structures,
visit www.lauralee.com, click on recent guests, then Japan's
Underwater Cities. Thanks also to Jo Curran for translating
selected segments of Hausdorf's book, Satellites of the Go-s.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Atlantis Rising Copyright 1996-1997 - all rights reserved
P.O. Box 441, Livingston, Montana 59047
John F. Winston
If I remember right Lady K is a space person and this is probably
channeled material so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks - March 23, 2002
For your discernment.
Love
S
--------------------------------------------------------
Lady Kadjina Speaks
Wayne: There is a current news article
http://www.rense.com/general21/conf.htm) that documents air and water
samples in one part of the country as containing Aluminum, Barium,
Calcium, Magnesium, and Titanium, not normally expected to be found.
It is assumed that these chemicals are coming from chemtrail
spraying. Can you tell us if this is accurate, who is doing the
spraying, and for what purpose?
To answer your question, yes, all of these things are in large part
due to chemtrails, especially when there is this much. And as to
why, there is massive experimentation going across the country right
now with these chemtrails. They are being used for all manners of
camouflage and subterfuge in relationship to the global w-r that is
about to ensue. In many parts of the Uni-ed States, these chemtrails
are now being used as tranquilizers for the masses, to keep everyone
subdued; what better way is there to take over the ruling of the
wo-ld? These chemtrails also work in direct connection with HA-RP.
There are certain compounds put into the chemtrails that allow the
microwaves of HAA-P to bounce undetected. Also, aircraft can fly
under these chemical cloud formations undetected by enemy radar. In
other words, it is used for scrambling purposes. In the Unit-d
States, in any city where there is excessive mental thinking and
stimulus going on, it is used aggressively there in hopes to calm
down too much thinking. Many of these chemicals work and have
effects on brain activity and cause a person to become very laid back
and very accepting of what they encounter in their daily affairs-in
other words, they won't pro-est.
On many websites it has been said that in order to reverse the
current trends, it is going to take a re-olt of the people. And
this cannot be allowed, from the go-ernment's standpoint, so they
take on the attitude to "spray the people and keep them quiet." The
good word here is that it is not going to work. The reason it won't
work is because of the grid system that is now activated throughout
the planet. The planetary chakra system is opened and the chakra
systems of the seven continents are also opened and now connected to
the planetary chakra system. If you think in terms of seven
continents and seven chakras for each of those continents, and seven
more for the planet--and then there are several more in the
stratosphere around the planet at the points of the great star
tetrahedron-you will see that there has been a massive linking up of
energetic systems. And as of the present time, approximately 2/3rds
of all of humanity have linked the lower chakras to Mother Earth.
And this is most especially true with the third chakra, or that of
community and extended boundaries, if you would.
Outwardly, planetary conditions may appear as very dire. Yet as
each individual balances and stabilizes and connects to a bigger
picture-and by that we mean the ability to go beyond individual
borders and tap into global consciousness-which is the higher
aspect of One World Go-ernment-a tremendous momentum is built in the
consciousness of humanity.
We have attempted to explain to you before how the soul of humanity
functions. It was the soul of humanity crying out for help that
brought Mr. Lincoln to your planet. His mission was to establish the
Emancipation Proclamation and Martin Luther King, 200 years later,
added another great momentum to the energy of Mr. Lincoln. Mr.
Lincoln came to the planet because of the outcry of humanity for help.
Much of humanity is crying out now for help and a great planetary
momentum is building. It is not just the silent meditation asking
for help, it is more the deep emotional urgency-it's the tears and
it's the heart-it goes beyond prayer and meditation into the gut
level of your being.
That is where the cry is coming from, as well as from the anger
because of what is happening; the sense of injustice; the sense that
your dignity and your integrity is being violated by the actions
of your world leaders. Another aspect of all of this is so many
people are wanting to know the truth-and they will not be denied the
truth. Do not totally avoid looking into and checking out what is
really going on on this planet. Don't be an ostrich and bury your
head in the sand. But at the same time, don't allow yourself to be
sucked in and swallowed up. Don't allow yourself to become
despondent. Don't throw your hands up in despair. Don't allow
yourself to be consumed with hatred, with a need to fight back in
an extreme way.
As a point of interest, there is much talk going around about
cloning. Cloning has been going on for more than 50 years. The
former Secretary-General of the United Nations, Dag Hammarskjold
(http://www.un.org/Overview/SG/sg2bio.html), was a clone-the one
who went down in a plane was cloned; the real man had already been
killed. And this has gone on many times since then; it is not
anything new. There are several world leaders at the present time-or
I should say people in key positions-who have already been cloned,
in case they become assa-sinated. Or, if the real person will not
obey the mandates that they are handed, they can be assass-nated and
their programmable clones can take over.
I would tell you at this point that part of the responsibility of
light is to be aware of what is happening.
At the time of Atlantis, the light-beings ignored what was going
on-they took no action. They didn't want to get their hands dirty,
so to speak. They believed they could meditate it all away. It does
not always work that way.
Sometimes there are some things that require action. What has
happened in the Uni-ed States for instance-and it began in the early
1950s-is that more and more parents allowed the schools and ch-rches
to take over the training and upbringing of their children as more
and more parents went to work. It is going to require much hard
work to take your power back. It is going to mean supporting those
congressmen who are the visionaries. There is one congressman
from Cleveland, Ohio, who recently gave a talk at the University of
Southern California regarding his proposed Department of Peace, in
particular that deserves the support of every Am-rican, no matter
what the party affiliation-and that is Dennis Kucinich.
(http://educate-yourself.org/resistingbushwar7mar02.html). This
man is taking a tremendous risk in following his conscience. He
now has approximately 45 congressmen and congresswomen supporting
his agenda, even many from the other party. This current
administration's agenda is so dire that the two parties will actually
become one-a party for the people. This is already in process.
However, these brave souls need the backing of the American people
as never before. You may email the congressman at dkuc...@aol.com.
I have gone to some lengths to explain what is going on so that you
might understand the go-ernment's attitude about the usage of the
chemtrails. Kay came up with a little idea a few days ago that I
would share with you, because it makes a very good point. In
discussing chemtrails with a close adviser, they talked about the
oneness of life, the ocean of life, and that all things are of Go-.
Without Him, nothing could exist, and this includes the chemtrails.
So when the chemtrails fall upon them, they mutually agreed that
they would shout out, "Thank you for more -od falling upon me. Thank
you G-d for a greater dose of thee." And I have just given
lightworkers a very powerful affirmation. The point of light from
within the mind of G-d is here in these words if you would but
understand it as so.
Wayne: Recently, there have been a couple of Air Fo-ce small plane
crashes in the Tucson area, with a coincidental diminishing of
chemtrail activity. Can you tell us if these crashes are involved
with the chemtrail spraying and what caused the crashes?
Yes, they are all involved with the chemtrails. With one plane it
was a collision. With another plane, it was volatile combustible
materials that became unstable and caused the plane to go down. And
with the third, the pilot was playing. He had been given liberty to
make circles and other formations instead of going in straight lines.
But you will notice as of late, most of the chemtrails have been
going in straight lines. You will also notice that there has been a
considerable amount of cohesive chemical additives added to the
various compounds so they will coagulate and have the appearance of
clouds. However, I tell you this-if these were real clouds, where
is the rain?
The vibrations of the City of Tucson are high enough to withstand
this perpetual bombardment-it will not work. It will not deter the
people from asking questions.
Notroll2002
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102031...@shell.mlode.com...
> Subject: LA Quake. Mar. 18, 2002.
>
> A lot of people predict the big quake in the LA area. This may be
> just another false alarm but it would be wise to keep your eyes on
> the cats and dogs because of some them will probably leave the area
> if the big one happens.
>
John F. Winston
Here is more discussions about Chemtrails and an underwater city
off the coast of India.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Wayne: Perhaps I am suffering from overactive imagination, but my
intuition tells me that one of the purposes of the chemtrails is to
create a cover for joint UFO-U-F activities. In the Tucson area, we
have witnessed certain days when the chemtrails completely obliterate
the normally clear skies. One day recently, we noticed the southern
sky completely blocked with chemtrail cloudiness, but within that
cloudiness was what are often considered what I call "UFO
clouds"-lenticular in shape. Can you tell us if this intuition is
correct and, if so, what kinds of activities are taking place between
the UFOs and the Air For-e, and which alien ra-e or r-ces are
involved?
(long wait for a response) This is an interesting question, but
it is not exactly as you think. In other words, the lenticular
clouds were formed by the UFO people to make their presence known.
These UFO people in the Tucson area are benevolent in nature and
they want to help. And the communication that is happening is
covert, in that the bigger gov-rnmental people are not being
informed. It is only the local commanders that are being given
information that is convincing certain mil-tary personnel that the
g-vernment that they serve does not always have what is best for the
people in their hearts; that the gover-ment is becoming very
self-serving. And the communication is to warn.
Recently, Mr. Bu-h has admitted to a sha-ow gove-nment and that
it was recently formed since 9-11, under/near Washington, D.C.
There is no way that that kind of bunker could have been built in
5 months time-not even working day and night. Also, there are
many of these types of bunkers, not only in the United St-tes, but
in many other places where the U-ited States has bases. And we tell
you of a certainty, that if the Un-ited States comes under attack,
it will not be the masses that will be allowed in these places. It
is within the realm of possibility that a nucl-ar b-mb sent by those
hostile to the U.S. could fall upon the -nited States for the first
time in its history.
Oftentimes with the Am-rican people, as long as it stays overseas,
it's OK. As long as too many of our young people are not k-lled,
it's OK. But when the bombs and the terror comes home, that is when
the people will rise up. And your officials know this. And this is
why we say that much of what is happened has been staged, knowing
full well that some people would support a global wa-.
Oil and money and greed and dr-gs are behind much of what is
happening. Be very careful at whom you point the finger as the
guilty ones.
And again, we would say this to you: that if the monetary system
as it now exists were to collapse, what would be the result? There
would be no money for wa- or to buy dru-s, to lay pipeline, or to
buy planes. Therefore, the gov-rnmental attitude is to get them
built as soon as possible, before the economy does collapse. It is
oftentimes said that -ar stimulates the economy.
However, as much money is spent rebuilding the destroyed country
as is spent destroying them in the first place. But there is
another kind of money, and it's called "Bl-ck Gold." Many times we
have said that to Mother Earth, oil serves the same purpose as your
blood serves you. If you want to ki-l yourself quickly, sl-sh your
wrists and drain your blood. To k-ll Mother Earth quickly, take her
blood, which is her oil. Mother Earth is a living, sentient being
and you are made from her substances. Without her, you cannot
function upon this planet. Energetically your chakra system is
plugged into her Mother Board chakra system, which in turn is
plugged into the Mother Board of the this galactic quadrant. So,
for Mother Earth to survive and subsequently for you to survive,
alternative fuels must be implemented now. And this is one of the
areas in which we have placed our energies. We will do whatever is
necessary to make sure that oil drilling is stopped and banished
from this planet. Many of the automobile manufacturers have in
place at this time alternate fuel cars.
They are not as efficient perhaps as far a speed and comfort goes,
as the gasoline cars, but we would highly recommend that everyone
in the U-ited States turn in their gasoline -powered cars for an
electric or a fuel cell and begin to cut back on gasoline
consumption. We also suggest that you look into alternate fuel for
heating and cooling your homes. We would suggest, because there is
wind in the Tucson area a good part of the time, that individuals
look into wind-generating electrical sources. Those of you who
are into planning and designing communities, look at the wind
turbines as a source for electricity. They should be built into
every new community as a source of energy.
Wayne: There is a recent report about finding an ancient city
under water that could be more than 9,000 years old and is about
30 miles west of Surat in the Gulf of Khambhat (Cambay) in
northwestern India. "February 16, 2002, Surat, India - A month ago
in mid-January, marine scientists in India announced they had sonar
images of square and rectangular shapes about 130 feet down off the
northwestern coast of India in the Gulf of Khambhat (Cambay). Not
only are their sonar shapes with 90-degree angles, the Indian
Minister of Science and Technology ordered that the site be dredged.
What was found has surprised archaeologists around the world and
was the subject of a private meeting two weeks ago attended by the
Indian Minister in charge of investigating the underwater site.
According to the news releases, they have done a radiocarbon testing
on a piece of wood from the underwater site that is now yielding an
age of 9,500 years which would place it near the end of the last Ice
Age." Can you tell us about the nature of this city and its
civilization? (http://www.earthfiles.com/earth322.htm)
The origins of this City are much older than 9500 years. Its
demise was 9500 years ago, but it had been in existence for some
time. This was a very technologically advanced r-ce of people who
were very much into the modern forms of communication. And here
again we would tell you, somewhat tongue in cheek, that this is a
part of the full disclosure law that we intend to see implemented.
For each time that a world gov-rnment discloses something, we in
turn will disclose 3 or 4 things. Within the next 12 months, there
is going to be so much information coming out of every source, all
over the world, and we are including the Uni-ed States in this
disclosure. But these cities are going to come out of Africa, out
of China, many things more out of Europe, out of Tibet, out of the
Himalayas-that which they called Shangri-La a few years ago.
This is a very real place, this Shangri-La-a place surrounded by
ice, but far down into the crevices is a tropical paradise. And
there are others of these sorts of places on this planet. In all of
these things now coming forth, pay as much attention to them as to
what's going on in your third dimensional world. It will keep you
balanced. You will know what new things are coming forward and you
will not be so trapped in fear.
The biggest find will be the underwater city in Peru, which goes
back to the time of Pangaea. This is before even Lemuria. These
are the oldest records of the sojourn of humanity. The history and
the origins and the many ways that humanity has become entangled.
But it clearly states the purpose and the intent for the construction
of this planet in its beginning. And as planets go, Earth is yet
considered a young planet. It is not time for it to reach the end of
its lifespan. It can only do so by the actions of humanity itself,
not due to any natural process.
There are beings incarnate upon this planet at this time who were
some of the very original beings who came to this planet many, many
millions of years ago.
Wayne: I have recently been contacted by a person who referred to
himself as the energy of Thoth with what appears to be specific
information for a group of information is valid and something about
the person or persons who are sending so-called 777 original
inhabitants to this planet. Can you tell me if this information is
valid and something about the person or persons who are sending it?
The number 777 is a very esoteric number, much like 666. It has
a particular meaning. It does not mean literally seven hundred
seventy seven. It is more of an energetic vibration of the higher
heaven world and yes, these beings came in the beginning to construct
this planet. They are part of what you would call the Elohim. The
Elohim worked under these beings, as did many of the an-elic kingdom.
Many of these beings in due course of time incarnated and they took
upon themselves the etheric, or not so much of the physical body.
They were masters of shape-shifting. Chiron was of this energy.
Thoth also was of this energy. And where Thoth is concerned, there
are several energetic beings that are part of his totality. When we
speak of Thoth, we speak of the totality of his beingness.
This number 777 can almost be considered the Face of G-d, for it
is the oldest Go- energy known to this planet. This is the reason
we say that Chiron and Thoth are part of this energy. They are in
no way the fullness of this energy, their type of energy that is
beginning to appear upon this planet once again.
Its appearance is in the formation of water as a living substance
again-notice all of the interest that is being put into water and
the consciousness of water. Also, it is expressing in the plant
kingdom by those scientists that are proving beyond all doubt what
living plants are able to do. There is a website that talks about
house plants and the cleansing properties of those plants
(http://www.plants4cleanair.org/). The comfrey plant was brought
here from Venus because the etheric beings who came to Earth from
the planet found Planet Earth to be very much like a hog farm as
far as stench goes. And the comfrey plant, which they had in
profusion inside and outside of their homes, took care of the
problem. Spider Grandmother brought to this planet the spider
plant, or the one that you sometimes call the airplane plant. And
it, too, will clean the air of many pollutants. The Master Philos
brought to the planet that plant that you call the philodendron.
This plant will keep the etheric field of your home clean in such
a way as to keep the heart chakra healthy.
Another form of the return of this 777 energy is in the
acceleration of the usage of all manners of crystals. There are
crystals in some homes that come from the original crystal core of
Planet Earth, brought up by volcanic action.
This particular crystal is alive, and is actually growing on a
coffee table another crystal. When the baby crystal is large
enough, it will detach itself from the Mother Crystal, at which
time the Mother will be returned to the Earth.
John F. Winston
In the past my postings were put in a web site and you could read
a few of them there if you figured you had missed something. Later
the person taking care of the site found out that my postings
were being put in a big site called deja.com, so he quit putting out
the web site. The postings had piled up to contain about 6,000 or
more of my postings. Then deja.com went out of business and
Goggle.com now has their business.
If you go to google.com and use their search engine you should put
in my name which is John F. Winston. You will get a few of my
postings plus something about Winston Chruchhill and John F. Kennedy.
I figure that I'm in pretty good company with those people. You
will then read the following information about yours truly.
.......
Subject: Full Canvas Jacket Award 19 December 2000 - John F.
Winston
Unhinged Lunatic Rant of the Week
-------------------------------------------------------------
Are your predecessors reptilian?
Posted by John F. Winston to the newsgroups alt.ufo, sci.skeptic,
talk.religion.newage, alt.ufo.reports
5 February 2001
--------------------------------------------------------------
John Winston copied all this stuff from a web site. It was posted
in three installments. There may be another thirty installments to
come, but enough is enough.
-------------------------------------------------------------
JW So after reading this information and winning a contest for
being the greatest lunatic around they actually included some of my
postings.
I then got to wondering if some of my internet friends are also in
google.com and how they are being treated.
The first person I checked out was Steve Wingate, a person who
posts a lot of good information and who is trying to make the world
a better place. Sure enough he was in there and they report him
fairly well.
Next I checked out my internet friend James Kibo Parry. He is so
famous that all you have to write in his name Kibo. He has been
written up in the electronic magazine called Wired, and post to a
news group called, alt.religion.kibology. He has the the fanciest
web site you've ever seen. Kibo is one of the funniest people I
ever come in contact with. The last time I counted his readers
there were about 80,000 people listening to his site. They post
about 300 messages a day. This information has a error factor of
about 90%.
So I quess I should be thankful that I won an award and because
they spelled my name right. A lot of people don't agree me 100%
but after a few days I don't even agree with myself all that much.
I appreciate everyone putting up with me.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I made a mistake and said that the big web site that contains
some of my postings is called goggle. It's actually called
google.com
If you go to goggle all you will get is an offer to get some free
gas.
Holy cow,
John Winston.
John F. Winston
Here is something that a person sent me.
......
From: b
Subject: Are You In Goggle?
I read that Article on Enki and loved how it was written. Giving
them Duke etc. before there names made it a lot easier to follow than
other articles I have read along the same lines. Here is the article
in whole I copied it for everyone and to keep it here for our records
in case the other website gets taken off line.
http://www.subgenius.com/bigfist/bulldada/X0015_WINSTON.html
JOHN WINSTON: AT HOME ON THE EDGE
Introduction by DynaSoar
Many citizens of I-space will recognize the name John Winston.
He's been a constant amidst the machine-gun dynamics of the growth of
the net. He presides over his own newsgroup,alt.fan.john-winston
there to post in copious quantities the expoundings of many True
Believers (and probably more than a couple people who're well
beyond the "fringe"). John posts nearly all submissions to him, and
while he might comment that some particular one doesn't necessarily
meet with his agreement, he'll still post it with an open mind.
This is in fact that point that I think I'd like to make. John
Winston provides a mouthpiece for the marginalized "kooks"; the
channelers, the reincarnated Royalty of Other Star Systems, the
ever-vigilant anti-alien-abduction warriors, all manner of net
dwellers who'd otherwise not find a friendly ear. Not only does
John keep an open mind (he gave one of the most accurate and
even-handed accounts of Scientology I've seen to date) but he
remains entirely unflustered by the frequent detractors and flames.
An open mind, an even temper and an unshakeable sense of fairness
and duty. I start to think it's a shame that John's work is
"wasted" on the UFO and paranormal community, because he's just
the kind of role model that would serve well on so many
"traditional" or "scientific" newsgroups. But then, they serve
to unceasingly correct each others' minutae, not to explore the
true unknown where the True Believers probe. It's the citizens
of Edge City who need and deserve John Winston because they
are the ones to suffer more indignities and attacks on their
credibility than any others on the net. John Winston stands as
proof that no matter what the subject matter, the words are only
words, and one need not suffer under the attack, but may go on
with their deeply held purpose.
I sometimes wish that users from all over the net would just watch
John work for a while and learn from him. But then the vast
majority doesn't deserve John. They're too busy trying to be "right".
How I wish I could be there to see the looks on their faces should
John turn out to be right instead.
I asked John if he'd offer a small bit about himself to go with
this page. Here's what he has to say about himself:
===================================================================
Greetings: My name is John F. Winston and I have been posting to
the Net for quite a few years. At the present time I am retired
and 64 years old. (JW Actually this information is a little dated.
I'm now 69 years old.) I worked as an electronic technician and
electronics instructor. I have had some mystical experiences on the
sides of Mt. Shasta and since that time I have been led to find a
lot of things about ESP, UFOs and other strange things. I will
attempt to answer all positive questions that are sent my way.
John Winston.
john...@mlode.com
(JW Actually I don't answer all questions. A person asked me the
other day to give him a history of the entire UFO situation in
relation to the history of this Earth. I told him it would take me
20 years to answer that question and referred him to some other
material.)
============================================================
And he means it. Feel free to pass along greetings to his
telepathic dog Yogi too. (JW Yogi passed away a few years back but
his fan club on the internet is still going strong.)
If you need to be a "kook" to be able to maintain the kind of
stability that John has, well then, sign me up for the saucers.
Then again, I an already signed up for the saucers, aren't I? Well
then, let's just take a trip out to Edge City, look out towards The
Beyond, and look back at the cramped and squabbling masses of
"normality". You may not want to go back.
DynaSoar Iridium
Up one level
Original file name: WINSTON
This file was converted with TextToHTML - (c) Logic n.v.
http://www.subgenius.com/bigfist/bulldada/X0012_WHYHERE.1.html
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Vanilla Gorilla (Monkey Boy)
<john...@mlode.com> wrote in alt.fan.art-bell:
> So I quess I should be thankful that I won an award and because
>they spelled my name right. A lot of people don't agree me 100%
>but after a few days I don't even agree with myself all that much.
>I appreciate everyone putting up with me.
I'm one of those people who disagrees with most of what you post, but
it's OK, because YOU are OK, John. You, at least, seem to not only be
lucid, but have a sense of humor about all this, which puts you
leagues above most of the human race, as far as I'm concerned.
Rock On, John F. Winston!
DrPostman
Great Googly Moogly!
Dr.Postman USPS, MBMC, BsD; "Disgruntled, But Unarmed"
Member,Board of Directors of afa-b, SKEP-TI-CULT® member #15-51506-253.
You can email me at: jamie_eckles(at)hotmail.com
"Why don't you tell this MAD-DOG she'll cure her own HYSTERIA with a
HYSTERECTOMY? That may calm the BITCH down a little. Tell her you know a
good veterinarian."
-Fake "Dr" Turi shows his light and love
John F. Winston
On Thu, 28 Mar 2002, DrPostman wrote:
> On Wed, 27 Mar 2002 17:18:28 -0800, "John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> in accordance
> with the prophecy wrote:
>
> >Subject: Another Mistake. Mar. 27, 2002.
> >
> > I made a mistake and said that the big web site that contains
> >some of my postings is called goggle. It's actually called
> >google.com
> > If you go to goggle all you will get is an offer to get some free
> >gas.
> > Holy cow,
> > John Winston.
>
>
> Great Googly Moogly!
JW Thanks for your support. As Dean Martin used to say, "Keep those
those cards and letters coming in, folks."
John F. Winston
On Wed, 27 Mar 2002, Vanilla Gorilla (Monkey Boy) wrote:
> On Tue, 26 Mar 2002 16:05:42 -0800, "John F. Winston"
> <john...@mlode.com> wrote in alt.fan.art-bell:
>
> > So I quess I should be thankful that I won an award and because
> >they spelled my name right. A lot of people don't agree me 100%
> >but after a few days I don't even agree with myself all that much.
> >I appreciate everyone putting up with me.
>
> I'm one of those people who disagrees with most of what you post, but
> it's OK, because YOU are OK, John. You, at least, seem to not only be
> lucid, but have a sense of humor about all this, which puts you
> leagues above most of the human race, as far as I'm concerned.
>
> Rock On, John F. Winston!
JW Thanks man. I try to do just that.
> --
> V.G.
John F. Winston
Here is something that a person sent me about Babaji.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: Babaji
I was nearly in tears!
Dear Friend,
I was just standing in line at the post office, reading a letter
from a someone I'd never met, when I got to the line . . .
"Your book fell off the shelf at the bookstore. I picked it up and
started reading it and couldn't put it down! I read it in the store.
It was phenomenal. I have suffered from TMJ for 30 years. The
doc-ors tried everything. After reading about the mysterious Babaji
in your book I felt wonderful goose bumps all over my body and this
life long pain vanished!
I've started a whole new life. I feel reborn sp-ritually.
I thought she was kidding. I wrote my latest book for those who
wanted to know what it is like to meet a real flesh and blood
sp-ritual master. For years, many people have asked me what
traveling to India in search of spiri-ual teachers is like. They
didn't have the money to go, but they wanted to have the experience.
I wrote my latest book with them in mind.
But it wasn't until moments ago at the post office that I
realized that Babaji, the legendary 2000+ year old spiritual master
of India, was actually sending his blessing energy right through the
pages of my book---just as he promised me he would do when I was
with him in India!
Later in the same letter she wrote, "I gave this book to my
boyfriend to read and guess what? He told me he went to sleep and
asked Babaji to help him obtain a pay raise---and the very next
morning his boss offered him a raise without even asking! I guess
Babaji makes dreams come true."
I know how unbelievable this sounds. But Babaji is merely a
catalyst to the mightiest power in the universe. His words, his
presence-even through a book-can awaken you to your own inner
divinity and once this happens-miracles happen.
The fact is Babaji's purpose on the planet to awaken you to G-d
within-your own divinity-this uniqueness that is you, by whatever
name. Babaji is virtually unknown in America, but this simple
"young" Indian Boy, who is over 2000 years old, is about to create
powerful shockwaves of sp-ritual transformation in our country in
our time. America is about to meet Babaji!
Just say his name softly, and you too can receive a blessing.
I wish you every happiness!
Donald Schnell
amazon.com now carries The Initiation-the story of my miraculous
meeting with Babaji.
P.P.S. If you order here 10% of your order goes to feed the
homeless www.BabajiFoundation.com
P.P.S. Forward this letter to a friend who needs a miracle.
JW I just went down to the local bookstore and sent off for this
book.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Now it doesn't count if you say the Chinese. Here is some
information from Lady K. that gives some material about this subject.
It's probably channeled. So be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks - March 24, 2002
Lady Kadjina Speaks
Item Summary:
Chinese Pyramids and their Functions in Relation to Other Pyramids
Energy Systems in Relationship to Galactic Chakra System
Changing Planetary Alignments
Pleiadian Characters Ptaah and Senjase
Alien Interbreeding and DNA/RNA Development
September 11th At-ack - Information Suppression
Emphasis on Transmuting Negative Energy by Use of the Blue-White
Cross
Recent Sightigs of a Revolving "Moon Saucer"
Wayne: There have been more recent discoveries and documentation
regarding pyramids in China, with up to 90 pyramids and/or burial
mounds discovered, one as high as 300 feet. Can you tell us what
these pyramids are for, who has constructed them, and when they were
constructed?
(http://hawk.hama-med.ac.jp/dbk/chnpyramid.html)
They were constructed during the second time frame of what is
known as the Atlantean age (being that Atlantis has three distinct
time frames). The people of the second Atlantean time frame were
very interactive with the ancient r-ce of people who were the
precursors of the more modern Chinese.
I am going to divert into a bit of a history lesson here.
Yesterday, we spoke of the energy of the 777 and those particular
beings. Now these beings of the 777 are the ones who gathered
together from many quadrants of the galaxy.
There is indeed a Galactic Federation and the lords of these
galaxies, if you would, are like designers and planners of extended
new worlds. And when they design and plan new star nations, they
design them to be interactive. One planet is designed to be the
manifestor, another to be the scientist, and another to be the
telecommunicators, another to be energy systems to link all of the
various planets together in a harmonic way. Normally they are set
up in patterns of 7 planets to represent the basic 7-chakra system.
So each of the 7 planets specializes in the energy systems associated
with any one of 7 planets.
Planet Earth, in your quadrant, is like unto the 5th chakra, the
throat chakra or the chakra of communication. Coincidentally,
communication upon this particular planet at this time has been a
real stumbling block in the peace process. As a way of
counterbalancing this particular difficulty, you have the Internet
with all of its communication systems. In the beginning time of
Bill Gates, he was given a vision of computers and the Internet as
a way of linking the peoples of this planet. And in that, he has
been most successful. This is his agenda of his soul. Now, it's
quite possible to find flaws in his personality that you might
consider serious enough to negate his agenda. Don't make that
mistake. He came to link the world and he has succeeded in doing
this. There are always dangers for the great souls who come to
Planet Earth, tripping and falling over themselves. Give gratitude
for his accomplishments and leave any so-called failures alone.
Now to get back on track again, the Atlanteans studied these
pyramids and how they functioned. The Atlanteans had much technology
that they were then able to incorporate into their own pyramidal
systems. These particular clusterings of Chinese pyramids were
designed to be energetically connected so that energies could be fed
from one to another in a pattern. And these energy systems were able
to give much energy to all of the surrounding communities in that
area. They self-generated the equivalent of electricity and created
energetic beings (JW They may have meant to use the word beams
here.) from one to another. But this energy of electricity as we
are calling it is somewhat different than what you are utilizing
today. The energy of the Chinese system was a combination of solar
(by this we mean more than just from our own Sun). They were able
to incorporate the energetic systems of the galactic chakras and
they received energy from more than just this quadrant, but other
quadrants as well. Some of this technology is what is contained in
the ancient city in Peru that we often refer to. So, what we have
here in the bigger picture is the methodology to reactivate the 12
energy systems when they come to surface, of the new form of energy
that we spoke of yesterday. And we also referred yesterday to our
own project of full disclosure. What we are disclosing to the
people of the Planet is a way of sustainable living. What you have
currently is self-destruction. You are on a course of
self-destruction by utilizing coal and oil as your sources of energy.
Energetically speaking, you are r-ping Mother Earth.
Upon the planet at this time are many scientists who are like
'eager beavers.' They are going to jump right on all of these new
findings. They will be able to say, "We don't need to drill for
oil; we don't need to use coal. We have a new source of energy that
we are able to use." And when this occurs, there will be a rapid
refocusing upon this planet and a great turn-around. And many of
those that govern the more negative self-serving ca-als, as some of
you call implementation of the full disclosure laws in relationship
to these very hostile lords of the cab-ls, many of whom are not
incarnate upon the planet, but a few of them are still hanging
around. And for those of you who have been with us for some time,
we would remind you to continue to use the blue-white cross.
Visualize the negative energies being consumed and destroyed by this
energetic system, and what you no longer have need of, as being
returned to primordial source.
For the newer readers, we reference you back to the early
transcriptions of the Lady Kadjina material, wherein we are speaking
of the usage of the tensor equations and the usage of the great
blue-white cross and the star tetrahedron that encapsulates Planet
Earth. It is my understanding that Wayne has titled those early
transcriptions for easier access to certain types of information.
If you think in terms of energy substations, you will then see
throughout the entire planet that there are pyramids on all of the
continents. There is no continent that does not have pyramids
somewhere in some form. Many of these pyramids are now below the
surface of water but nonetheless they still exist.
The etheric crystals in the area of the Bimini Islands are a
source of reactivation for a wide range of energetic systems,
including the pyramids and including the 12 energy substations that
we spoke of yesterday. All of these things are in what some of you
call a mode of synch-links.
In referencing to myself as Lady Kadjina, I have told you that I
have been upon Planet Earth many times over the last 50 million
years. I have lived hundreds of lives on every single continent
upon this planet. I have studied many forms of energy and I have
studied the language of every nation of people who have ever lived
upon this planet. I have studied the language of the highbrow and
e-ite and I have studied the language of the grass-roots peoples.
And I have done this as a service to the planet, so that at this
time of the changing of the guard, I would be qualified to speak
in a way that can be understood by many peoples; that I would know
how to paint word-pictures.
And so this is what I have attempted to do in discussing with you
the ancient pyramids of China. They are a most important find, and
as the Earth is removed from around them and they are again exposed
to the myriads of constellations in the galaxies, they will
automatically become reactivated, for that is their energy.
Another bit of history. In and around Egypt they have found an
area that is a burial ground containing many, many mummies. Now, I
would reference you back to an ancient scripture by the prophet
Eze-iel, in which he sees the bones of the dead rising up. And so
it is in this time. These bones and the finding of them and all of
the many artifacts will be a great signaling of the resurrection of
many energetic systems. Now, as to the rising up of those bones,
Ezek-el was much older than merely 4000 years ago. The Hebrew
Nation of people at that time gathered information from all over
the planet and created metaphorical stories to be referenced in the
future of time for the peoples of the planet. But the scriptures
were not exclusive unto their own tribes-they were intended for the
planet.
Wayne: One of the assertions made in the recent book, And Yet They
Fly by Guido Moosbrugger (http://www.andyettheyfly.com/aytf.htm), is
that the planets were in a different arrangement about 75,000 years
ago. Could you comment on the shifting of the planets and what
causes these shifts?
Good morning; this is Captain LaGuido (see message of July 14,
2001, referring to "Captain LaQuido"). I decided to come and speak
this morning because this particular scientist bears my name, and
this is not by chance, for he is indeed of my energy system. Now I
am the one who took Kay on the tour of Tetros and I am the commander
of that vehicle. And as I told you at the time, that is a dead
planet four times the size of Earth that we have recycled into a
steerable, maneuverable vessel. We told you that we know how to
create light so that we can light up the inside of that planet, yet
the light will shine through the pores of the external crust, so
that when viewed by Earth people, it appears as a lighted star or
planet. So what we are saying here is that we can move these
around. We can take this large star-ship and put it between any
two planets of our choice. And this is precisely what has happened
with some of these formations that my friend Guido has noted. We
are also quite capable of moving Tetros behind another star or
planet, out of view of the people of Planet Earth. We can also do
a type of chemtrail between Tetros and Planet Earth, which would
make us undetectable to you. However, we use alloys and compounds
that are not harmful to either you or us.
John F. Winston
Mar. 30, 2002.
There is a lot of talk about an area in the Gulf Of Mexico that
has black water and contains no fish. Here is some information about
this from Lady L. It is probably channeled so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: Third message from Lady Kadjina
Lady Kadjina Speaks
March 25, 2002
Summary
Dead Zone in the Gulf of Mexico
Tensor Equation as Technology for Change
Microbiologists Showing up Dead
Warnings from Scientists
New Dust Storm from China - Implications
Wayne: Commercial fishermen along the Southwest Florida coast are
reporting a massive dead zone that is almost devoid of marine life in
an area of the Gulf of Mexico traditionally known as a rich fishing
ground.
(http://www.rense.com/general21/ddz.htm). Can you tell us what
is going on there and what is the cause of this dead zone?
This is in part due to the hog farms that are putting contaminants
into the water. These hog farms are located on the Eastern Seaboard
of the Uni-ed States. If you remember some months ago, there was a
great flooding in that area and the poisons and contaminants
followed a natural current of water down around the coast of Florida
and into the Gulf area, where there is a type of jet stream. If
you remember the news stories of some time ago, there were fish
being found dead, eaten alive by some type of microorganism and this
in part is what has happened to the fishing grounds. Also remember
that these same microorganisms were found along the coastlines all
the way to Texas and had begun to travel some distance inland.
These microorganisms were found in Florida, Georgia, Louisiana,
Arkansas, and Texas. There have also been reports of the flesh of
humans also being destroyed. These incidents are reported but never
heard of again and your scientific community has been giving serious
warnings that, unless these issues are addressed and soon, much
trouble could lie ahead for human beings.
At this point I would like to mention that over the last couple of
days we have mentioned world conditions that could become dire. We
are not exactly making predictions, but only what appears to us as
to be potentially volatile situations. All of these conditions are
subject to change based upon the activities of your consciousness.
Now remember that to change prophecy, you must utilize what we call
the Tensor Equation. You will find reference to this equation in
the book called We, the Arcturians. Basically, to reiterate, it is
energies ratify and implement the plan. The desire body must become
very intensely fired by your kundalini energy in order to implement
the plans of the mind. It is very good to sit in meditation and
reach the state of peace within you, but that should only be the
first step of your meditation. You must open the doors to both the
world of your mind and the world of your emotions and become very
creative in dialoguing with your high self conjoining with the many
levels of your soul energy. The Education of Oversoul Seven by Seth
and Jane Roberts speaks of the many levels of soul and these levels
are what we have called 'composite beings.'
As for the dead zone areas, there are many of these areas forming
at this time upon the planet. There has been much talk by your
scientists of frogs that have been born deformed. There have been
many serious oil spills and also, if you remember the oil fires of
Kuwait, the consequences of that burning is also being seen in
genetically-impaired life forms. The consequences of all of these
conditions can become very dire and great warnings to gov-rnmental
officials have been issued by many scientists, who issued warnings
to the gove-nments that they would release to the public their
findings. And again, we would remind all of the readers who use our
information for positive purposes to use the energy of both the
great blue-white cross and also the star tetrahedron.
Several years ago, Wayne drew a picture of this cross and the star
tetrahedron.
I believe it still exists somewhere. If he could post this
somewhere and the reader could then print it out and use it in much
the same way as you would a mandala, it would be of great benefit.
There is another exercise that some of you are capable of
doing-and this is for those of you of the 4th dimension with the
shaman-priestess type of consciousness shape-shifting ability. There
are two beings that you may connect with if you don't have your own
beings. There is one being that we call Lord Salimar and another
chief who we call Chief Rain-in-the-Face, and then there is the
third, who is our most beloved Geronimo. These three gentlemen have
agreed to assist any who would like to experiment. For those of you
who would like to attempt to speak to the clouds in order to send
them to the stricken area of the Gulf, find a pleasant spot in your
yard, or even perhaps the seaside or a park, and make yourself
comfortable in a way that you can look up into the sky. Draw to a
particular point in the sky a cloud and begin to dialogue with that
cloud and tell it that from the primordial substances you are asking
the beings of universal love to gather together alchemical
components charged with transmutational energies. And when you feel
that cloud has been sufficiently charged, ask it to find its way
into the Gulf and to find the place of no life and to rain down new
life, charged with the essences of love and transmutation. In this
way, you have constructed from your own beingness a peace-pole,
energetically speaking the same as our friend James Twyman uses in
his journeys. It would require approximately 24 earth-beings with
the ability to speak to the clouds to accomplish this transmutation
and return the waters to living waters, and it would take a
concerted effort of approximately 30 days. And we would ask our
beloved friend Patrick to construct a pyramid that could be used to
gather together the energies and focus and concentrate them in this
area, if such would be possible. This dead sea zone could become
very dangerous to the porpoises, dolphins and whales that might
enter into that area, and so transmutation and resurrection into a
state and beingness of life is most important at this time.
Wayne: Within the past several months, there have been an unusual
number of world-class microbiologists found dead, most under
mysterious circumstances.
Can you tell us what is behind these rather sudden and coincidental
deaths? Reference: "Promis Software & Disease Research Emerge. A
Career In Microbiology Can Be Harmful To Your Health"
(Revised/Updated) by Michael Davidson FTW Staff Writer and Michael
C. Ruppert, Copyright 2002, From The Wilderness Publications,
www.copvcia.com.
Absolutely. As we just mentioned above, they were threatening
world leaders with exposure. And by world leaders we are referring
to commerce and industry captains as well as those political
leaders that have been bought and paid for by these same captains.
Over the timeframe of the next 12 months or so, this planet is
going to be rocked by one scandal after another. Enron is only the
beginning. These world-class microbiologists were becoming very
concerned at what they were finding happening upon Planet Earth.
Many species of animals are quickly becoming extinct.
There have also been found newly-forming groups of humans in some
of the deep jungle areas, who are to be the next race of humans.
And there is indeed a plan to eliminate at least four million upon
the planet. One of the targets is the elderly, and also the
generating of strict laws to limit the number of children a couple
may have. When these things become known, two things will happen:
the potential for riots and rebellion and the potential for sweeping
fears across the planet.
At one point we have called one of the plagues a plague of
consciousness, and this plague of consciousness is the most
serious and dangerous of all the plagues that could possibly befall
humanity.
Also, these microbiologists discovered that certain Am-rican
elements known to the gov-rnment planted microorganisms in the
waters of certain places of Africa. They also are aware of the
volatile situation of the great laboratory in New York, where the
eboli monkeys are kept. A few drops of those contaminants into the
sewer system of New York, and much de-th would occur.
And that situation is very unstable. Your nuclear dumpsites have
also become very unstable.
And here is an interesting thing that has happened. Recently in
Missouri, a dental school that had been vacated for more than
10 years was purchased by a company that wanted to build something
better, and so they hired a demolition crew to tear down the old
structure. The foreman of the company went out to the building to
determine the best way to bring the building down and when he went
inside, he found more than 85,000 dated and fully labeled teeth that
had been precisely catalogued. These were the teeth of children
who had been patients at this dental school and were born in the
years 1953 and 1954 and these patients had 100 times the level of
Strontium 90 than those patients that had been born in 1950. These
teeth were recently sent to New York City for further testing.
National Public Radio aired this report approximately 3 months ago
and information may be obtained from Washington University in St.
Louis. This was the timeframe (1953 and 54) in which atomic and
nuclear testing was being conducted in Nevada. The gov-rnment
scientists were telling the people that such testing was known to
be safe. However, 2000 miles away in the St. Louis area, the
children's teeth were being affected.
John F. Winston
This part talks about Chemtrails and two Pleiadian space people.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
In this matter of chemtrails, I would put in just a quick note,
that as these chemicals fall to Earth, they are consumed by the
blue-white cross. You can speed up the process by consciously using
that cross and sending consciously those chemicals into the core of
the Earth. For those humans actively engaged in 4th dimensional
activities-and by this we mean those of you capable of reversing
illnesses, stopping fires, driving cars on empty, walking on hot
coals, mental telepathy, telekinetic energy, water consciousness,
fairy and devic communication systems, new modalities of earth
sciences, etc-these people cannot be harmed by chemtrails unless
they are afraid of them. You can take the poi-ons of the Earth
and not be harmed-remember this. Here I would add
emphatically-the spraying of your vegetables cannot harm you, nor
can any chemicals put in your water if you are in the correct frame
of mind. So long as there is in your mind a question mark, you are
only in the beginning stages of the 4th dimension and are not yet
ready to enter into and utilize the 5th.
However, these negative conditions must be dealt with for the sake
of those masses, yet 3rd dimensional, that are attempting to begin
the first step to the 4th. Just don't allow yourself to be sucked
in to these negative conditions by anger, hostility, or any form of
fear.
Another aspect of the changes in the planetary and cellular
formations and alignments is due to the vulnerability of newly
formed or birthed stars and planets. They would be the equivalent
of a chakra not fully opened and therefore under the protection of
a planetary or cellular system that is fully developed and matured.
Also, the refurbished dead planets can serve as transmitting
substations that nurture newly formed planets. They would act in
the capacity of a guardian ang-l, much in the same way you see
guardian a-gels watching over your little children-another
instance of "as above, so below."
Wayne: Can you tell us anything about the Pleiadian characters,
Ptaah and Senjase (see ref above)?
The Pleiadians, of which the Mar-ek group are members, are a group
of very specialized beings, who come and go from many star systems.
They are specialized technicians. But as technicians, they are
technicians in relationship to specific chakras of the system that
Planet Earth belongs to.
So, as Planet Earth develops and evolves, and as other planets in
your system also evolve and become ready for post-graduate work, you
require the services of teachers capable of taking you through the
post-graduate curriculum. They become your sponsors for your
specialties. And so, as you have the need of greater instructional
services, we move Tetros into place. We move great starships into
place. Now, stars are like ships-they move. They are in no way
stationary. And for periods of time, they stay in place in what
you call orbits, but when they have finished their instruction,
they can return to where they came from.
Stars appear to twinkle and this is because the light comes from
the inner parts of the structure and it is manufactured or produced
by those beings that live within or on the inside of that star. And
during certain types of activity, it is necessary to create from
within our own inner beings greater sources of energy. And from our
auric energy field, great blasts of light energy emit from us, which
gives a semblance of a twinkling. Some stars are refurbished dead
planets. Other stars are formed of living substances but do not
generate their own light, but the light is generated by us and
emitted through their living substance, so that the glow is more of
a constant rather than a pulsation of twinkling nature.
Now, some planets and stars emit various colors. Mars is the
planet that is called red. It is a Ray 1 energy. It is a masculine
type energy and is a tremendous energy of willpower and drive, hence
the name "the warring planet."
There are many beings from Mars that are very benevolent in nature.
There is only a particular faction that has become more mi-itant in
nature, and many of these mili-ant ones are redeeming themselves by
serving humanity of Planet Earth. They are using their aggression
in very positive and aggressive ways to set forth better ways of
doing things.
So these two individuals mentioned are very much like overseers or
construction bosses, who are working in very dramatic ways to bring
forth better ways of doing things, which are many times the old
ways of doing things. Never before in at least the last 20,000 or
so years, have there been such powerful influences of these overseer
types of beings. With the demise of Atlantis, many energy systems
fell asleep, so to speak. Thoth was one who chose to go to sleep
until the time of the changing of the guard. And the great bell
of the great tower of the great cosmic clock has tolled and signaled
that it is time to change the guard. And the great cosmic birds
shall return to the bell tower and once more communicate with
humanity through the Merlin energies. And it shall no longer be
confined to a particular Camelot or a particular Avalon.
For these energies are springing up everywhere. In particular at
this time, we reference Atlanta, Georgia. This particular city is a
great birthing of the G-ddess energy in connection with the rising of
the Earth G-d. They will consort together. Throughout Europe you
have the new Renaissance and in the great city of Florence there is
the emergence of so much renovation or renewal or flowering of
energy that will nurture this planet in the days ahead.
Wayne: We have heard of interbreeding with Aliens and also that
some people are developing new strands of DNA. Is all new DNA
development the result of this interbreeding, or is this occurring
in a more natural way? Please comment on both.
This is Tawatnaw. Good morning. It is happening on both fronts.
At one point in time, there was much manipulation by the so-called
more negative ETs. These are now blocked. There are those of you
who have a great fear of the reptilians and that all reptilians are
e-il, and that all of your world leaders belong to this ev-l group
of reptilians. There are no humans on the planet that are not
reptilian in their roots. Look at the embryos of your unborn
children and you will see the reptilian tail that falls away. And
the first stages of the brain formation are reptilian in nature.
So once again, we caution you not to judge-you don't know how.
In former messages, we have talked considerably about the DNA and
RNA. The DNA is the receiving of information and the RNA is the
giving forth. The natural way of learning to utilize these two
energies is through the development of the chakra systems. You
have your basic seven, which line up with the basic seven rays of
energy. Once these two systems of the chakras and the rays are
integrated and fused, they then connect with the upper six rays. If
you recall, the seventh ray as you know it becomes Ray 1 of the
upper 7-it's a 13 system instead of 14. And the 13th ray then would
become Ray 1 of the next level up, and so it goes. The ETs are
trying to find ways to accelerate the process. Certain beings in
the sleep time have made agreements prior to birth that they would
become subjects of study upon various starships, mother ships, and
what have you. They receive on these ships something very similar
to what you call electric shock therapy, but in a very highly
refined form to see if the electrical current that normally travels
from the root base chakra up through the spine and out through the
crown can be in some way safely accelerated. The difficulty has
been in that humans have kept the focus only on the DNA and have
totally forgotten to incorporate the RNA. This has to do with the
full circle of life, or the giving and receiving.
There are upon the planet many, many givers who have a great deal
of difficulty receiving. Many a light-worker is just barely able
to meet their expenses.
--------------------------------themselves than of the receiving unto
themselves. The secret here is to activate your RNA. Now, we gave
you an exercise some time ago, wherein you set a chair in front of
you and you set upon that chair any personage of your choice-your
inner child, your high self, a parent, sibling, or colleague-and
you enter into a dialogue wherein each party very clearly states
what they need in order to bring about the meeting of the agenda or
reason for coming together. The person who is in the physical form
uses their vocal box to speak for all parties involved. You simply
spout out the first thing you hear in your mind, even if it's
hateful or aggressive, and you work your way through to resolution.
This is very effective in dealing with a cantankerous in-law, for
instance, who may be an interference in your life. You summon
forth your own high self, for you may not be selfish or self-centered
in this matter. When you feel the connection, you then summon forth
the high self of that in-law and ask them to bring that in-law and
have them sit in the chair that you have placed in front of you. The
high selves become somewhat the referees-they see to it that what
needs to be said is said: both in stating the problem and in
achieving the resolution. Both parties state the difficulty; both
parties state why they are behaving as they are and what it is they
want to see happen. And before they part, they give light and love
and support to one another, and they part blessing themselves and
each other. You will begin to see changes not only in yourself
first, but also in the other. This is a very important tool that
we have given you this morning, so we ask that you forgive our
digression from the topic.
This method that we have just given you is the most effective way
that we know of right now to open up and utilize your RNA factor,
for it is the giving and receiving modality. It can heal many
conditions right where you are. It is the most creative form of
meditation available to you right now. You can use this with
Saddam Hussein, the Ayatollah Khomeini, Osama bin Laden, or George
B-sh. You will be astounded at what you can learn from these old
souls. But in order to do this, you must set aside your personal
judgments of these individuals.
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part talks about a revolving saucer near the Moon.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Wayne: A recent report from a French site gives some pretty
convincing proof that the Pen-agon was not hit by a 747 on Sept. 11,
2001
(see http://www.asile.org/citoyens/numero13/pentagone/erreurs_en.htm)
but was damaged by some other source. Can you tell us what really
happened at the P-ntagon on that day and why the go-ernment and U.S.
media is not telling us the tr-th?
We refer you here again to Dennis K-cinich. In one of his speeches,
he speaks of the fear that is rampant throughout Washington, DC.
Anthrax was handed to Tom Br-kaw as a way of quieting him down, to
stop him from asking questions.
And an Anthrax scare evacuated the Cap-tol Building just when an
investigation was to be started. And the Supreme Court Building is
another instance. So all of these people have become intimidated.
The French site does make some very good points. They are asking
very straightforward questions. Remember this, that some of your
scientists who know about construction were saying that the twin
towers were an imp-osion. These men also have been sil-nced. No
longer to you see those i-plosion pictures. They have all been
confiscated.
Structural engineers who built those twin towers told you that
it was not the planes that did it; it was an impl-sion. And we tell
you of a certainty that they know what they are talking about, as
they built them.
With the Pen-agon, the section that was hit was a location for
the new computer systems that would be used to disseminate
information to the people in compliance with the full disclosure
laws. Who would most benefit by a disruption in full
disclosure-bin Laden? We hardly think so. The current
administration promised you oil pipelines and a buildup of the
mi-itary, and that's exactly what you're going to get if they have
their way.
We have to be cautious in just how much information we actually
give you, for there are certain things that you the people are
responsible for. You must become involved in gov-rnment affairs
and in the po-itical scene. You must right your own ship. We give
you hints as to how to do this, such as we did yesterday, in
supporting those people in Washington who are taking a peace
initiative. There are many individuals who read these messages who
will say, "yeah, right!" And they emit a powerful energy of
negation. But there are many more who read these messages and who
are of the group known at the lightworkers. And the power that
they emit through their energy systems that are much more balanced
is much more effective. For we tell you of a truth, those of you
who say, "yeah, right!" only have their lower three chakras open.
On occasion, you are able to open to the heart chakra and receive
4th dimensional information. But when you return to the 3rd
dimension in which you are saying "yeah, right!!" the information
you receive becomes contaminated by your personality, which is still
too much of the 3rd dimension. And in this, where the dimensions
are discussed, we are talking about modalities of thinking and
modalities of perception. And these modalities then feed your
emotional body. And those of you who refuse to shift into the
larger picture of brotherhood and finding peaceful means of
resolution can and will become ill through the misuse of 4th
dimensional information, which will cause your energy system to
malfunction, thereby creating illnesses for you. All we ask of
anyone is an open mind to potentials and possibilities.
Wayne: There has been a report of a "revolving saucer" near the
moon (http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/moonsaucer.html). Can you tell
us what this is, how is it being operated, and what its purpose is?
This was the blue object that Kay and her friend saw one night. It
is well-known fact that those who planted the flag on the moon saw
beings on the dark side of the moon, if you would, who told them in
no uncertain terms, "Leave and don't return!" This revolving saucer,
as you call it, is a large ship that has a station behind the moon.
It peeks out from time to time to say "hello" and it also gives
forth energy transmissions. It also has the ability to siphon off
certain types of pollutants from the Earth and transmute them.
For within the saucer is a huge energetic type of furnace. It is
a scaled-down version of the core of the blue-white cross. It has
the ability to return certain substances to a base element or a form
of primordial substance, in that it's no longer destructive.
This object serves many purposes. It has much in the way of
technical information. It gives support to the smaller craft that
are everywhere present on the planet at this time. It serves as a
refueling station, if you would.
The circumference of this object is huge, but smaller than that of
the moon, so that it can appear to be a large object when it pops
out. It might be of interest to you to know that Venus is also
serving as a substation. And their technology has to do more with
health issues of energy systems-the stabilizing and maintenance of
many kinds of energy systems-those of volcanoes and quakes, those of
the plant kingdom and water systems, as well as those of the human
systems.
At the current time in those locations of the Earth where you
have the very clear night skies, it seems almost as if the skies are
alive. The stars and planets seem larger and brighter. And
recently over Tucson on the last full moon in the middle of the
night, there was a halo large enough to cover the entire city of
Tucson-that's how far it extended. The reason for this brightness
and clarity is because these very planets have reactivated their own
grid systems. We have often spoken of the nadial connectors of the
various chakras that run throughout the entire quadrant and they
connect very much like tinker toys. And so there is a vibrancy
throughout this entire quadrant as everyone is on alert to step in
and help at any given moment in time.
We once told you that around the Earth there are tiers of
structures somewhat like a stadium, with the Earth being the playing
field, and that in these stadiums there is standing room only, so
spectacular are Earth events at this time. Now the beings in the
stadium can root and cheer you on, but they are not allowed on the
playing field. And sometimes this is difficult for many of these
beings, and some of them have had to be ejected and sent home. All
throughout this quadrant are many ships that are concealed from
you in many ways. They hide in your lenticular clouds. They
oscillate at such high frequencies that they become invisible, much
like the spinning blades of a fan.
Many of these craft are stationed around your mil-tary bases and
will communicate with any of the base personnel open enough to
listen. Some of them are advised to keep quiet about what we give
them, while others are commanded, "go and tell everybody." And so
this great object behind the moon is somewhat of a control center
that monitors and watches many levels of activity. If we notice
that because of certain information being given to the commanders
of say a Tucson base, and they become very unsettled or overwhelmed,
we will say to those spacecraft to back off a little and give them
some breathing room. The moon craft can monitor these things.
It is our intense desire that you understand the levels of help
that are being given to your planet at this time. You have a
scripture that says, "all things work together for good to him who
believes." Such is the case with September 11th. On many fronts
this was truly a tragic thing. But it can also be a type of good if
it causes people to wake up and to begin to think for themselves
once more. Parents, wherever possible, should begin to take
responsibility for their children's education. They also must begin
to take responsibility for the re-igious education of their children.
They must begin to recognize that their children are really old
souls and not brand-new to the planet. They must begin to encourage
their children to continue to communicate with the an-els and the
fai-ies and to stop calling them imaginary playmates. People in
communities that are relatively new in development must be insistent
upon the Interstate freeway and truck routes to stay on the
outskirts of the cities rather than through the cities. They must
insist on buildings no more than 10 stories tall, and that if they
are constructed, there must be parks and open spaces around them.
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html
-----------------------------------------------------
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/register
=====================================================
Part 4 of 4.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Part 2 of 2. Apr. 1, 2002.
This part talks about the Dust Storms of China. One has to go
about half way through this article to get to the part that deals
with Dust Storms. This is channeled material, so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Your microbiologists have become increasingly aware and have proof
of how dangerous the actions of gov-rnment, commerce, and industry
have become to the life forms. Your microbiologists have become
very alarmed at what they are finding, and with good reason. Many
of your educators have a slogan that they are teaching your young
people. The slogan is "Just Say No." The people of the world must
rise up and begin to say in no uncertain terms, to their leaders and
their captains of industry, "No, enough is enough!" But in order to
do this and make it effective, first work on your own consciousness.
You must gain control of your own personal environment, not only
your seven bodies, but your physical environment, and this includes
your finances. You must reach a point in which you are willing to
do with less.
We would love to see every human, especially in the Un-ted States,
cut their credit cards in half (with scissors), pay cash for what
you need or do without.
Taxation without representation was one of the reasons for the
founding of the Unit-d States of Ame-ica. Financing without
representation is a great plague at this moment in time. Your
interest rates are extremely out of balance. We would strongly
recommend to every being who thinks of himself or herself as a
lightworker, to stop using credit cards and to pay cash for what you
wish to purchase. If you feel that you must have a credit card for
car rental service, for instance, we would tell you that a bank
check card will work as well, and there's no interest involved in
using them. However, it is the same as an immediate outflow of
cash; it is not a credit. We realize that some things must be
purchased on a credit basis, such as cars and homes, but we would
suggest the saving of some money first and the purchase of a small
home to begin with and work your way up. In this day and age, it
is possible to pay for a house three times over if you're not
careful. And we would remind you that debt is debt, whether it be
karmic or any other form. You do not develop your full spi-tual
potential when you are heavily in debt, as too much energy goes into
the rat-race. For your spi-tual growth, those of you heavily in
debt the single and most important thing you can do is to eliminate
some of our third dimensional debt. Forget for the moment karmic
indebtedness. Take care of what is under your nose first, and the
karmic may oftentimes resolve itself much more quickly. Here is
another example of "as above, so below." A debt is a debt-call it
any name that you wish.
Wayne: It has been recently reported that there is a new dust
storm from China coming across the Pacific toward the northwestern
area of the US, similar to what occurred last year. What is the
cause and ramifications of this dust cloud?
One of the things to be considered is consciousness. It is well
known to many of you that within the very soil of particular places
on the planet, the consciousness of humans is ingrained. We have
mentioned this many times. And so it is with the dust of China. It
is permeated with the cries of the people of China for help. But
in with that there is the permeation of ancient truths and wisdom.
It is a mixture of both. This dust will enter to the north of
California and travel down into Los Angeles and San Bernardino and
across and down into Arizona and into Baja California and down into
the area of the volcano that you call Popo. This pathway is a
great energetic corridor of linkages. In the old world of the
ancient times of Atlantis, in the second age of Atlantis, there was
much communication between the peoples of all of these regions.
Popo continuously rumbles and emits much energy. Popo had direct
connections in olden times to Lemuria, Atlantis, and the current
existent China, and also to the ancient land of Pangaea. Currently,
in many of these areas that we are talking about, there is a great
crying forth of the peoples for justice, and for the basic
necessities of life and for freedom to express themselves according
to their souls. Popo has direct connections to, and is
energetically connected with, the great underwater city in Peru from
the land of Pangaea, the lights of which went out many, many
millennia ago. This ancient city was a great mecca to the greatest
avatars ever known to Planet Earth. And as this city rekindles its
light and emerges again and opens its portals, these great avatars
will return, for there truly is a Christ of the Andes, Christ meaning
more than just Je--s; Christ also meaning Buddha.
So these great sandstorms have to do with the shifting of
consciousness and the disbursement of consciousness. It is hoped
that many people will begin to think in new and different ways and
begin to reclaim their inner powers and potentials. And we would
remind you again that the City of Angels, Los Angeles, is a great
mecca in its own right, much like the great meccas of Egypt that
J--us visited during the time of his hidden years. Keep in mind,
however, that in any mecca, wherein you have great light, you will
also have great darkness-they go together hand in hand. So, it
is equally true that if you have a metropolitan area wherein you
perceive great darkness, just be aware that there is also great
power of light just biding its time for expression.
We tell you again that there are many beings of light who have
incarnated in the U-ited States and are now between the ages of
approximately 35 and 65, who have been well schooled in the many
fields of endeavor and are just biding their time, waiting for
various institutions to crumble so that they may step in and
redirect and they are prepared to this organizational skill in a
very expeditious way. The transition will be much smoother than
what you might think. It will not be as dire as what some have
prophesied. And these events will transpire sooner rather than
later. The worst of it should be over by approximately the year
2005. The great scandals that are emerging are the first steps in
collapsing the old regime. Once again we would caution all
lightworkers everywhere to be fully aware and cognizant as to what
is truly transpiring on the planet, and do not allow yourselves
to become entrenched in anger, hatred, and bitterness, but to be
prepared to take action as needed.
--------------------------------------------
John F. Winston
This information tells us how we as human beings got here on the
Earth.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: C
Subject: IUFO NEWS: Time to review what is going on.
Compiled from various sources by "TAL"
The real voyage of discovery lies not in seeking new lands, but in
seeing with new eyes.
Marcel Proust
Quick overview :
Persued by the Alshira Alijemeniya, meaning PRINCE OF THE RIGHT
HAND (also called "yamiym" meaning STRONGER).....The DRAC Forces were
driven out of the Canis Major region [which is the constellation that
SIRIUS (often called the Dog Star) occupies].
SIRIUS (our English "Sir"/Sire is derived from this word) is also
known as "The Prince")...the glorious Prince who will subdue and
eign. The Ashira...THE PRINCE OF THE LEFT HAND. The word for
"left" is "smowl" meaning DARK.
He is also pictured as a hawk (NAZ). In the ancient Akkadian it is
called Kasista, which means the Leader. "Whose burning breath,
Taints the red air with fevers, plagues, and death."
Naz means 'sent or caused to come swiftly,' and Seir means
'Prince.' Naz-Seir means 'the sent Prince,' the One who is sent
forth quickly, a Prince of all the earth who is to come into the
world. And in this Naz-Seir , or Naz-Sirius.
The ANA. * A.N.K.H. = An.Nu.nK.Hi (ANU-NAK) [Connected later to
the N-ZI / NAZI-]. NAZ = The Hawk * ANA-SAZI (Warior /Old Ones).
Arriving on Earth the DRAC went Underground (creating a central
Base, near what is now known as Babylon (IRAQ).
NOTE : A Prophecy Against Babylon Is-ah 13
4 The L-rd Almighty is mustering an army for w-r.
5 They come from faraway lands, from the ends of the heavens- the
Lo-d and the weapons of his wrath-to destroy the whole country.
6 Wail, for the day of the L-rd is near; it will come like
destruction from the Almighty.
The DRAC took "HU"-MEN (Animal man) from the surface [a species,
of being, called "hominid" in general and "Homo Erectus" in
particular] and inserted REPTILIAN DNA, to create Slaves/Servants,
known as SER-MEN (Serpent/Reptoid Man). These turned out to be
"too smart" and they Rebelled and left the Mining and Gardening
compounds. [ In certain ways the REPTOIDS were surperior to the
DRACs that created them.]
So the DRAC Beings tried "Phase #2"
...Another "Genetically modified SLAVE R-ce".
* Ge-esis 3:22 "The man has now become like one of us,...."
But, DNA manipulation cut off "MANKIND" from their intellectual
potential and their ability to produce vitamin C naturally in their
bodies. The "ANDi" ('inserted DNA' spelled backward) or better
known as the ADAMIC Ra-e (or the EVADAMIC) went to work in the Mines
(Crystals & Minerals) and the Fields (GarDENS).
[*Man was made "a little lower than the an-els." - "Thou madest
him for a little while lower....].
The SERPENT RA-E then came in a disrupted the Slaves, the ADAMIC
creations, and then they Rebelled too. The Reps told EVE about
"The secret of the TREE of LIFE" = Genetics [ Knowledge of the
Serpent (DNA)] & info about "The SOURCE".
And off they went, to "make it on their own".
This left the DRAC with no slaves and Pi--ed off.
That Started a Global W-r, which then triggered a World Wide
Planetary Catastrophe (Natural Disaster). All factions in the
conflicts were devastated (their populations ki-led... and also
access to their technological hardware was cut off.)
Today, thousands of years later, what we are witnessing and living
with is the revival of the Conflict of the opponents and the new
"END GAME".
The "Old ONES" are trying to REBUILD the Structure necessary to
control ALL Beings on the Planet!
"ZON" says that, "Modern History is a Movement towards the Agenda
of an Ancient E-IL...the Vermin from Space."
Ep-esians 6: 12
"For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the
rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark
world and against the sp-ritual forces of ev-l in the heavenly
realms".
************************
The DRAC leader Arimanius (or Satan), the prince of the power of
the "air" (aer), is a "Trans-density" ENERGY BEING that can "inhabit"
a physical BODY.
HAS THE PRINCE OF PERSIA GONE NUCLEAR?
According to the ancient Persian re-igion of Zorastrianism,
Arimanius was the De-th-dealer--the powerful and self-existing e-il
sp-rit, from whom wa- and all other ev-ls had their origin.
Arimanius was the chief of the cacodaemons, or fallen ang-ls,
expelled from he-ven for their sins. After their expulsion, the
cacodaemons endeavored to settle down in various parts of the
earth, but were always rejected, and out of heaven for their sins.
--------to revenge found pleasure in destyroying the inhabitants
of the earth.
Arimanius and his followers finally took up their abode and
established their domain called Ariman-abad. From this location,
the cacodaemons could intrude upon and attempt to corrupt human
go-ernments.
Excerpts from : http://www.raidersnewsupdate.com/saddamnew.htm
BUT WHO IS ARIMANIUS, REALLY?
In Da-iel, chapter 10, the opposing sp-rit is bib-ically
identified as "the prince of the kingdom of Persia" (Iraq). In an
earlier vision (chapter 7), Go- revealed four different types of
kingdom influences: the Babylonian, the Medo-Persian, the Greek, and
the Roman, each of which was a mere human agency under the control
of supernatural powers. The principality of the Medo-Persian kingdom
is depicted as a w-rmongering sp-rit seeking to dominate through
mil-tary power....
Until recently the most powerful weapon contemporary Persia had in
its arsenal was called the Tammuz missile (according to Babylonian
reli-ion, Tammuz was the son of Nimrod by Semiramus and dwelt in the
regions of the underworld). But the Nuclear Control Institute warns
that things have changed: Iraq either has or is developing nuclear
weapons of mass destruction.
Will the threat of nuclear confrontation between Saddam Hussein and
Israel draw the Un-ted Nations or Israel's allies into mi-itary
conflict in the near future? Perhaps. The prophet Is-iah described
an alliance of many nations that come up against Iraq in the end
times "to destroy the whole land" (Isa. 13:4-5).
*********************
HU-MEN Beings are being manipulated into Mass Ritual Slaughter( W-r
& Terrorist acts). And are also looking at a world of Epidemics and
Famines...MASS DE-TH.
Behind the "Control Systems" for Mass Mind Control are
PAN-DIMENSIONAL BEINGS.
C.S. Lewis called them the MACROBES. Others have called them
Higher Life Forms and Metazons.
Conscious "macrobes" or "social organisms" exist of which
individual humans are cells and sub-organisms are organs. Joseph
Kerrick believes he is in lucid dream contact with the collective
consciousness (-od, but not the G-d of the Universe) of the world
social organism. Research this at your own risk!
Swarm intelligence in macrobes...
* MEMES are to "social organisms"(or macrobes) as genes are to
biological organisms....most members of a "conspiracy" are
unconscious of the overall goals of their social organism yet act
in a co-ordinated fashion to achieve the goals of the organism.
See : "Virus of the Mind: The New Science of the Meme" by Richard
Brodie PRIDE in the Collective -- willing to do or overlook
anything just to be part of an "inner circle" of power, where you
can be in a position of control. *
Just in time, only a few will see their error and begins to
mentally defend themselves against the DRAC-NAZ-ANA attempts to
prepare them for "initiation" to fellowship with the e-il Macrobes
(hyper-intelligent pan dimensional beings).
* The Hitch-Hiker's Guide To The Vortex Collective
Vorticular Entity or Vort. The species is known as The Vortex
Collective.
The Vortex Collective is a ra-e of hyper-intelligent,
pan-dimensional entities.
They inhabit The Vortex, which is the place in which all points
in the multiverse collide - any dimension in the entire multiverse,
any point in the space-time continuum, can be accessed from The
Vortex. The Vortex is a part of all universes but is in itself no
universe. The Vortex is devoid of all space and time. While in
The Vortex a Vort would percieve fragmentary and fleeting images
of all the dimensions of the multiverse.
The Vortex Collective, like The Vortex itself is part of all
universes but belongs to none. They can assume any form they choose
but are of themselve insubstantial and non-corporeal. They have no
true form, true nature or true selves but become whatever they
choose to be in a given moment.
* The real "STAR GATE" :
The DRAC are trying to access the VORTRON Domain, via the creation
of a PORTAL. This is what is really behind the creation of
technologies related to "HIGH GROUND", LASERS, "STAR WARS",
H.A.A.R.P., "Rainbow", Etc.
Research is being done into DATA recieved during contact with the
VORT-MACROBES made by Sir John DEE (The first "007" and creator of
MI-5 INTEL).
Under direction of the DRAC Hybrid-Lizard Queen El-zabeth I =
Mary Tudor ("She who must be obeyed".) John Dee, in 1546, was
appointed to "TRINITY" College.
The BEINGS gave him DATA on At-mic Energy, crystals and told him
to research SILICON.
NOTE: Penetration was also made into the VORT Domain during
A-OMIC Explosion Experiments. The first one at the "TRINITY" Site
(resurrection). The Creation of ENERGY from MASS.
MATTER
From Mahat (Sanskrit). Means the Great Flux. Comes from the
Egyptian Maat, giving words like mother, maths, measure, meter, mate,
master, etc,. A 'master' is one who is in balance, who operates in
accordance with divine or natural law- obeying MAAT.
Measure & Mathematics arise from this Maat. * Freema-ons use the
capitol letter 'G' between the Compass & the Ruler. 'G' was an
ideogram for the throne of the g-ddess Isis/Maat. Demeter the Greek
Earth Go-dess means The- Meter/Mater/Mother, from Maat.
(JW In my opinion we should remember that the space people have said
in the past that there is no missing link on this Earth. All people
on this Earth are seeded and have been brought to the Earth. The
Bl-acks were brought from Sirius, the Chinese were brought from Mars,
the Cherokee American Indians came from the Pleiadese, they went
underground for a while and then came to the surface of this Earth
to live.
John F. Winston
This part shows certain words that have their origin in ancient
space people.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
NUCLEAR
An ancient word, spelt Nukt or Nukta, meaning Power. Still we use
the slang nuke.' There may be a corrolation between the word nuclear,
and the name of the Sumerian g-d-king Enki, who is supposed to have
brought mankind the secret of science, particularly genetics.
Today, the DRAC are focusing on the CREATION of MASS from ENERGY.
They are also into Geomancy, Bl-od Rituals, and Silicon based "Mind
Control" Systems. (Ser-PENTIUM Chip [INTEL] and "Rx" mind
manipulation via bio-crystal alterations placed into commercial food
products and drugs.)
NOTE: Pepsi = Dev-l (in Egyptian ) The lack of nutrition and the
high sugar content of soft drinks. * Pepsi contract a de-il's
bargain? :
http://www.post-gazette.com/forum/20010705edsoda05p2.asp
Caffeine is Addictive ....Also think about the harmful effects of
sooft drinks, especially colas and those containing phosphoric acid.
Disease Flourishes in an Acid ph - Cola-Type Drinks are Acid.
http://www.themuslimwoman.com/beware/softdrinkwarning.htm
NOTE : Applied Digital Solutions (ADS) received patent rights to
Digital An-el (TM) technology on December 10, 1999. A miniature
digital transceiver specifically created for human implantation.
"Who Is Watching You?" WILL DIGITAL "MARKS" SOON BE MANDATORY?
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++* "MARK" = [charagma; from Greek charax
meaning to stake down into or "stick into"]
Also, look into SUN Microsystems, APPLE Computers, MIT, SRI, INTEL,
DARPA, Etc. According to Astro-theologian Michael Tsarion : An
oligarchy is rulership by the rich. Technocracy is rulership by
those who have technical ability, which includes a psychological
understanding of our nature. *....there is a bloodline, a stream
of people involved with the aristocracy.....
THE ANCIENT CULTS
The reason why Israel has its name : It is made up of the names
of the three deities the ancient Cults: Isis, Ra & El (Moon, Sun &
Saturn). The great Cults did finally decide to unite their forces
& instead of being in constant competition for the minds of men,
to make it all so much easier for themselves by consolidating
resources & agendas ISRAEL = ISIS, RA & EL. These are three go- of
the ancient Cults. There where 4 major Cults, one replacing the
other through time. Finally these Cults joined up & became one. The
earliest cult is the Stellar, next came the Lunar, then the
Saturnian & then the Solar. The illusion that their where voluminous
pantheons of go-s is a result of these cults.
The Stellar Cult : The first of the great cults was the Sidereal
or the Stellar. It is they who discovered the mysteries of the stars.
They were the high mathematicians & geometrists & it was they who
+employed the Divination Arts. (Isis, Dana, Danu, Anu, Mahat, Mara,
Mah, Makh & Maia, etc,.)
The Solar Cult : Ernest Busenbark reminds us that it was about
3,000 years ago, in the Age Taurus that the Solar Cults began gaining
power. He writes:
...sun worship does not appear to have existed as a distinct &
separate system, but was simply grafted on the older cult; and after
the two became fused, the sun eventually became the dominant figure.
* Among the many symbols used, the sun is often represented by the
'All Seeing Eye,' of the g-d of light. Those who worship this go-,
those in power today, call themselves, the 'Ill-mined Ones.' And
within their enclaves they know themselves as "Luc-ferians".
The Cult of Saturn or of EL: In the time of the Saturnian Cult
the color b-ack was worn by the 'holy ones,' because as astrologers
know, the planet Saturn & the domicile Capricorn, are connected
with the color bl-ck &----------------- the metal moving at the time
of the winter solstice. And the solstice is in the sign of Capricorn,
house of Saturn, the Artifex or crafter of the material realms.
Saturn is the Carpenter. Capricorn is the place of the birth of
the physical sn. So we read that the "Son" is born of a "Carpenter."
( EL worshippers held their convocations on the day of Saturn, or
SATURDAYS as opposed to the later Solar Cult that worshipped on the
Sun's day or SUNDAY.) The ancient name of Saturn was, as mentioned,
EL. It is the reason why those that were chosen by EL, were called
El-es. In fact the words, Elect, Elder, Elevated, Elohim, Temple,
Circle, Gospel, Apostle, Disciple, Evangelists, etc., all derive
from the Cult of EL. Angels are messengers of go-. But -od was EL,
which is why we have the names of the Archangels bearing the EL
suffix - Raphael, Michael, Uriel, Gabriel, etc,. A look at corporate
logos symbols makes it clear that this cult is not at all extinct.
El also gives Bel, Bael, Baal & Belial. * AL or EL, meaning G-d or
ONe ("LIGHT")* The following is extracted from
http://www.taroscopes.com/astrotheology.html
ORISONS
In pre-Industrial & Medieval times one did not say "I am going to
say my prayers," but my "orisons." This word is the same as HORIZON,
as all Solar Cult practitioners would say their prayers to AMEN or
ATON, by turning to the east, where the Sun rose. *AMON (Egyptian
-od of the Sun). HORIZON is literally the Zone of Horus,' Horus's
Zone. The word Zone, is actually a derivative of the word Sun.
Zone becomes "ZON", which becomes "ON", Son, or Sun.
SOLOMON
This clearly shows the words SOL (sun) & MON (moon). However, it
also can be expressed as SOL - OM - ON, giving the name of the sun
in the three sacred languages of the ancient Indo-European &
Mediterranean peoples. SOL is Sumerian, OM is Brahmin (Hindu) & the
ON is Egyptian. The ancient capitol city of the Solar-Cult on the
Nile was called ON, later renamed by the Greeks to Heliopolis (city
of the Sun). Even today we say getting "on" with it, moving
"on-ward," etc,. We turn a light "on." Moreover, the Greek word for
Being, is ON (onto). The English call their first number, ONE (again
meaning light). When one is alone he is "One," (as is the sun alone),
The Hindi we have YONI (which relates to the Female, the birthplace).
ATONEMENT
In the Chr-stian re-igion we are told to seek atonement with Go- &
for our sins. However, what we are not told is that the word means,
ATON-MENT, suggesting oneness with Aton, the Semitic Adonai.
EASTER
A long celebrated ritual period, that the Ch-istians particularly
recognize as the time of the resurrection of the son of go-. What
their illustrious seniors do not explain is that the word Easter
comes from the compression of the words eastern & star. The star
that rises or resurrects on the spring equinoctial point is again,
the sun itself & not a man. This is why the J-wish feast of the
Passover is called Passover. It is because the sun has literally
passed over the equinox at Aries, from the winter seasons into the
new year. Easter also contains the word aster, again meaning star.
EMMANUEL
This is an Anglicized version of the ancient OM ON EL, again the
names of the sun.
HARMONY
HAR was the Egyptian for Horus the sun, MON is the Moon. The coming
together of the Luminaries, the opposites creates Harmony!!
CAIN
Comes from the word Cahen (or Caan), known even in the Mexicos, as
meaning Serpent or Priest. It also gives Canaan, called by the
Patriarchs a land of Serpent worship. The worshippers of the
Serpents were the Stellar or Sidereal Cult, which preceded the
Solar, Lunar & Saturnian Cults. This is the reason why we even
hear Christ reminding his disciples to be as '...wise as serpents.'
NOTE : The place in France called Cannes, is named so because of
it being a place of the Stellar Cult. It is not by chance that the
film festivals are held there. Almost all the film production
companies use sabean symbolism & the personages behind them, regard
themselves as the new priests of the Gnosis.
(See; Industrial Light & Magic, Dreamworks, Touchstone, Paramount,
Columbia, Universal, Orion, Lion's Gate, Viacom, Hollywood
Pictures, Tristar, MGM, RKO, CBS, Arista, Gramercy, Castle Rock,
Trilogy, CTS, Cannon, Starz, FOX, Meridian, etc, etc, etc.,)
'Hollywood' has that name for a reason. In ancient times the Druids
of the Stellar Cult used to cut their magic wands from only
one kind of tree. The wands were made from only one kind of wood,
the wood from the Holly Tree. So we still find that those magi in
the movie business are putting their 'spells' on us.
AUM (OM)
This means sun, light & oneness. It comes from the Egyptian, Ahom,
which was their first letter (A). The ideogram of Ahom was the
golden eagle, still seen with the letter 'A' & on innumerable
symbols. In Celtic lands the Alphabet was called Ogham, but this
word is pronounced Om or Aum.
ABRACADABRA
This word is Persian. It is an incantation & really reads,
Abr - Acad - Abr. This translates as, g-d-the one-go-. Literally,
"there is but one true -od."
G-D
This word for Deity, originates from the Anglo-Saxon word GOTT,
which actually---------------------------------------------------
----------cast, Krishna.
The Chaldean name of the sun was CHRIS. Karast means to Caress
with Oil (hence Crisco oil). Christ was called the "Anointed One,"
accordingly. The name Krishna also gives rise to TRISTNA or
TRISTAN (Arthurian legend).
* J--us comes from Jarrus or Jasus who was also called Iesus by
the Romans.
The Romans knew this being as the son of a high priest & dedicated
to Neptune. This is of interest since Neptune is the planet ruler
of Pisces the sign of the zodiac that is associated, esoterically,
with Chr-stianity.
Part 2.
John Winston. joh...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part tells more words that come from acient times.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
AMEN
Comes at the end of every Chr-stian prayer, yet is the Egyptian
word for the sun.
TECHNOLOGY from Tch, meaning serpent. The Egyptian Tec or Tek,
meant to find a way around.
(Corporate logos, many of them from the "SILICON" companies,
feature subliminal references to the serpent motif, for instance,
Apple, Teknekron, Nec, Sun, Nikken, AT&T, Intel, CNN, Isuzu,
Chevrolet, etc,.)
OTHER WORDS & CORRESPONDENCES TO THE SERPENT
The founders of Chr-stianity, knew of their indebtedness to the
antique Egyptian rel-gions, but knew also that the iconography &
customs of the past had either to be customized to suit a biography,
or be utterly denigrated. The serpent was the most ambiguous symbol
of ancient times & the patriarchs were especially threatened by
its intimate connection with the Stellar & Lunar Cults & with the
female g-ddess. As stated above, the hieroglyph of the serpent
actually stood for go-dess & for the mysteries of the Priestess
class, who were the initiators into wisdom. For this reason it had
to undergo deconstruction.
Here are a few terms, some obvious, some not, relating to the
serpent, to reveal just how pervasive the symbol was:
OPHION
CAAN/CAHEN/CIARAN
LADON (guardian of the garden of Hesperides)
DRACO (giant constellation of supreme importance)
DRAGOONS (name used for certain royal appointed troops in Scotland
& England)
KERIDWEN (Welsh Serpent -oddess revered by the Pheryllt priests,
originally from Atlantis)
ADDERS (meant the Druid Magi)
PENDRAGON (kings of the Celtic peoples)
NACAAL, NAGAS, KUMARAS, CHERUBIM, SERAPHIM, NAHASH, AMARU, VOTAN,
HERME (all names of the Serpent)
BRIGHUS (holy men of India)
SHAKTI (personified as a Serpent)
CARIBBEAN (from Ka-rib, meaning Serpent of Atlantis)
SUMERIAN (from Sumaire, meaning Serpent)
LAKOTA (from the Sioux meaning snake)
AMERICA / AMARAKA (land of the Serpents)
NAGADEV (name of Siva)
CERNUNNOS / NIKOR (Celtic go-s connected with the Serpent)
DJEDHI / JEDHI /JEDI (meaning Serpent-Priests)
BARAKA (the Sufi name for the Serpent)
CARNAC / KARNAK
PHEONIX (has the double meaning of the Serpent)
SEKHMET / SEKHEM (the Serpent power)
NEC / NECH (translated as Serpent)
AZOTH (Alchemical Egg & Serpent)
PNEUMA (the mystic breath personified as a Serpent)
APEP / APOPHIS (serpent of darkness)
BUTO
NEHUSHTAN (rod of Moses changed into a Serpent)
NAGASH
NEKKET / NEKKEN / NIKKEN
HYDRA
AHRIMAN (Persian -od of Darkness)
SHAITAN
TREE OF LIFE /KABALA (contains the imagery of the Serpent Cults)
THE NUMBER 9
THE NUMBER 18 (CADUCEUS)
THE MALE SPERM - always depicted as a cobra with an open hood,
hence the frequency of times when the cobra is seen with a circle or
orb, which represented the female ovum.
THE LEMNISCATE
THE NUMBER 88 (number connected with Mercury & Hermes)
THE POPE'S CROZIER
THE DOLLAR SIGN $
ART - (from Egyptian Aart, meaning Serpent)
*********************
ASTRO-THEOLOGY & THE BI-LE:
http://www.taroscopes.com/astrotheology2.html
****************************
Th-le is located at the center of the Metasphere, the very core of
the apple. Thu-e's star is the Great Central Sun Thul- is located
at the center of the Metasphere, the very core of the apple. -hule's
star is the Great Central Sun which shines through all the other
stars in the universe, as a lamp through windows. It's also called
the Star of Life.
"I have reached these lands but newly
From an ultimate dim T-ule,
A wild, weird clime that lieth, sublime,
Out of space -- out of time."
-- Edgar Alan Poe
The Earth..."
" Hidden, from normal view, are many mysteries. QUEST "ONward".
V.I.T.R.I.O.L.
The book "ETIDORHPA" (Aphrodite spelled backward) describes an
amazing trip through the caverns of the Inner Earth in detail. It
also presents some of the Philosophy and Scientific truths the Guide
imparted to the "QUESTOR".
Part 3 of 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Lately a person has asked me if Oregon is a good place to live
during all of these changes. The following information seems to
suggest that no place on the surface of this Earth will be safe.
This comes from Sheldan so if you hate him please don't read the
following. If you detest channeling you might best not read this.
One of my internet friends, when she was told that some of the
rescue ships may be piloted by non-humans, said that she would
rather die than get on a space craft that was driven by any
non-human. They were planning to use the non-humans in case they
didn't have enough humans to pilot all the crafts. I didn't know
what to tell this person.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: T
Subject: Sheldan Nidle - Inner earth brethren creating Eden-like
realms for us...
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the
Galactic Federation
13 Manik, 10 Mac, 10 Caban
------------------------------------------------------------
----
Selamat Jarin! We come again! At this very moment, dear Hearts,
much is occurring on your world. Let us examine the transition
period that lies ahead. In doing so, we will enlarge upon how we
intend to interact with you.
Currently, our fleet's main liaisons are helping to forge the
unfolding events that signal your approaching transition period. Our
liaisons are most confident that these events will occur in the very
near future. Then, through the good offices of our earthly allies, we
intend to make a series of vitally important announcements.
Initially, we will provide you with a series of substantive programs
that focus on your integration procedures and upon who we are. It is
crucial that you be fully educated concerning what you are going
through and its transformational effect on you. These announcements
will be accompanied by a number of special flyovers across your
entire world. We have come here, at the divine behest of He-ven, to
reunite with our Earth family. You have reached the moment when you
are about to progress from planet-bound human to true, galactic
Being.
Following these broadcasts, we will assist your new gov-rnments in
the immediate introduction of a range of new technologies that will
reduce your present pollution of Mother Earth. Another device will
establish a free and global exchange of ideas. It is essential that
those who seek to expand your world's consciousness be allowed to do
so as freely as possible. It is vital that you be provided a new
form of transportation. Although your g-vernments have produced
craft and similar technology in se-ret, they lack both a truly
abundant global economy and the necessary manufacturing technology,
which we and our earthly allies will provide. It is time for your
society to make its next great evolutionary leap, so that you will
be more able to understand the subsequent steps in your development.
Now, you will be given an interval, to be decided by He-ven and by
Mother Earth, in which to assimilate a vast amount of knowledge and
technology. This time will allow you to more easily prepare for your
next move - full consciousness.
Full consciousness is the Creator's greatest gift. It is given
only to those who have finished a true integration of their physical,
mental, emotional and spi-itual parts. Now, that process is under
way. However, its most important aspect occurs when those who are
undergoing such a change understand the process that they are
experiencing. Therefore, you must be informed about it openly and
officially. We will transmit our broadcasts in full cooperation
with our earthly allies. We are also in the process of arranging an
extensive training program for your medical professionals that will
align your medical system more closely to our own.
It will end your reliance upon medical practices that are harmful
to your health. Once your world's medical knowledge has been updated
and improved, we feel assured that it will enter a period of
unprecedented and unsurpassed medical miracles. And, as you become
more aware of this period of integration, you will be more able to
understand the operation of your new cultural, gove-nmental and
financial systems. This will lead, in turn, to the conditions that
H-aven has foretold will occur before your next step.
That next step will carry you into Inner Earth. To do this, we
have forged a special connection between the peoples of Inner Earth
and our human allies. Our broadcasts will include an account of
your true history and explain how your subterranean relatives have
looked after you. Previously, as a result of a number of divine
edicts, the inhabitants of Inner Earth kept their intervention to
a minimum. Now, they have prepared an almost endless array of
enclaves for you. Within these Eden-like realms, you will complete
your transformation into fully conscious Beings. Your Inner Earth
brethren have assumed the task of advising you on this next step and
how it will be realized. All parties concerned with the development
and outcome of your education process have reached a series of mutual
understandings. They have set up two basic procedures. The first
involves the education operation itself, while the second concerns
your successful transition to your new residences. These discussions
raised many questions that the just-completed agreements have fully
addressed.
Our main problem was how best to explain to you the final stages of
your transformation. For you to accomplish these last steps, you
need to be suffused in the energies of Mother Earth and your Sun.
The surface of your planet was not feasible. As you go through your
mutation into fully conscious Beings, she will be undergoing her
own transition, as well. Thus, the surface of your world will be
temporarily uninhabitable. Massive evacuations of Mother Earth's
present flora and fauna to special environments on our Motherships
will be required. You, dear Hearts, will be re-located to a special
environment deep within your world. There, caressed by the loving
energies of your world, you finally will reach your peak.
There, as we have mentioned, you will reunite, at last, with the
other part of Mother Earth's human population, as yet unknown to you.
At long last, the great division caused by the destruction of
Lemuria will come to an end.
Many of you remain mystified about Inner Earth and about the
history of Mother Earth. Your planet arose approximately 10 billion
years ago when gravitational tidal waves caused your recently
formed Sun to eject vast amounts of materials. Then, for another 5
billion years, Earth remained in a semi-molten and highly elastic
state. Your planet cooled slowly, forming around central vortices
that provided its life force. These vortexes originated in Earth's
central singularity, which became her core. As the mantle formed,
huge caverns were fashioned by magnetic anomalies, which were created
by interactions between these vortices and the core. Gradually, a
crust took shape, forming Earth's divine container. Above this crust,
an acrid atmosphere formed that was the perfect medium for Earth's
future flora and fauna.
Presently, dear Ones, your scientists do not understand the
importance of your primitive atmosphere from which the
proto-firmament originated.
Here, huge quantities of ice-crystal meteorites were first
caressed and then allowed to fall upon your world, cooling her crust
and setting in motion events that molded your vast hydrosphere.
Within this watery environment, life, frozen in ice crystals and
then incubated in the atmosphere, was allowed to flourish. A chain
of divinely prophesied events occurred that led to the great past
ages of ever-evolving life discovered by your geologists.
What they failed to document was the reaction of atmosphere, earth
and water to life. Everything was alive and interconnected. Life
grew, in this immense medium, to what you now know. In the time to
come, it will be transformed one more time.
Mother Earth is alive! She teems with enormous cavern worlds that
possess unique energies. There, life, ranging from the simplest
organisms to the most complex, has existed for millions and
billions of your years. In your evolutionary future, you will
acquire a new definition of life and of sentiency. Many things and
many processes upon your planet are still unknown to you. Your
science is undergoing a paradigm shift, the immensity of which
it can scarcely grasp. You, too, are undergoing a shift in
consciousness, which you are unable, as yet, to fully comprehend. We
are fully aware of these things. We also realize the true extent of
your potential. You are just on the brink of that realization. Our
coming is only a harbinger of this new beginning. We eagerly
anticipate the opportunity to assist you in embarking upon this next
stage of your journey.
Today, we have discussed more of what the future holds for you. We
ask you simply to remain fully committed to assisting in the
manifestation of this glorious world, according to Heav-n's divine
prophecy. Our mission is to ensure that what has been agreed upon
will unfold according to plan. We now take our leave.
Blessings, dear Hearts! Know that the countless Abundance and
Prosperity of H-aven is yours! Amen.
Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! Be in Joy!)
--------------------------------------------------------
-
Planetary Activation Organization | Mailing Address: P. O. Box
880151,
Pukalani, Maui, HI 96788-0151 U.S.A.
Voicemail: (808) 243-0728 | Fax: (808) 573-2867 |
E-mail: p...@hawaii.rr.com
Website address: www.paoweb.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I believe that Osirus was a person who attempted to make the world
a better place. His sister Isis was also a very active person. In
the past a person by the name of Campbell put a few TV shows out that
talked about many myths that have come down to us today. A lot of
myths were told about Osirus and his sister Isis. Here is some
information about Atlantis.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: ATLANTIS AND ANTARCTICA
Of course. Ignatius Donnelly in Atlantis : The Antediluvian World
mentioned all of these similarities. They are the cornerstone of
modern Atlantology. RS]
The chronological gap of 4 millennia between the end of Atlantis
and the archaeological findings of the most ancient known
civilizations (such as Mohenjo Daro, Ur and so on), is only apparent
due to the thawing of the northern hemisphere's icecap; the sea
level has been constantly rising during the first 4 millennia after
the end of the Pleistocene, for a total amount of possibly 130
meters, thus submerging any remnants of populations established
along the coasts. This is confirmed by the existence of submerged
structures all over the world, like the great pyramid off Yonaguny
Island (Japan), the remnants of a town off the Cadiz coast and so on.
UNQUOTE
The following information was taken from an article by the late
British Atlantologist, Dr. Egerton Skyes, that appeared in The
Atlantis Magazine in September 1973 (page 95). "All three [Bimini,
Andros, North Sea] are facets of the megalithic culture, which
lasted until BC 1500 and which may well have started in BC 10,000 in
Atlantis. The ruins which we have been able to find are those which
were on the European and American continental shelves which endured
until BC 6000, the date when the Atlantic broke through into the
Mediterranean by the Straits of Gibraltar, into the North Sea by Ys
(JW I can't seem to make out that word.) and Lyonysse; and into the
Caribbean and surrounding islands of Bimini and Andros. The cause
was probably the melting of glacial ice sheets in the North, the
same as that which forced the Thalassic peoples to leave Central
Asia." (JW It is my opinion that Atlantis was a continent that
lay off the coast of Florida. Many of the roads, buildings and
temples can still be found just under the ocean water near the
Island of Bimini. The capital of Atlantis was called Poseiden the
same name that was used to name one of our present day missiles.
Some of our present day towns are named after Atlantis such as
Atlanta.)
There were Polar Axis Shifts, with accompanying melting polar
ice-caps, in 1587, 5187 and 8787 BCE. The fact that the "megalithic
culture" lasted until about 1500 BCE undoubtedly reflects the axis
shift of 1587; and the date for the Atlantic's breaking through into
the Mediterranean, along with other contemporaneous events, most
certainly could be more accurately dated at 5187 BCE, rather than
closer to 6000 BCE.
In the book Atlantis Rising by Brad Steiger (Dell, 1973) we find
these observations. (JW There are many explanations given for the
sinking of Atlantis. One of them was that Atlantis started out very
well and didn't bother any other country. As they became more
technically advanced they developed methods of using large crystals
for mass distruction. Once when they attempted to attach the
continent of Mu they directed the energy from the rays of the giant
crystals directly at Mu by sending it partially through the Earth.
This energy set off and caused the gas pockets in the Earth that
were chambers, that held up Atlantis. When these chamber blew up
it caused these chambers to collapes, thus causing Atlantis to
sink.) "In the January 1969 issue of Fate magazine, Hugh Auchincloss
Brown reports on the evidence that indicates that the Temple of
Serapis at Pozzuoli on the Adriatic Sea's Gulf of Venice was erected
by artisans of a civilization that existed 12,000 to 19,000 years
ago. Brown writes that the temple must have been erected when the
site was above sea level, as it is at the present time, but that it
has been below sea level by at least 20 feet, judging by the holes
left by boring clams 15 to 20 feet above the present sea level. The
creators of the great marble columns had tools that enabled their
workmanship to rival the Egyptians'. According to Brown: 'The
present location of Pozzuoli is approximately 460 North Latitude,
but at the time the Temple was erected its latitude was 400. The
earth did a roll-around which was caused by the eccentric rotating
mass of ice at the North Pole, and Pozzuoli moved to approximately
650 North Latitude at which time the temple was submerged.'"
These conclusions of Mr. Brown confirm my own (as well as Dr.
Immanuel Velikovsky's) placement of the previous North Polar Zone in
the North Atlantic Ocean and the zone previous to that in the
upper South Atlantic Ocean. If this Temple of Serapis was
constructed when its present geographical location was at about 400
North Latitude, then it must have been erected when the North Pole
was located between Nigeria and Brazil. At that time the Gulf of
Venice was located at about 350 North Latitude, rather than at its
present latitude of 460 North. Then following the Polar Axis Shift
of 5187 BCE, when the Atlantic broke through the Straits of
Gibraltar and thereby raised the level of the Mediterranean Sea,
the site of the Temple of Serapis in the Gulf of Venice not only
would have most likely been submerged but also would have been
located at about 550 North Latitude.
Thus, when the North Pole was positioned between Spain and Quibec,
south of Greenland, from 5187-1587 BCE, the level of the
Mediterranean Sea must have been at least 20 feet higher than its
present level. This would also help explain recent enigmas discovered
in the Black Sea. Finally, following the Polar Axis Shift of 1587
BCE, the level of the sea decreased and exposed the Temple of Serapis
once again, now located at its current latitude.
Finally, here is additional miscellaneous information which is
taken from the book We Are Not The First by Andrew Tomas (Bantam
Books, 1971), pages 74-76. This information in included here for
the record.
QUOTE
The people of antiquity believed in the tremendous ages of the
world and mankind, which they estimated in tens of thousands and
even millions of years. To the European of Napoleonic times, the
earth and man were created by G-d only several thousand years ago.
However, the Asiatics had different views.
The Brahmins of India calculated the duration of the universe, or
the Day of Brahma, to be 4.32 billion years. The Druses of Lebanon
set the beginning of creation at 3.43 billion years. The present
age of the earth is considered to be about 4.6 billion years, ( JW
In my opinion that is correct. Some space people say that and most
scientist of today say that.), whereas that of the crust is 3.3
billion years. There are strange parallels between these figures.
What is really extraordinary is the pundits' time reckoning in
milliards of years -- cosmic chronology of this type was unknown
until this century.
According to Simplicius (sixth century A.D.) ancient Egyptians
kept records of astronomical observations for 630,000 years. The
archives of Babylon were 470,000 years old, wrote Cicero with a
remark that he did not believe this claim. Hipparchus
(c. 190-125 B.C.) mentioned Assyrian chronicles stretching back for
270,000 years.
The Egyptian priests told Herodotus [sic -- actually it was Solon,
whose visit was mentioned by Plato in Timaeus & Critias] in the
fifth century B.C. that the sun had not always risen where it rose
then. This implied that they had kept records of the precession of
equinoxes, covering at least 26,000 years.
The Greek historian Diogenes Laertius (third century A.D.) claimed
that the astronomical records of Egyptian priests began in
49,219 B.C. He also referred to their registers of 373 solar and
832 lunar eclipses, which would involve a period of approximately
10,000 years.
The Byzantine historian George Syncellus said that the chroniclers
of the pharaohs had recorded all events for 36,525 years. Martianus
Capella (fifth century A.D.) wrote that the Egyptian sages had
secretly studied astronomy for over 40,000 years before they
imparted their knowledge to the world.
The first dynasty after the Deluge was traced by Babylonian
priests to a date 24,150 years before their time.
According to Codex Vaticanus A-3738, the Mayas had kept their
calendrical system since 18,612 B.C.
Herodotus places the reign of Osiris at about 15,500 B.C. from the
information given to him by the priests of the land of the Nile. He
made the remark that they were quite certain about the exactitude
of the date.
The lunar calendar of Babylon and the solar calendar of Egypt
coincided in the year 11,542 B.C. The calendrical computations of
India began with the year 11,652 B.C.
AB
> Subject: Invitation To Go To Eden. Apr. 6, 2002.
>
> Lately a person has asked me if Oregon is a good place to live
> during all of these changes.
Noooo! Belive me, Idaho will have a seashore, any day now.
Move to northern Idaho, or maybe Whitefish, Montana, or even Sedona,
but not Oregon. Taxes are high and it rains all the time anyway.
A "ladder-puller" B
John F. Winston
Here are many things about the Moon that I didn't know till now.
I am now looking at a Nov. 1984 issue of Fate magazine. On page
115 of the magazine it says the following information about the
Moon.
Moon Metal
In the moon's northern hemisphere a mass of twisted metal plates,
broken-up; constrctions and bizarre bits of machinery stretch morth
and sounth for 200 miles, pilled up in a formation named the
"Caucasus Mountains." This is said to be amateur astronomers'
favorite view and no wonder-- no matter how often one has seen it,
its impact is always shocking.
The Carpathian Mountins just north of the Crater Copernicus are
almost identical in appearance, One can only speculate about what
sort of event brought about all of this destruction and why all of
these artifical looking objects are there in the first place--
Jack P. Swaney, Las Vegas, Nev.
JW Jack then made a sketch that they printed in the magazine of
this area. One object looks like a gigantic muffer and other
pieces of metal machinery are shown.
..............
JW Now on to other strange things about our Moon.
..............
From: S
Subject: Hollow Moon?
I found this part most interesting...
The Moon is hollow. It contains huge underground facilities built
by E.T.'s and later humans from Earth. There are seven openings into
the Moon's crust, and the underground bases. Conservative scientists
have wondered why so many craters seem so shallow, despite their
size. The Andromedans say, it's because much of the surface was built
on top of a metallic shell of a circular space crest; or " A W-r
Carrier ", as the Andromedans describe it.
An example of a shallow, but large crater would be the crater
Gagarin. This crater is roughly 185 miles across, but is only 4.5
to 5 miles deep. Based on the impact and size across the craters
welt on the surface, the depth should be 4 to 6 times that deep. In
fact, all the craters are the same; they are too shallow. They defy
known science. Many of the craters have been artificially created.
The Andromedans have said that many of the craters on the far side
were in fact domed cities at one time and that they were destroyed
during a wa- that goes back 113,000 yrs. Many were used as domed
cities and other larger craters were used as space craft hangers
capable of capable of housing 200 craft. The surface bases consisted
of 9 domed cities which would be equal to a small city. Small lakes
or ponds were scattered along the surface. The remains of these
domed structures were discovered by N-A astronauts, Russian
astronauts, and the NA-A Apollo astronauts. The true mil-tary complex
of the moon is now underground. Entrances to this alien and Human
base is at both poles, the Taurus Mountains, Jules Verne crater
on the far side and Archimedes.
These are the original entrances. The bl-ck gov-rnment has created
more openings and is currently expanding the underground complex.
The expansion is for the operation of private scientific and
mi-itary agendas for the Wo-ld Order. Andromedans also state that
it was a mil-tary outpost, until it was needed in our part of the
galaxy to end a rebellion that was taking place. The personnel
consisted of Reptilian, half-human/half-reptilian and those who
would be known as humans. Many of the original structures on the
surface of the moon were destroyed during what the what the
Andromedans refer to as the "Bla-k League Conflict". This was a
battle fought by humans of different systems that formed a s-cret
alliance, and fought the tyranny of the Orion Empire. Continuous
destruction occurred on one side of the moon as it was being
transported here by space debris. The side that suffered the
heaviest destruction is the visible side we see. The destruction
was caused by particle beam weapons when our Moon was located in
the orbit of Maldek, now a destroyed planet. Our present Moon was
one of two moons, that orbited it. The second moon, I'm told, is
the moon Phobos. It also has ruins on it, as does Venus which was a
moon of Uranus. Uranus is abundant with plant and mammal life. The
glass that is abundantly spread over the moons surface came from the
Domed cities that were once on this -ar carrier. I would like at
this point to explain how the moon is supposed to have gravity.
Now this is Andromedan science and it flies in the face of our
own science. But regardless, here is the Andromedan reasons for the
moon having gravity. Our sun produces a highly penetrating radiation
in the electromagnetic spectrum. This frequency is approximately a
trillion cycles a second. This frequency is located between the
lower portion of the infrared and radar band. It is this radiation
from the sun that causes gravity, not the planets rotation. I will
explain more of this when we address the hollow Earth. The Andromedan
science claims that any planetary body that is 29.3 miles in size
and is exposed to a sun, is capable of a gravity field. Even if it is
not rotating on its axis. The Andromedans have related the following
series of events to me. They have said that this information has been
recorded. I have not seen this yet. So, I'm relaying this information
to you the reader in faith of its accuracy. Upon arriving on the
surface of the moon, the -SA astronauts, together with their tour
guides, the Greys, were taken to the underground facilities where the
remains and skeletons of Reptilian-like beings and human beings were
found. Also, old Orion technology was discovered. This location has
been identified by the Andromedans as underneath the crater named
Jules Verne. The Andromedans say the size of this facility hidden
under the hidden side of the moon is approximately the size of New
York state. These huge underground facilities contain large lakes,
plant life of Earth, alien form manufacturing machinery, food
storage facilities, and space craft hangers. Also, alien writing is
to be witnessed on the walls in the hallways. The NS- astronauts
also were shown eight vaults that were sealed, but information
regarding their contents has not been disclosed to me. Artificial
Terra environments are being created all the time to house and
support hand-picked personnel by the Wor-d Government. The human
leader of this base or facility is called Mr. Secretary. The Moon
now houses approximately 36,719 human beings from Earth, a small
colony; only Ar-ans by birth. According to the work that is being
done above and underground to expand the facilities, the Andromedans
foresee a population of 600,000 in the very near future. Much contact
is taking place on the moon between regressive aliens and W-rld Order
humans. Currently, the Wo-ld Order has fifty-three Earth built UFO
type space craft on the moon. Also, other weapons beings built on
the moon are particle beam weapons, lasers, nuclear bomb satellites,
and anti-matter weapon systems. Anti-gravity anomalies on Earth were
used to send equipment and hardware to the Moon. Pine Gap, Australia
and Diego Garcia Island in the Indian Ocean were the primary
launching areas. Also, Siberia in---------------------also water,
lakes, and vegetation. They are literally turning it into a
habitable colony. From there, the Wor-d Govern-ent decided to go to
Mars in March of 1959. This ultra se-ret space program was developed
and launched largely from the Soviet Union, simply because of its
natural resources and size. They could virtually do everything in
s-cret. Upon first arriving on the moon, the Worl- Order astronauts,
with help from the Grays, reopened the ancient underground facility.
We've had a working colony on the moon since 1961, according to the
Andromedans. When the Apollo astronauts landed on the moon, the
-orld Order had been there for some time. This knowledge and
technology was withheld from the lower levels of N-SA and our
mi-itary. NA-A has been used as a blind to keep the people from
truly knowing what was going on out there. The astronauts were
silenced under threats and they remain so today. I would like at
this point to share some old history or events that the Andromedans
say is important. I have not been able to find any information about
these events, however, because the Andromedans specifically brought
it up, I am going to share it. In 1953 Earth satellites and radar
showed large objects coming towards Earth. These were Gray
motherships. These time-traveling spacecraft were the same craft
seen near Venus in 1787, 1788, and 1789. In the year 1645 a large
moon seen near Venus, was seen coming and going four times. This
was a mothership from Sirius B. In November of 1844, the large
craft seen illuminating part of Mars was an Orion mothership. The
same craft illuminated Mercury in 1799. The same craft, which is
spherical, crossed the Sun on March 26, 1859. On the eclipse of
July 29, 1878, the two large glowing bodies seen between Mercury
and Venus, were Pleaidian and Andromedan motherships, moving through
our part of the galaxy. In 1783 and 1787, the large bright lights
that were seen on the moon were not volcanoes.
They were Pleaidian motherships the creation of a self-rule
gove-nment. The first on Earth; America. In the month of February,
in the year 1894, the object photographed striking a huge b-ack
object was a carrier craft from Alpha Draconis. On April 4, 1892,
the craft that crossed the surface of the moon was not a large bird,
it was a craft that looked like it had wings. It was a craft from
Alpha Draconis. This same ship was last in this solar system ---on
January 27, 1912. Ladies and Gentlemen, this time in which we now
live is and will be known in our future as the end of the innocence.
We, as a planetary r-ce, must commit ourselves to the idea that
truth must survive. We have major challenges to face, and what
ever is the truth, we must do all that is necessary to stick
together. We have been torn and tattered, we have been betrayed. But
please, let's not give up on each other. We are capable of being
heroes. We can save the world, and our freedom. We must believe in
each other, and in ourselves.
May the Essence of Light Enlighten your Multidimensional
$=====$'$=========$$$$=========$'$=====$
(\o/)(((Frequencies)))
~~~~~~~~~~/_\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.(((Into New Transformations&Vibrations))))
<A HREF="http://fly.to/hollowearth">http://fly.to/hollowearth</A>
HREF="http://www.godlikeproductions.com/worldofthestrange/">
World of the Strange Message Board!</A>
Contact shns...@aol.com to ask for details. And Please visit our
~~~~~Louise A. Lowry~~~~~
John Winston john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is some information that is going around on the Interest
and I couldn't resist posting it. It may be a hoax but then it would
be nice if it were true.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Subject: Coming soon? - Alien Ships Order Hostilities to Stop!
April 9, 2002.
Internet News Service
(Special Report) Tel Aviv -- Huge alien crafts have positioned
themselves over major Middle East Cities as of early Tuesday
morning, broadcasting warning messages in several Earth languages
to cease all hostilities -- or be destroyed.
Populations in Israel and on the West Bank are in total shock
at huge spacecrafts -- the size of large cities -- hovering silently
over their heads.
Palestinian Leader Yassir Arafat has yet to respond, but Israeli
prime minister Ariel Sharon, after calling an emergency session
of his gov-rnment, has indicted that Israel will comply --
withdrawing all forces and tanks from the West Bank and ceasing
all hostilities.
U.S. Intelligence was asked for comment. An anonymous source at
N-A stated that the craft appeared to be part of an interplanetary
"police" force of some kind, but it was not clear what its actual
role was or where it was from.
A U.S. Mil-tary analyst remarked, "Whatever those ships are, they
have us outclassed. I guess they can call the shots on this one."
A UFO researcher with 25 years' experience (whose name has been
withheld by request) was asked why an alien r-ce would interfere
with our affairs. He reflected, "Perhaps they know this conflict
could escalate and seriously damage the earth -- and they decided
to stop it now."
The Wh-te House was not available for comment.
*********************************************************
NOTE : Alien Ships Order Hostilities to Stop!
(Sci-Fi/Fantasy)
*******************************************************
======================================
<<<RealUFOs>>>
"We know the truth is out there!"
===========================================
Post message: Real...@onelist.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@onelist.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@onelist.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Subject: When Did Osirus Live? Part 2. Apr. 8, 2002.
This part tells what this person thinks about Edgar Cayce.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
According to Plato, the Egyptian priests fixed the date of the
sinking of Atlantis at 9850 B.C., while the Zoroastrian books set
the "beginning of time" at 9600 B.C.
That these dates are correct can be questioned. But we cannot
escape the conclusion that the ancients were much closer to the
truth than the scholars and clerics of one and a half centuries ago
who thought that the world had been created in 4004 B.C., according
to the B-blical chronological study of Bishop Ussher.
The universe of the Brahmins was almost as old as that of modern
science. The chronicles of the Mayas, the Egyptians, and the
Babylonians went farther back in time than our history. In view of
what our science has yet to learn, it would be presumptuous to
accuse them of exaggeration.
The mental horizons of the peoples of antiquity were vast, and
we are only beginning to see today what they perceived yesterday.
The priests of Babylon and Egypt believed that man was civilized
500,000 years ago. They kept historical and astronomical records in
their archives, as Simplicius and Cicero tell us. We can smile at
these claims and give civilization 5,000 years to progress from the
chariot to the automobile, from bows and arrows to the atomic bomb,
from the boat to the spaceship.
UNQUOTE
Since 1973, I have been a charter lifetime member of the Ancient
Mediterranean Research Association headquartered in Los Angeles,
California.
Our Founder and Director is Professor Maxine Klein Asher, formerly
of Pepperdine University. The Co-Founder was Pepperdine Professor
Julian Nava, who later served as U.S. Ambassador to Mexico under
President Jimmy Carter.
I first became acquainted with Dr. Asher in 1973, because she was
in the news for her expedition to Spain to prove the discovery of
the Lost Atlantis. Accompanied by Spanish undersea diver Francisco
"Paco" Salazar Casero, she travelled with a university group to
Cadiz. Paco, she reported later, took some underwater photos of
Atlantean artifacts. But, as luck would have it, they were diving
and exploring too close to a top-secret naval facility and got
"chased out" of Spain as spies, fearing for their lives, and sought
refuge in Ireland. Back in New York City, Maxine gave a press
conference, and she got stories written in Time, Newsweek and US
News & World Report, as well as in various newspapers like The
Dallas Morning News. 1973 was also the same year that I'd taken up
the study of Atlantis myself, and I was most intrigued by her
expedition. However, before I ever heard of her, I'd already made
up my own mind that Atlantis was Antarctica, not some area only a
short mile or two off the coast of Cadiz.
Paco's pictures were blurry black-and-white images of a couple of
"ancient" vases, supposedly on the bottom of the ocean. There was no
size-frame of reference for anything, and no people were in these
pictures. But other than these pictures and her own account of
events as she chronicled in her book The Atlantis Conspiracy, over
the years Dr. Asher has produced absolutely no evidence of Atlantis
off/in Spain. And she has made over 40 trips to Spain in this
regard. She informed me several years ago that she has a lot of
"confidential" material which she is unable to reveal to anyone, not
even to trusted longtime association members like myself, who have
contributed money to the funding of one of her illustrious
expeditions to Cadiz and who were promised a full report which we
investors never received. Frankly, I don't buy it anymore. After
all these years, as well as the fact that she herself is getting
older, she should release some of this material to prove her
contention. Periodically she will send out a newsletter from AMRA,
faithfully I might add for 27 years. In it she will once again state
that an exciting new discovery is about to be made in Atlantis
research, so stay tuned for more details. After a while, it becomes
repetitively old news.
Atlantis was Antarctica. (JW I don't think it was.) Once whilst
on a trip to Southern California, I visited Dr. Asher and was
invited to lecture to the association. I took along my world polar
globe and demonstrated how Plato could have been referring to
Antarctica. Maxine and the group listened politely and applauded,
but I got the distinct impression that I was merely their
"curiosity program" of the month, that none of them intended to
give up the fantasy belief that Atlantis was off the coast of Cadiz.
Again, her newsletter arrived today. She had the following to
report about a recent television program which I personally did not
see and knew nothing about.
QUOTE
The Search For Atlantis
A&E Cable TV
September 10, 2000
A recent two-hour documentary about Atlantis was aired on A&E cable
television, narrated by Ted Danson. Everyone who viewed the show
thought it was a "nightmarish" collection of non-truths and omissions
obviously designed to abort Atlantis research and keep the truth
about the lost continent as a myth.
The show was hastily made and absolutely flawed. Here are some of
the errors.
1) The show claimed that Plato made up his story about Atlantis
because he was upset over the death of Socrates. There is absolutely
no truth in this statement and it cannot be documented.
2) The documentary stated that Columbus was searching for Atlantis.
This is untrue. Columbus was aware of Atlantis but his primary goal
was to find new land for the Spanish crown.
3) That statement that if Atlantis exists, it is either in Bolivia
or Antarctica (where it obviously is not). No mention was made of
either Spain or Bimini where most Atlantis research has taken place.
No mention was made of Dr. David Zink or the Cayce explorations at
Bimini. Bimini was mentioned in one sentence, glossed over, and no
photographs were displayed, even though ample film exists about
this site.
4) The daughter of the deceased Greek archaeologist Marinatos was
shown on camera, giving the wrong dates for Santorini (Thera) and
claiming it was not Atlantis. No mention was made of Marinatos'
mentor, Dr. Angeles Galanopolous, a superb archaeologist, whose book
in 1968 was irrefutable proof of the connection between Atlantis
and Thera. Recent datings of Thera in "Archaeology" Magazine
pre-date the statements made on the TV show by more than 3,000
years.
5) Both Edgar Cayce and Madame Helena Blavatsky were made to look
like fools. Statements made about these two mystics were totally
in error and very defamatory.
6) One-half hour was devoted to Hitler and his desire to turn
Germany into Atlantis, using Atlantis as the reason for the
Holocaust. We know that Hitler was intrigued by Atlantis but the
causes of the Holocaust were complex and only marginally related
to the Atlantis story.
There were other major errors and omissions. The show closed with
a picture of the new Atlantis Hotel and Casino in the Bahamas
showing a gambling table and hinting that this was probably what
Atlantis was like.
Your editor appealed to A&E, to Ted Danson and to the two sponsors
of the show, but no response was received.
UNQUOTE (JW I saw the show and agree with this lady completely.)
By "other major errors and omissions" Dr. Asher is undoubtedly
referring to the fact that A&E did not consult or interview her for
this program. She's been claiming for years that she is going to
produce her own movie or television program about Atlantis and
finally reveal all, but she's never struck a deal with anybody
despite her Hollywood connections. She is a friend of
actress-dancer Ann Miller, who was affiliated with this association
at one time. Ann Miller accompanied Maxine to Cairo on an expedition
to search for possible clues as to the location of the buried annals
of Atlantis. They were wined and dined in style by the Mayor of
Cairo and other notables, for the most part academics. They
discovered nothing, but they sure did have a good time, sailing up
and down the River Nile! As part of the trip, they invited flautist
Paul Horn along. He received permission from the Egyptian
antiquities department to record some flute music inside the King's
and Queen's Chambers of the Great Pyramid and the Second Pyramid.
AMRA was partly behind the recording and marketing of this album.
I have a copy (two-record volume), and it is some of the most
breathtakingly beautiful music that I have ever heard. The album
set featured an insert, describing the expedition and the process
of recording the music, in which Dr. Asher is shown photographed
with Paul Horn at the Pyramid Complex. This album is probably no
longer available. For your information, Paul Horn also recorded a
live album in the Taj Mahal, which I have heard; but I think it
pales compared to the acoustics of the Pyramids, where the internal
echoes of the notes being played intermingle with the actual melody
-- it is fascinating music and so totally pleasing to the ear and
relaxing to the mind! Everybody who had a hand in that Pyramid
flute project should be complimented and congratulated.
As for item 3 above, Dr. David Zink wrote a book titled The
Stones Of Atlantis describing his research concerning the Bimini
Blocks, as well as linking Atlantis to legends of "Pleiadian G-ds"
which are prevalent in Central and South America. This is an
excellent book, and I have a copy.
There is/was another undersea explorer named J. Manson Valentine
who conducted similar research from his base in Miami. He has also
been affiliated with Maxine and AMRA in past years. As for Edgar
Cayce, he is ultimately only another "cha-neler", nothing more nor
less. His information must therefore be discounted, and it is
surprising that Maxine continues to site the Cayce Foundation. (JW
It is my opinion that Cayce was one of the greatest proclaimer of
truth that this world had ever known.) And one cannot even begin to
put Cayce into the same intellectual category with Madame Blavatsky,
if indeed that is what the program implied, as Maxine reported (see
item 5).
Regarding item 4, I do not know what she is really referring to
here. Her statements are confusing because she herself doesn't
believe that Atlantis was Santorini. Her statement about the
dating of the Thera/Santorini Cataclysm is equally obscure;
Santorini is definitively dated to about 1500-1600 BCE -- there is
no argument here at all from anyone.
In short, it is w-a-y over time for Dr. Maxine Asher to put up
or shut up.
Rob Sol`rion, Texas, 16 October 2000 (JW Rob and I are good
internet friends. We fuss and fight a lot but we still get along
just fine.)
-------------------------------------------------------------
John F. Winston
Here is some information from a physical person called Cmdr. Lyur.
He is a normal person who has started dealing with the space people,
and a while back he moved from somewhere in Europe over to the USA.
He will be quoting some material that is given in capital letters
and this information is channeled, so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: "Cmdr.Lyur" <cptn...@wnclink.com>
Subject: Message from Morvica, Galactic Confederation
This is below a message from Morvica, of the Galactic
Confederation, Channeled thru MirRa
FYI and discernment.
Please do not confuse the appearance of spaceships mentioned here
with the plan of the low hierarchies to project giant holograms from
sattelites in the skies of all countries in a near future.
Also please use the opportunity of the Golden Light Grid Activation
of April 13, to visualize the Fleet of the Ashtar Command disarming
and rending inoperative all atomic weapons and other weapons that are
being planned to be used in the months to come. What we focus on
becomes reality. All Lightworkers making this visualization actually
give the Fleet of the Galactic Confederation of Light permission to
intervene and neutralize all those weapons. They have done this in
the past....
Please note also that the events of the Middle East are made to
distract the attention of the Lightworkers on a single area, and that
the focus of the oncoming activations should be made to all the
planet as a whole body, and not on any specific area. The very
same for the grids (A, B, Crystal Grid, Starseed Grid, Golden Light
Grid, Starfleet Grid). Visualize all the grids being activated at
the same time, and all over the planet, all key points receiving
Golden Light at the same time, no more no less on each point, all
in equal amounts.
Bless you for your service to this planet.
Golden Love in the Light of our Radiant One
Cmdr.Lyur/Coordinator Worldwide Unified Ashtar Command
<http://groups.yahoo.com/group/CmdrLyur_List/>
Join the U-AC :
apply to cptn...@wnclink.com <mailto:cptn...@wnclink.com>
***********************************
Morvica on Changes
GREETINGS MY BELOVED FRIENDS!
I AM MORVICA IN LIGHT AND IN SERVICE
IT IS A GREAT PLEASURE TO JOIN YOU TONIGHT
MY DEAR FRIENDS
WE COME TONIGHT WITH A VERY SPECIAL MESSAGE TO ALL:
WE WISH TO SPEAK ABOUT CERTAIN RUMORS AND ANNOUNCEMENTS THAT ARE
BEING DOWNLOADED AND THAT NEED TO BE SHARED WITH EVERY CONTACT OR
RELATING GROUPS OF WHAT AND HOW THE NEXT PHASE FOR YOUR ASCENSION
PLAN WILL BE LIKE.
AS YOU HAVE BEEN JUST TOLD, THERE WILL BE SCATTERED APPEARANCES
IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE GLOBE. THESE WILL BE TO PREPARE THE MASS
CONSCIOUSNESS FOR THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE GALACTIC FEDERATION OF
PLANETS.
THIS WILL BRING ABOUT MUCH CONFUSION AS THE SIGHTINGS WILL
INCREMENT AND MORE POPULATED AREAS WILL BE WITNESSING THE SHIPS.
WE WORK WITH ALL THE BEINGS WHO HAVE LOVINGLY JOINED THIS AREA OF
YOUR PLANET TO SUPPORT THE PLAN OF TERRAS ASCENSION. AND WE HAVE
ALL COME HERE TO DO OUR PART AS EACH ONE OF YOU ON TERRA ARE DOING
THE SAME TO MAKE THIS HAPPEN.
THERE WILL ALSO BE A WITHDRAWAL OF PUBLIC PERSONALITIES IN THE
NEAR FUTURE THESE WILL SORT OF DISAPPEAR FROM THE FRONT NEWS PAGES.
THEY WILL BE REMOVED SLOWLY.
THIS IS CURRENTLY HAPPENING AS THE WHOLE WORLDS ATTENTION IS
FOCUSED ON THE TURMOIL IN THE MID-EAST BELOVED FRIENDS.
THIS IS ALL A PLAN THAT WILL NOT BEAR THE FRUITS WHICH THOSE IN
CONTROL WISH TO SEE FOR THOUGH WE CANNOT INTERFERE WITH THE FREE
WILL OF YOU, WE CAN INDEED CONTROL THAT WHICH WILL HARM, DAMAGE,
ALTER, OR DO ANYTHING TO JEOPARDIZE THE ASCENSION OF TERRA.
THAT IS WHAT OUR PRESENCE HERE REPRESENTS AND FOR HER ASCENSION
THERE ARE NEEDED SOULS THAT HAVE OPENED THEIR THIRD EYE SO THAT WHEN
THE TIME COMES THEY WILL SEE AND KNOW WHAT IS REAL AND THAT WHICH
IS NOT. WITH SOME EFFORT AND TIME DEDICATED TO OPENING THIS AREA
YOU WILL SOON HAVE NO NEED FOR THE USE OF OTHERS TO GIVE YOU
MESSAGES AS EACH ONE WILL RECEIVE THEM, ALL THE SAME TIME.
AND THIS WILL BE THE SIGN THAT WILL IDENTIFY YOU WHEN THE CONTACT
OFFICIALLY HAPPENS MY FRIENDS. WE ARE HERE FOR THIS.
WE ARE HERE TO BACK UP THE PLAN AND WE ARE HERE TO HELP YOU MAKE
THIS TRANSITION.
THERE ARE MANY DIFFERENT MESSAGE COMING DOWN TO YOU. THESE ARE TO
BE HANDLED WITH GREAT DISCERNMENT AS THE GROUPS ARE GATHERING..
LEARN TO RECOGNIZE WHAT IT IS THAT YOU WILL BE CULTIVATING FOR THOSE
THAT WILL BE APPROACHING YOU FOR AID. YOU ARE LIGHT WORKERS DOWN
THERE AS WE ARE LIGHT WORKERS UP HERE.
I WILL THEN TAKE MY LEAVE,
I AM MORVICA , IN SERVICE AND LIGHT!
UNTIL WE MEET AGAIN
Channeled thru MirRa
04.03.02
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I hope my skull doesn't crack when I actually something good about
a certain organization. I was once taught by a ex-leader of a Blue
Lodge all that was bad with these people. The strange thing about
it was that I never believed that they were bad. My father was one
of them and he was buried with full honors. That consisted of a
lot of ritual and what have you. During the last 30 years of his
life he was not active in this group. My father offered to let me
join the young people's group of this organization but my mother
said no. Here is some information about this organization.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: The Templar/Islamic Battle Continues...
What is currently going on is an extension of an "Ancient
conflict".
The U-A occult Ma-onic Founding Fathers can trace their origins
back to the Knights Templar whom, like today, battled with those
Islamic connected forces.
King James I (JW In my opinion I have met the present incarnation
of King James. His name at time was Allan Nuenan, Cosmic End Time
Messiah. He was an ex-professor who had quiet the Berkeley
University during the times that he was distributing LSD to his
students. Governor Brown Jr. was a devoted student of Allan but I
don't know whether he took any of the LSD. Allan claimed that his
students had been in a previous lifetime space craft pilots who had
followed him in this lifetime. He claimed that his students were also
the so called 70 scholars who translated the King James version of
the Bi-le. He also claimed to be Daniel who was thrown in the Lion's
Den. In this lifetime he was thrown in jail for his beliefs and also
for passing out LSD to his students who were supposed to be ex-space
craft pilots.)( http://watch.pair.com/ )
The virgin Queen Elizabeth died in 1603 and, (JW It seems to me
that the wonderful virgin Queen once had a son with Sir Walter
Raleigh, but I could be wrong on that one.) James VI of Scotland
(son of Elizabeth's cousin, Mary, Queen of Scots), (JW My teacher
and Guru was the present incarnation of Mary Queen of Scots.
Elizabeth had a disagreement with Mary Queen of Scots and had Mary
beheaded. It was always interesting to me to hear him tell of his
lifetime as Mary Queen of Scots. Once while he was in a grade school
class studying the history of that time, he would answer the questions
about that time period. He would even answer the question without
being asked by the teacher. She would then say, "Merele we know
that you have studied you book and know the answers very well but
don't answer the questions until you are called upon." He then
stated that he had not read his book but he knew the answers. He
was then told in no uncertain terms to keep quite.), became King
James I of England. Upon his accession to the throne, England and
Scotland were united. Also, James received a petition signed by
1,000 Puritan clergymen for a new translation of the B-ble. It seems
that the King James' Authorized Version of the Bi-le was the result
of conflict between the Epis-opalians and the Pur-tans:
"King James was confronted with two re-igious parties - the
Epi-copalians and the P-ritans - each seeking to dominate the
course of the English reformation.
Though raised in Pres-yterian Scotland, James preferred the
epi-copal notion of the 'divine right of kings,' a dogma based on
Scripture such as Pro-erbs 16:10. ('No bishop - no king!') For
this reason he despised the Geneva Bible with its republican
notes. (e.g., a note at Ex-dus 1:19 commended the Hebrew midwives
for their disobedience to Pharaoh.) But it was this conflict between
the two relig-ous parties which Providentially led to the
publication of the King James Version." (30) Robert Sargent, English
Bi-le: Manuscript Evidence, p. 208.
According to Frances Yates, author of The Rosicrucian
Enlightenment, King James I (James VI [Stuart] of Scotland), who
succeeded the childless Queen in 1603 and also approved the
translation and selection of translators of the 1611 Authorised
Version of the Bib-e, participated in the investiture of his future
son-in-law, Frederick, with the Order of the Garter.
Establishment of English Freemas-nry
Frederick's acceptance of the crown of Bohemia precipitated the
Thirty Years Wa-.
"Thousands of refugees - among them the philosophers, scientists
and 'esotericists' who embodied the 'Rosicrucian Enlightenment' -
fled to Flanders and the Netherlands, and thence to the safety of
England. To facilitate the escape of these fugitives Johann
Valentin Andrea and his colleagues in Germany created the so-called
'Ch-istian Unions.' The Unions, which constituted a species of
lodge system, were intended to preserve intact the Rosicrucian
doctrine by organizing its proponents into cells and smuggling
them to safe havens abroad. (JW It has been my pleasure to study
quite a bit about the Rosicrucians. I have spent time in their
museum in San Jose, Calif. and have read some of their books.)
Thus, from the 1620s on, German refugees began to arrive in
England, bringing with them both 'Rosicrucian' ideas and the
organizational structure of the Chr-stian Unions.
"By James I's time, as we have seen, a lodge system had already
been established within the guilds of 'operative' stonemas-nry and
had begun to proliferate across Scotland. By the end of the Thirty
Years Wa-, a system had filtered down to England. In its general
structure, it seems to have coincided most felicitously with that
of Andrea's Christ-an Unions; and it proved more than ready to
accommodate the influx of 'Rosicrucian' thought. German refugees
thus found a spiritual home in English ma-onry; and their input of
'Rosicrucian ideas' was the final ingredient necessary for the
emergence of modern 'speculative' Freem-sonry.
"In the years that followed, developments proceeded on two fronts.
The lodge system consolidated itself and proliferated further, so
that Freema-onry became an established and recognized institution.
At the same time, certain of the individuals most active in it
formed themselves into an English version of the "Invisible
College' of the 'Rosicrucians' - a conclave of scientists,
philosophers and 'esotericists' in the vanguard of progressive ideas.
It is true that the Stuart dynasty, after James I, became deeply
involved in Rosicruciansim. After the Puritan Protectorate of
Cromwell, Charles I, James' son, patronized the Rosicrucians' Royal
Society. "The Society was established under Charles I in 1645, and
incorporated under Royal Charter by Charles II in 1662 after the
Restoration [of the Stuart monarchy]." (36)
The George Washington Ma-onic National Memorial
A guided tour of the George Washington Ma-sonic National Memorial
will quickly dispel any illusions one may have concerning the true
faith of the Father of Our Country. The following report will
provide information on:
a.. George Washington, who is widely acclaimed to be a Chr-stian by
evangelical leaders such as:
David Barton, Peter Marshall and D. James Kennedy.
b.. The present day Knights Templar, showing the infiltration of
Mas-nry into the Chri-tian churches.
c.. The leading role of Freemas-nry in the American Revolution.
The George Washington Ma-onic National Memorial, which is just off
the Capitol Beltway, adjacent to Old Town Alexandria, VA and six
miles from Washington, D.C, sits atop Shooter's Hill, a lofty peak
about 3 miles west of the western shore of the Potomac River.
Because of its vantage point, Shooter's Hill was the site of a
Revolutionary W-r fort, although the only remains of the fort are
some irregularities in the soil line that can be viewed from the
monument's observation deck.
The Ma-ons purchased the 36 acre site and laid the cornerstone in
1923. Assisting in the ceremonies were President Calvin Coolidge,
Chief Justice William H. Taft and the Grand Masters of all the
Grand Jurisdictions in the nation. The edifice, which has a broad
rectangular base and soaring steeple, was completed and officially
dedicated in 1932. President Herbert Hoover assisted in the
dedication ceremonies.
GEORGE WASHINGTON
The entrance to the Memorial displays two large plaques with
George Washington's words of approbation and devotion to the
Mason-c Order, a portion of which states:
"Being persuaded that a just application of the principles on
which the Mas-nic Fraternity is founded must be promotive of
private virtue and public prosperity, I shall always be happy to
advance the interest of the Society and to be considered by them
as a Brother."
The Memorial Hall contains a 17 ft. high bronze statue of
Washington wearing his M-sonic apron as the Charter Worshipful
Master of Alexandria Lodge No. 22 - to which office he had been
elected in 1788 and held at the time of his election to the
Presidency of the Un-ted States in January, 1789. The statue was
presented to the Memorial by the Order of DeMolay for Boys (JW
That is the name of the young people's group that my father
suggested I might like to join.), in 1950 and unveiled by
President Harry S. Truman, Past Grand Master of Missouri.
The Order of DeMolay is named after the martyred 14th century
Order of the Temple Grand Master, Jacques DeMolay. The DeMolay
Order for Boys is also highly recommended by the Rev. Billy Gr-ham
whose status as a 33: Ma-on is documented at the Endtime Deception
web site.
A book sold at the Ma-onic Memorial, The Age of Washington,
describes President Washington's participation in laying the
cornerstone of the U.S. Capitol with full Ma-onic rites:
(JW Well now, it looks like this article might not be as
complimentary to the Ma-onic cause as I first thought.)
John F. Winston
I recently saw the following information on the Internet. It's
essentially correct but I will attempt to correct a few things that
I did not make clear when the information was taken.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: K
Subject: Did You Know Space.com Interviewed Our Own John Winston?
http://www.space.com/sciencefiction/phenomena/johnwinston_826.html
John Winston: The Net's Most Curious Man
By Robert Scott Martin
Staff Writer
posted: 02:44 pm ET
26 August 1999
Even in the chaotic and crowded world of online UFOlogy, John
Winston stands out as "one of the most curious people on the
internet."
Winston is best known as an indefatigable contributor to some of
the more paranormally oriented corners of the Usenet newsgroups,
with more than 7,400 unique postings archived at Deja.com (JW
Deja.com has now been bought out by Google.com and I am on it.)
since that Web site started storing newsgroup threads in 1995 --
a rate of about 11 unique messages every two days.
Before 1995, records of Winston's activity are more fragmentary,
but he appears to have been an active participant in discussions
in such newsgroups as alt.alien.visitors, alt.dreams, and
talk.religion.newage as early as 1992. He himself only remembers
getting involved with the internet "about 1993 or 1994."
Winston's style of posting is as distinctive as it is voluminous.
Although he occasionally writes original material about his
telepathic dog Yogi (now deceased) or his adventures on and around
Mount Shasta, he prefers to collect accounts of strange and unusual
phenomena from a wide variety of sources including UFO magazines,
Web sites and supermarket tabloids.
When he has gathered enough material, he then posts these massive
digests -- often hundreds or even thousands of lines long -- to
newsgroups where he thinks they might do some good. His criteria are
simple enough.
"I am inspired by two spiritual masters from the inside of Mount
Shasta and my guardian angel as to what I post," he says. "The space
people also give me inspiration."
He himself makes little or no editorial comment on the material he
collects, only adding an occasional "JW I believe this also" or "JW
Has anyone else heard about this?" as a footnote to a 300-line opus
on bigfoot or a list of the hundreds of types of aliens in his
records.
At least on the surface, many of these blind anecdotes seem to
contradict each other, but Winston is undeterred by critics who
point this out.
In fact, many also consider him one of the gentlest people ever to
post to Usenet. If he has ever said anything critical or negative
about anyone, no record exists. He describes himself as "one of
those two times on Sunday and once in the middle of the week type
Chr-stians," and believes that G-d even loves the UFOs -- nefarious
cattle-mutilators though they may be -- "very much."
"Everything has its place"
Beyond the assistance of guardian angels, this broad inclusiveness
is the cornerstone of Winston's elaborate personal mythology of the
paranormal, where telepathic dogs, malevolent reptoids, some 36
different types of "gray" alien, and even stranger creatures all find
room. When asked whether there was anything he didn't believe in, he
only said, "I think everything has its place and should be
investigated."
Of course, he has his favorite obsessions, including the idea that
the Earth is hollow and honeycombed with a labyrinthine network of
lost civilizations, alien bases and other mysterious factors. As he
says, he is "very interested in some people who live underground
underneath Mount Shasta," which forms the geographic heart of all his
dreamlike speculation and encounters.
Like most of the sources he digests, he believes not only that a
shadowy "se-ret go-ernment" is running the world -- and repressing
the truth about UFOs and the paranormal -- but that the s-ns of
modern civilization are ripe to produce catastrophic "Earth
changes." "I think the space people are trying to make themselves
known to us so that we will not have to go through a lot of bad
changes that have been forecast," he says. "I think our secr-t
govern-ent is trying to keep them from doing this."
"I was fairly normal"
John Winston was born on June 5, 1932, making him 67 when he agreed
to this interview. (JW I'm now 69.) Although he says "it seems like
I was led to get into this sort of undertaking by the space and
spiritual people," he remembers his childhood as "normal" and enjoyed
a "fairly normal" adolescence. In high school, he played on both the
football and track teams and won a district tennis championship.
Significantly, he says he did not think about UFOs very much until
he was "about 23 years old," when he started to see unidentified
flying objects over the Lompoc, Calif., area.
This would put the dawning of his 40-year interest in the
paranormal in 1955, early in the 1950s "saucer flap" and just two
years after Donald Keyhoe christened modern UFOlogy with his Flying
Saucers from Outer Space. Of all the hundreds of books written about
unidentified aerial phenomena in the last half century, Winston
still cites "the books by Mr. Keyhoe" as one of his two primary
influences (the other is the 1959 film 'Journey to the Center of
the Earth').
The experience left Winston with "a desire to find something, and
(he) left all to find it." He would become a tireless investigator
into the supernatural from then on, eventually emerging as what Rene
Mueller of SpiritWeb called "one of the most curious persons on the
internet."
"It was a lot like the call that Abraham got to get out of his
country 'into a land which I will show you,' " he says. "I was
shown where to find my guru and teacher Merle Fagot, who became my
teacher for about 8 years."
As a result of this tutelage, Winston has since been "taken up on
a space craft in the astral form, down in the desert of Southern
California," and had numerous other adventures, many of which he has
shared with his internet audience.
Stanford, Science-faction and the Internet
While Fagot instructed him in the mysteries of Mount Shasta, spirit
guardians and other new age secrets, Winston was keeping busy raising
a family and working as an electronic technician and instructor (JW
Actually I was never an instructor at Stanford Linear Accelerator. I
was an electronics instructor as a civilian at The Naval Class A
ET school at Treasure Island, Calif.), at Stanford's linear
accelerator, a work environment that he says gave him "a good idea
how scientists and physicists work to discover new things."
He remembers the Stanford scientists as being interested in flying
saucer phenomena, but he notes they "didn't mention it at work for
fear of losing their jobs."
"A tall boss I had finally retired and it was written up in the
newspaper that he was very interested in UFOs," he says. "I worked
with him -- closely at times -- for about 18 years. He never
mentioned a word about UFOs and I didn't know that he was interested
in them until I read it in the paper."
Winston, however, was completely open about his interests even
then, "giving out books and information about UFOs" to California
Naval personnel. Shortly before he retired five years ago, he even
hosted a community television show called 'Science-faction.'
"It dealt with the supernatural and science," he says. "We talked
about ghosts, ESP, UFOs and other things." His beloved dog Yogi,
which achieved notoriety on the internet after Winston revealed that
the dog possessed telepathic powers, also appeared on the program,
but studio personnel finally requested that Yogi no longer appear
after the dog "got to where he was too much at home and he would
relieve himself on the artificial flowers on the stage."
Science-faction ran for about four years, Winston recalls,
eventually ending two years ago after more than 100 shows. (JW The
show is still in operation but I don't host it any more.)
Meanwhile, the internet beckoned. A friend suggested he should
post his thoughts to the Usenet group alt.slack, which is best
known for propagating the Ch-rch of the SubGenius, a self-proclaimed
"joke religion" with a baroquely complicated conspiracy-cosmology
similar to that outlined by Winston's posts.
Today, he is still delighted by the internet, saying "it's good,
just like the telephone," and has little problem with the explosive
growth that has left many other online veterans of the early 1990s
bitter and disillusioned. He says he is online "9 hours a day or
more -- 7 days a week."
JW I would like to thank this person for doing this interview of me.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part deals with the Crusades. Let me state that in this
life, I am not nor have I ever been a member of this group.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
"On September 18, 1793, Pre-ident Washington officiated at the
laying of the cornerstone for the Un-ted States Capitol building. It
was a major event in the creation and development of the federal
city, a project very dear to the heart of George Washington. It was
also what the Ma-onic Fraternity refers to as one of the most
memorable days in the life of George Washington, dressed in Ma-onic
regalia, lead a procession of officers and brethren of the Maso-ic
Fraternity from Maryland and Virginia to the site in the District
of Columbia. Upon arrival, the music stopped playing, the drums
stopped beating, the flags were anchored, and the artillery fired
a volley. A large silver plate was handed to President Washington.
Using a small trowel with silver blade and ivory handle, Washington
deposited the plate and laid it on the corner-stone. A prayer
followed. Then there were heard Mason-c chanting honors and then a
15-volley from the artillery. According to a newspaper's eyewitness
account, when the proceedings ended 'The whole company retired to
an extensive booth, where an ox of 500 pounds weight was barbecued
. . . Before dark the whole company departed with joyful hopes of
the production of their labor.'
"The apron and sash worn by George Washington together with the
trowel he used are today preserved in the Alexandria- Washington
M-sonic Lodge. George Washington, a member of the Ma-ons since 1752,
the Master Mas-n, the Past Master, the Pre-ident of the Uni-ed
States had personally participated in the laying of the U.S.
Capitol's cornerstone. He did so 'as a Free-ason and Pr-sident,'
wrote Allen E. Roberts in G. Washington: Master M-son." (38)
In conjunction with emphasis on the Mas-nic influence on the
founding of the U.S. Go-ernment, the rel-gious tolerance aspect
Freemas-nry was advanced to promote the fraternal order. George
Washington, in the ecumenical spirit of the Mas-ns, sent a message
---------- "'To the Clergy of Different Denominations Residing in
and Near the City of Philadelphia.' In that message he wrote:
'Believing as I do that Rel-gion and Morality are the essential
pillars of civil society, I view with unspeakable pleasure, that
harmony and brotherly love which characterizes the Clergy of
different denominations, as well in this, as in other parts of the
U-ited States.' He added that he hoped 'your labours for the good
of Mankind will be crowned with success...'" (39)
Mas-nic Memorial Exhibits
The Memorial's various exhibitions on the Shriners, Royal Arch
Ma-onry, the Knights Templar Chapel, a replica of King Solomon's
Throne Room (based on legend of Hiram Abiff) and the Tall Cedars
Room (a reconstruction of Solomon's Temple) attempt to present
Ma-onry as a faith that is based on Scripture. The propaganda made
available to the public, however, is far from an accurate portrayal
of true Freema-onry, which is based on Kabbalism assimilated by the
Knights Templar who occupied the Holy Land during the Crusades. The
Mas-nic emphasis on Old Testament types and figures is, in fact,
derived from Kabbalah, which symbolism is designed to lead men into
the ancient mysteries.
The Royal Arch Room features Egyptian and Hebraic paintings, a
reproduction of the Ark of the Covenant and a large mural of the
ruins of King Solomon's Temple. A new addition to the Memorial, the
Tall Cedars Room, is a reconstruction of Solomon's Temple with
statues of King Solomon, the High Priest, Prince Azariah, the Master
Overseer, the Grand Master of Workers and others. These figures
and are supposedly found in I Ki-gs 4 and 5, which chapters
describe the building of Solomon's Temple.
The Cedars of Lebanon were the materials used in the Temple by
Hiram of Tyre, whom Ma-ons teach is Hiram Abiff, the "First Grand
Master" who is impersonated by every man initiated as a Master
Ma-on. According to M-sonic legend, Hiram Abiff was the only one
on earth who knew the secrets of a Master Ma-on, including the Grand
Ma-onic Word, the name of G-d (the 'Ineffable Name' of Go- identified
in Kabbalah as YHVH).
A detailed brochure for the Tall Cedars Room states:
"The floor of the Tall Cedars Room...has as its center the Star of
David [an occult symbol] ...Soon to be added will be replicas of
other artifacts from King Solomon's Temple including the Altar for
Incense Burning, the Seven Branched Menorah, the Altar of Burnt
Offerings, and the Table of Shew-Bread."
The Watch Unto Pr-yer report, A Sacred Assembly of Men, explains
the Kabbalistic interpretations of Solomon's Temple, the furniture
of the Holy of Holies, and the Ma-onic legend of Hiram Abiff.
THE KNIGHTS TEMPLAR
The Order of Knights Templar is described as the only Order of
Mas-nry strictly for Chr-stians. The Knights Templar Chapel exhibits
an original suit of armor worn by a Knight Templar of the 12th
century and a sword, a B-ble and stained glass representations of
Knights and Chr-stian themes.
To give an idea of the international scope and organization of
Knights Templar membership - that is, Ma-ons Who are Affiliated
with Chri-tianity - a brochure on the Knights Templar reads:
Knights Templar
An ancient order serving mankind in the 20th century
Pride in our past - Faith in our future
Integrity, Obedience, Courage
"The Knights Templar is a Chr-stian-oriented fraternal organization
that was founded in the 11 century. Originally, the Knights Templar
were laymen who protected and defended Ch-istians travelling to
Jerusalem. These men took vows of poverty, chastity and obedience,
and were renowned for their fierceness and courage in battle.
"Today, the Knights Templar display their courage and goodwill in
other ways. They organize fund-raising activities such as breakfasts,
dinners, dances, and flea markets. They support Mas-nic-related youth
groups and they raise millions of dollars for medical research and
educational assistance.
"Currently, Templar membership consists of people from all walks
of life, including doctors, lawyers, clergy, businessmen and
entertainment personalities, all of whom profess a belief in the
C-ristian Reli-ion."
Ma-onic Connection
"All Knights Templar are members of the world's oldest fraternal
organization known as 'The Ancient Free and Accepted Ma-ons' or more
commonly known as 'm-sons.' However, not all maso-s are Templars.
Templary is but a part of the Ma-onic structure known as the 'York
Rite of Freem-sonry.'"
Three Levels of the Knights Templar
"The Knights Templar operate on a local, state and national level.
But their re-igious activities extend across national borders as well.
Nationally, there is the Grand Encampment of Knights Templar. This
unit defines the rituals and laws governing state and local level
organizations. The state level is called A Grand Commandery of
Knights Templar. This organization represents members of a state or
an area of equivalent size. Finally, the local level unit is called
a Commandery of Knights Templar. There are almost 1,600 Commanderies
in communities across the Un-ted States, Germany, Italy and Mexico,
with over 260,000 members.
"To petition a Commandery of Knights Templar for membership, you
must first be a member of a Ma-onic Lodge and other prerequisite
bodies, and must profess a belief in the Ch-istian Re-igion.
Commanderies organize many social activities, including Ladies
Auxiliaries, Drill Competitions, Public Divine Services, Family
Picnics, Organized Trips, Dinner Parties and Entertainments,
Chris-mas Observances, Easter Sunrise Services, and Memorial
Services."
The Knights Templar Holy Land Pilgrimage
"In addition to many rel-gious observances throughout the year,
The Grand Encampment of Knights Templar sponsors an annual 'Holy
Land Pilgrimage.' The purpose of the pilgrimage is to send a
Chr-stian minister to The Holy Land. Maso-ic membership is not
required and the Minister can be male or female."
Support for Young Men and Young Ladies
"The Knights Templar also provide financial support, advisors and
scholarships to Ma-onic-related Youth Organizations such as Order
of Rainbow, Job's Daughters, (JW I know a lady who was once a member
of this group and she thought it was a lot of fun. She is no longer
a member.), and Order of DeMolay."
Patriotic Knights
"The Knights Templar are a uniformed Mas-nic unit that participates
in parades or other public events. They take great pride in their
patriotism and respect for the Ame-ican Flag, which they are often
called upon to carry as Parade Color Guard."
THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION
Also available in the Memorial is a book titled Freemas-nry in
Ame-ican History. The opening chapters make clear that, early on, the
Grand Lodges of England and Scotland were planting Provincial lodges
and appointing Grand Masters in the colonies to further their scheme
of fashioning a new form of gov-rnment. According to author Allen E.
Roberts, the Freem-sons considered the Protestantism of Great
Britain to be oppressive and looked to the New World as an
opportunity to establish a gov-rnment based on the Natural Law,
which maintains that human reason, not supernatural revelation, must
be man's guide.
In actuality, British and Scottish Freema-ons were frustrated
after many failed attempts to restore the Mas-nically-supportive
Stuart dynasty to the throne of England and, as loyal Jacobites,
they sought to establish a Maso-ically-controlled gov-rnment in
the New World. There is evidence that both the Amer-can and French
Revolutions were planned and perpetrated by Freema-ons to overthrow
gov-rnment by monarchies which were unsympathetic to Freem-sonry.
In 1673 and 1678, the English Parliament had passed the Test Acts,
which prevented anyone but An-licans from holding public office.
The Protestant Hanoverian dynasty became firmly entrenched in Great
Britain following the deposition in 1688 of King James II who had
converted to Ca-holicism.
John F. Winston
Here is some information about a lost valley. This comes from
Lady K. and that makes it channeled material, so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Following is the latest message from Lady Kadjina. Please feel free
to copy and/or redistribute this or other of her messages at no
charge to anyone, giving credit to the source as
Cities of Light
(http://www.citiesoflight.net). Email comments to:
Reverend Kay Simmons
Wayne Moody
_________________________________________________________
Item Summary:
Future of Africa, Moving
Beyond Birth Relationships
The Sacred Valley of Xanadu Discoveries
Indigo Children of the Middle East
Understanding the Use of Extreme Light Frequencies
Hydroplaning Through Space and Time
Avoiding Being Controlled by Microwave Frequencies
Rewiring the Intergalactic Gridwork
Lady Kadjina Speaks
April 14, 2002
A reader writes:
I am from a country called Zimbabwe. I have lived in the US for 13
years straight. I have learned and continue to grow spiritually,
taking lessons beyond the common orthodox and traditional relig-ons
popular in Africa. I am having difficulty relating with some of my
folks, and I am "wounded" when it comes to their limitation in
sp-ritual and social awareness.
Could there possibly be anything that Lady Kadjina could say with
reference to Africa? I think I am not alone in this predicament. I
continue searching for answers.
We have what we call the Book of Life and it is something that
rests within you as an individual. And it is something that is
already written. Now this Book of Life has many chapters and each
chapter is complete within itself. And if you feel yourself as that
book, you will realize that you have in a sense closed the chapter
or finished the chapter of physical Earth parentage.
This is a very difficult thing for humans to understand. Because
they often believe that their families that they are born into are
the fullness of family relations and of first importance. This only
the truth when you are functioning within the framework of that
particular chapter of your life.
For those who leave their Earth families behind, so to speak, the
focus should then become upon new families of spiritual friends.
The Indians have what they call blood brothers. And this extends
beyond their own tribes. It has to do with the DNA/RNA encodements
within the blood. Now these encodements are of a highly spi-itual
nature, so when they cut their fingers and commingle the blood, if
the blood curdles they are not of the same vibrational frequency,
but if the blood remains smooth, they are indeed blood brothers of
the same frequency.
In this case, the person was born into a family who was beginning
to awaken a little bit and he came into that family in hopes of
stirring them from out of their set belief patterns. It does not
always work; we cannot force the greater good upon any one; all we
can do is offer. Sometimes the best course of action is to stop
speaking the word, but to actually live the word, to believe enough
in what you profess that you can act upon it. This is oftentimes
a more effective way.
We would remind you again that the heart of Africa is a connecting
point on the energy grid system of triangulation grids between
the North Pole, the Bimini Islands, and Africa. South Africa has
done much creative work between Mandela and DeClerk and is a
way-shower as to how healing and forgiveness can come about. The
transformation going on upon Planet Earth will reach to all peoples.
All people will be given an opportunity to step up higher, but this
does not mean that all people will end up in the same place. Those
in kindergarten will go to the first grade; those in high school
will start college. In this instance, the wisest course of action
would be always to find the common denominators. If the family
members have integrity in business relationships, celebrate that.
If they are fair and honorable in their relationships, celebrate
that. For in many of the so-called advanced nations of the world,
you find many wondrous things but you also find great darkness that
has to be dealt with.
So the peoples of Zimbabwe have their traditions and have their
ways of doing things and slowly but surely they will evolve into
greater levels of commerce and industry, but at the same time they
must be protected from the mistakes that commercialism has created
in other nations that has produced pollution of many kinds due to
the dependency upon the monetary system and the dependency upon oil.
Africa will be protected in many areas until such time as
alternative fuels come into being. For the people of Africa shall
not lose their more gentle, laid-back ways of doing things and their
strong ties of family. Yes, they do need a more expanded vision
of what is going on in the world, but not to the point of
jeopardizing their more laid back way of life; not to the point of
bringing in the industrial pollutants. Africa will be protected in
order to maintain cleaner air and water, which is becoming scarce
upon the Earth at this time.
Wayne:
Two or three years ago, there was a newspaper report about a
couple of explorers finding a lush, tropical paradise in a hidden
valley (the sacred valley of Xanadu) in the mountains of Tibet.
Nothing more was reported about this supposed find. There is a
website that purports to document, in the form of a novel, this find
http://www.archetypal.com/xanadu/home.htm
Is this report an accurate description of the find, and if so, can
you tell us more about this supposed area and its links to other
ancient Cities of Light?
Our first reaction to this question is a big smile and a comment.
The human mind is not capable of dreaming up anything whatsoever
that does not have some basis in truth and reality. This is
especially true when it comes to your science fiction. For this
particular story, yes, it is most definitely based in fact. There
is very little embellishment. Just keep in mind that when a human
living in a 3rd dimensional world encounters phenomenon that is very
definitely other-worldly, it is very difficult to bring that
information back and
http://www.archetypal.com/xanadu/home.htm
present it in a way that can be understood. This type of discovery
is often scorned by the masses that are 3rd dimensional in their
perceptions. And so the truth is oftentimes presented in figures
of speech. Just keep in mind that the teaching method that the
Master Je--s loved to use was the parablethe story that painted word
pictures.
In former discussions with you, we went to great lengths to help
connect the dots of the many Cities of Light. We oftentimes refer
to the gridwork system along with the nadial connecting points and
gave the metaphorical symbology of tinker toys. The little round
disks the tinker toys have connecting points center front and back
and all along the rim and you can build continuously by connecting
these long spokes to various rims, which we have dubbed the nadial
connecting points. You can also look at telecommunication maps
where you can see many lines connecting to various transformers and
communicating stations. And so it is with these ancient cities of
light that fell asleep many millennia ago. In your modern world,
you have an expression, Use it or lose it. This is what happens to
your Cities of Light. Humanity forgot the correct usage of light
and so the great cities fell asleep.
And what has happened in the last 50 years or so, is that prayer
and meditation by many groups has been on the increase throughout
the entire world. And the love and the peace of this meditative
energy has continuously struck a resonating toll of the bell of
time. For these great Cities of Light are very much time-keepers,
gateways, portal entrances, and truth chambers. You wonder at
the effectiveness of your prayers and meditations and if you are
being heard. Just look at what is happening worldwide: there are
so many of these ancient cities that are beginning to surface. You
have been asking for light; you have been asking for truth; and you
have been asking for help.
And so the ancient wisdom and the light therein is surfacing all
over the planet.
Jim Asherman
Nobody is listening.
So maybe now would be a good ime to ask.
What is with the dropped letters?
Jim
John F. Winston
JW I make the same postings to many different groups and lists, some of
which don't want to hear anything religious or controversial, so
therefore I blank out certain words.
John F. Winston
Here is someone that has put out a warning. The is scary
information. If you think we should only think about pleasant
things then maybe you had better not read the following.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: J
Subject: Please Help Sollog Spread this WARNING
This is the 4th message from Sollog on this
subject in the past 10 days. His accuracy record
has been extremely high. I felt, perhaps it was
time I passed it on.
J
- Original Message -----
From: <adminmai...@theasi.net>
Sent: Tuesday, April 16, 2002 6:00 AM
Subject: Please Help Sollog Spread this WARNING
This mailing list is for members of TOH and
http://www.Sollog.com .
To My Loyal Fans and Friends,
My heart is very heavy in regards to the terrible
news I have been chosen to have to give to you.
New York City and Los Angeles are in grave danger!
Anyone that lives or works in these areas or is
about to visit these areas is in immediate danger
of losing their lives!
As most of you know, last week I was moved by the
Sp-it of G-d to state that the warning I had
issued last month in regards to New York City and
Los Angeles being struck was now an imminent
event.
Please forward this message to everyone on your
email list. If you frequent Usenet, feel free to
post this message to any Usenet forum that you
frequent. YOU CAN SAVE LIVES BY DOING THESE TWO
THINGS!
I truly need your help in contacting the
individuals listed below in the Gov-rnment and
Media to make sure that the citizens of Los
Angeles and New York City hear about my warning
for those cities.
AGAIN, YOU CAN SAVE MANY LIVES BY CALLING THESE
NUMBERS!
Many of you have followed my Prophecies and Quake
warnings for years. YOU KNOW I HAVE HIT QUAKE
WARNING AFTER QUAKE WARNING. You also know I was
investigated by the F-I due to my accurate
terr-rism warnings for both 911 and the Okla-oma
City Bo-bing. This has been reported in the media
outside the US but not inside the US!
YOU NEED TO AT ONCE BY CONTACTING THE GOVER-MENT
OFFICES AND MEDIA LISTED BELOW BY PHONE AND EMAIL
TO MAKE SURE THEY ALERT THE CITIZENS OF LOS
ANGELES AND NEW YORK CITY IN REGARDS TO MY
WARNING!
Thank you for helping spread this most urgent
warning and -od Bless.
Sollog
Contact Info for Los Angeles and New York City
Officials and Media.
Tell them you think they need to alert the public
to the Sollog Warning.
Gov-rnment Officials
Ask to speak to Chief of Staff for that person.
Tell them you are requesting they make the media
report the Sollog warning.
CA Governor Gray Davis 916-445-2864
CA Lt Governor Cruz Bustamante 916-445-8994
CA Emergency Services Chief Dallas Jones
916-845-8510
CA Congressman Waxman 323-651-1040
CA Senator Dianne Feinstein 202-224-3841
CA Senator Barbara Boxer 202-224-3553
LA Mayor James Hahn 213-978-0600
NYC Mayor Bloomberg 212-788-9600
NY Governor Pataki 212-417-4000
NY Emergency Management Edward Jacoby 518-457-2222
NY Senator Charles Shuman 202-228-3027
NY Congressman Joe Serrano 202-225-4361
Television
Ask to speak to the assignment editor
Tell them you are calling to see why they haven?t
broadcasted the Sollog warning
LA Channel 7 818-863-7600
LA Channel 4 818-840-4444
LA Channel 2 323-460-3000
LA Channel 11 310-584-2000
LA Channel 5 323-460-5500
LA Channel 13 323-851-1000
LA Channel 34 310-216-3434
LA Channel 9 323-960-3800
NY Channel 7 212-456-3100
NY Channel 2 212-975-4321
NY Channel 5 212-452-5555
NY Channel 11 212-210-2411
CNN 404-827-1511
Fox News 888-369-4762
Newspapers
Ask to speak to local and national editors
Tell them you are calling to see why they haven't
reported the Sollog warning
LA Times 213-237-7001
LA Daily News 818-713-3636
NY Times 212-556-1234
NY Post 212-210-2100
NY Daily News 212-930-8500
NY Wall Street Journal 212-416-2000
USA Today 703-276-3400
Washington Post 202-334-6000
Talk Radio
Call show during show hours, get on air and ask if
they heard about the Sollog warning for Los
Angeles and New York City
Russ Limbaugh Noon ? 3PM EST 800-282-2882
Howard Stern 6 ? 10AM EST 800-447-8376
Art Bell Midnight ? 4AM EST 775-727-1295
Sean Hannity 3 - 6PM EST 800-941-7326
Dr Laura Noon ? 6PM EST 800-375-2872
http://www.sollog.com/maillist.shtml
Just enter the email address we sent this letter
to at that web page
=====================================================
T O P I C A -- Register now to manage your mail!
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/register
================================================
JW Let's hope this doesn't happen but if it does then remember,
follow that cat.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
If you check with history you'll find the people who are the
present Isr-lites once asked G-d to give them a King. They were
given Saul. Sananda once said that the Isra-ite people later on
asked for a -od-like being to lead them in the same way that the
other people around had g-d-like-beings to lead and fight for them
like Baal. Go- them gave them Jeh-vah to be their -od-like-being
to go with them. Here's some information about that situation
that really got this Earth in a lot of trouble.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: j
Subject: Beginnings of the Middle East conflict
Here is some info that may sound anti-J-Wish, but if I were a
Je-w, I would not take offence because even these people were
manipulated by the evil blood thirsty G-ds ruling over them such as
the angry "Jehov-h" in his UFO ship. The remainig Gizeh
Intelligences were finally removed from the Earth in 1978.
From a segment of Billy Meier's 70th contact with Semjase on
Thursday January 6, 1977.
Semjase: >>>>... So it only remains for me to say that Arus I was
mur-ered in his old age, and after the destruction of Mu and
Atlantis, by his thirdborn son, JEHAVON, while this one then seized
command of the hatermen, to command these and three earthly nations
and the Hyperboreans themselves. The one Earth nation was made up of
decendents of the ARMUS-people, who were placed there, where today
are the regions of Armenia. These were the decendents of the YHWH
ARMUS, who settled there with his r-ce 33,000 years ago, after he had
emigrated from the Pleja-System. The second Earth nation subjugated
by the gove-nment of Je-avon, were the Ar-ans, who meanwhile had
mingled themselves with the still rather sub-developed and lethargic
native people, after the Summerians were expelled. The third Earth
nation was none in itself, because it treated of a worldwide-spread
alliance of gypsies, which was interspersed by spies and saboteurs of
Jehavon, who with the gypsies caused dissention everywhere, greedily
drawing everything to themselves and always were always eager to rob,
burn and mur-er, for which reason one called them the H E - E W S, by
the ancient language of our forefathers the H E B R A O N S and later
then the H E B R O N S.
These names are equivalent to GYPSIES, DREGS OF SOCIETY and
OUTCAST in the meaning of the ancient language, which has now gotten
transferred to your present lanquages, for the meaning of your
present term for gypsies is the wanderers, traveling people and the
unsettled ones. But that should be cleared up, the present people of
the gypsies have nothing at all in common with the then Hebraons,
who proclaimed themselves as the first-born people and chosen ones,
as their descendence, the Je-s of today, still dare to pretend this.
In truth the Hebraons had been the real dregs of society and
outcasts of earthhumankind, because they constantly incited fights
and quarrels within the whole world, which is still maintained
until the present. Peace on Earth will then finally be then when,
when this mightthirsty and murerous self-called Hebraon
r-ce-connection has become completely scattered. Jehavon governed
around 7,000 years ogo, until he was maliciously mur-ered by his
only son JEHAV, who then snatched up gove-nment, some 3,400 years
ago.
Jehav ruled wickedly, always crying for blood and revenge until
3,320 years ago in your chronology, by which time he had created
three sons, who where ARUSSEM, PTAAH, and SALAM. (JW I consider
PTAAH and SALAM to be good people as far as I know.) Megalomanic
like his father Jehavon, he let himself be called creator, and was
celebrated as such, and like his father, he caused cruel vastations
among the three human ra-es, and he demanded bl-od and death.
Thirsty for power like his father Jehav, as well was his firstborn
son ARUSSEM, who constantly sought to seize the power from his
father. So he mu-dered his father Jehav, and sought to snatch up
power. But this doing failed completely, because his younger brother
Ptaah and his youngest brother SALAM opposed him, and expelled
him into exile, having become tired of the constant w-rs, struggles
for might and bloodshed, and PTAAH and SALAM troubled themselves for
many decades for humane forms of living. Therefore for a long time,
they assembled like-minded people around them, with whose help they
seized control of Arassem and 72,000 of his followers, and expelled
them. But Arassem secretly returned to Earth, and settled down with
an army in the Old cubical buildings of Egypt, which had existed
there unused for more then 70,000 years. Deep inside the ground and
deep below the pyramids, they established their residence, while
they appropriated the rooms and buildings deep below the present
Gizeh-Pyramid, as a center for their wickd aims, from where they
further tried to realize their plans for world control, but without
remarkable success, hitherto, though their way of reaching their
goal was that of lying, deceit and intrigues, of wrong teaching and
leading astray of the Earth human beings by reli-ious lectures of
delusion and cults, and many other miserable machinations. But
by their being expelled they had forfeited much for themselves,
because all chances for technical and othewise scientific further
developement was cut off from them, and like this, all there
research as well, etc., which fact caused their age to soon
decrease, and today still amounts to 94 years, being just about 20
years higher than the average for European regions. This means that
for the so-callled Gizeh Intelligence deserters they are slowly
dying out, and today are less then only 2,100 in number. Fully
isolated from the free universe, these remaining ones will no more
be after less then three decades, because they are all old already
and no more able to for begetting. But never the less they still
keep on with their might-thirsty wicked plans, and they don't
think themselves as losers. Arussem governed until 3,010 (B.C.)
of your chronology, until a powerfull forced departure was
prepared for him by a mutineer by the name of HENN, who was
called J E - O V A by the Hebraons, and like that also within his
own ranks gradually, too, while the surname THE CRUEL ONE was
added. in the year 2,080 BC, old and weak already, he was displaced
by his nephew KAMAGOL I, who seized command of the evil Gizeh
Intelligences, to out build the center below the surface of the
pyramid of Gizeh to a mur-erous center of great world power, with
no chance any more of being destroyed. Like no tyrant before,
Kamagol I coerced all Earthly re-igions into his control and
demanded horrible human sacrifices and cults which are partly
preserved even until the present. All efforts from outside are in
vain, as his power thirst was unbrakeable. But Kamagol I was as
well only a human being, by which his fate caught up with him
from his own ranks, in the form of his own son, Kamagol II,
who overthrew him and snatched up his power, and let him die
miserably in a deep dungeon. Kamagol II was more evil minded in many
ways then his father, which character he soon revealed after taking
power, and that by starting the immense mass-mu-der of Earth human
beings. As one of the last long living people, Kamagol II reached an
old age and died a natural death just a few days ago, which we only
found out two days ago. He walked away from this world in the 27 of
december 1976, thus around 10 days ago. The still remaining
intelligences of Gizeh, old already and many of them weak, but still
filled with hate and power-humgry plans, don't give up yet. But their
days are numbered, by which result they will no more exist for three
more decades. Together with the heavens sons, the Hyperboreans and
the emigrants from the Pleja-system, the sons of the mur-ered Jehav,
Ptaah and Salam, led the further gove-nment by common agreement. They
governed well and created peace, and only occasionally interferred in
the concerns of Earth human beings. Ptaah was stricken by a malisious
and unknown disease in his 93rd year of gove-nment, and he died a few
days later, in which consequences his brother Salam continued alone
with the gov-rnment, until weakened by age, he handed over his
command to his son Plejos, 2040 years ago, after he had taken up
connections to his homeworlds already some centuries earlier and had
subordinated himself and his people to that form of gove-nment, which
was the form of sp-ritual teachers. His son Plejos was, like his
father, a very wise and mercyful governor, and when in 1,951 years
ago in your chronology in the past, the homeworlds subjected
themselves to the guidance of the "High Council", then he as well and
his nation arranged themselves here in order. Regarding the teaching
of the "High Council" and observing this, he prepared the long hoped
for return to the homeworlds which was then performed 1,944 years
ago, by your chronology, after Jmmanuel had being procreated by order
of Plejos, was eduacated for being a prophet and had become such for
his mission. Then still to be mentioned, among the descendents of
Arus, who had subjugated the lands in the north, there existed
elements in great number, who preserved themselves as the Ausists
until the time of Jehav. They, a group of 160,000 people, called the
Great A-yans, because they still advocated the ideas of Arus I,
deserted the go-ernment of Jehav and wandered plundering through the
lands from northwest to east, where they penetrated into that country
where in ealrier times Arus II had settled with his people and
expelled the Summerians, where meanwhile still the then Ar-ans had
mingled themselves with the low native people and had forgotten their
actual origin. Meanwhile the descendents of the Summerians as well
had returned to their old homeland, thus as well they became resident
there again. But then the Great-Ary-ns penetrated the area between
the Caspian Sea and the Arahat Mountain, and took posession of the
clay-brick towns of the mixed up nation, which had become prosperous
by the recently penetrated Ayr-ns and returning descendents of the
Summerians. Their work was mainly in trade and agriculture, which was
well mastered by the Summerians. In result, the outlook of these
human beings and their buildings was proper, and severe discipline
prevailed, even a submissiveness before the highly developed
Summerian descendents, who were spi-itually and worldly superior to
the native people. And exactly this was attacked by the A-yans,
drawing along for decades and deprived of all technology, coming from
the north under bondage, and transformed and pressed into a new state
formation. Deprived of all technology, by the myrmidons of Jehav, the
Ar-ans settled in the far away country, but in the run of time they
degenerated and mingled with the natives, by which all knowledge and
talent of higher level and of their origin disappeared into the
darkness of forgetfulnes.
------------------
<<<RealUFOs>>>
"We know the truth is out there!"
Post message: Real...@onelist.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@onelist.com
John Winston john...@mlode.com
dyskolos
>
>
> From a segment of Billy Meier's 70th contact with Semjase on
> Thursday January 6, 1977.
> Semjase: >>>>... So it only remains for me to say that Arus I was
> mur-ered in his old age, and after the destruction of Mu and
> Atlantis, by his thirdborn son, JEHAVON,
This stuff is all just made up. And not very well either.
John F. Winston
Here is the latest thing that has come down the pike.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: V
Subject: SOLLOGS QUAKE PREDICTION TIME LINE???
Dear Friends,
Below is a coded explanation of Sollogs time line for this quake
coming. Just thought I would send this on for those who are
interested. Maybe some of you out there know numerology or
letter-coding. I cut and pasted the below report. This is not a
hoax. This guy is for real, but to figure out the date is a bit
bobbling. <gg>
So again, trust your own discernment. From the below, maybe it
will be in May?? Love, V
********************************
(Sollog used the word IMMINENT - V)
********************************
The Dictionary says IMMINENT means, about to occur or a near
occurrence.
The Gematria value or the hidden number of Imminent is 303.
Some dates and numbers we think might connect to the Gematria
value of Imminent are 30th day of 3rd month, that just passed.
303rd day Hallow's Eve, not too close to now but maybe a near date.
303 is MOM when you turn the value on it's side! Mother's day?
May 12th 2002? If the quake occurs this May many will say, "See
Nostradamus warned of it." Is this Mother's Day the date of the
historic LA and or NYC quake warned of by both Nostradamus and
Sollog? Nostradamus gave the month; did Sollog just give the
exact date?
Now he alerted us today, THIS IS IMMINENT so get the word out.
We've reprinted the Sollog LA and NYC quake warning below. It was
issued last month.
If you look at the other articles on our site you will find this
out about the Sollog quake warnings.
He issued around 10 warnings for 7.0+ range quakes from April
2000 to January 2002. They were all posted to sci geo earthquakes
in Usenet, they were all TIME STAMPED by Google.com. We did articles
on every warning and how a quake then occurred as predicted.
The first 5 warnings gave an exact date when a 7.0+ range quake
then struck. Two even had the exact hour. The next five gave an exact
location where 7.0+ quakes then occurred within 30 days of the
warnings.
Sollog also issued a K-LLER QUAKE warning last year. He named
several cities where he said KIL-ER QUAKES were to occur in the
future. Last month two of the cities he named had KILL-R QUAKES
occur in the same week, they were Kabul and Taipei. Oh, both NYC and
LA are on that same list of KI-LER QUAKES as well!
And now we have Sollog saying the LA and NYC events are IMMINENT!
Will the leaders of NY and CA alert the public by saying a proven
quake predictor has warned us that LA and NYC are about to shake.
I doubt it.
But they I tried to get the warning out.
We told the governors of these states to check with the F-I,
about if Sollog is accurate; the FB- did two major investigations on
him due to his accurate 911 warning and his Okl-homa Bo-bing warning.
They know Sollog is accurate!
Oh, we've been trying to get the USGS for several days to confirm
the figures Sollog gave us in our recent GO- OF QUAKES article about
Sollog's newest book where he uses the USGS database to show where
the average location for a 7.0+ range quake the past 29 years
occurred according to the Zirbes 1973 to present USGS database. The
Project Chief of the NEIC (National Earthquake Information Center)
is Stuart Sipkin. Over the course of several days and many emails he
refused time and time again to verify simple quake location averages
for me that anyone could run from the USGS database.
If the Sollog figure about the average quake location is correct
then the average 7.0+ quake in the best USGS database for the past
29 years occurred in eastern Ethiopia. That location when connected
on a world map by a straight line to Jerusalem just happens to put
Mecca in the exact middle!
This average quake alignment proves to many that I've spoken to,
that believe in a divine power, that GO- controls quakes.
So if you want to verify from Stuart Sipkin the Project Chief
for the NEIC that eastern Ethiopia, where Sollog said, is the
average location according to the USGS database, his number is
303-273-8415. His email address is lip...@usgs.gov
Note how the Gematria Value of IMMINENT is also the area code
of the NEIC!
John Winston john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I've just come back after being away for three days. Here are
some things that have been sent to me.
..................................................................
..................................................................
From: S
5.1 EARTHQUAKE in NEW YORK
Hi guys
Not a small one .... there have been no reports of any damage as
yet. Of course, it is highly probable that this is either a
precursor to more, or there may well be aftershocks of this one.
Either way, I would anticipate that there will possibly be more.
As you well know, Sollog issued his warning only days ago saying
that a large quake was IMMINENT in LA and/or NY. (JW I just
checked this out again and the information I got said New York
city. New York City was also shaken.)
Love
S
Date-Time 2002 04 20 10:50:44 UTC
Location 44.51N 73.66W
Depth 5.0 kilometers
Magnitude 5.1
Region NEW YORK
Reference 15 miles (25 km) SW of Plattsburgh, New York
Source USGS NEIC
The following is a release by the United States Geological Survey,
National Earthquake Information Center: A moderate earthquake
occurred about 15 miles southwest of Plattsburgh, New York at 4:50
AM MDT today, Apr 20, 2002 (6:50 AM EDT in New York). A PRELIMINARY
MAGNITUDE OF 5.1 WAS COMPUTED FOR THIS EARTHQUAKE. The magnitude and
location may be revised when additional data and further analysis
results are available. The earthquake was felt from Buffalo, New York
to Boston, Massachusetts and Baltimore, Maryland. No reports of
damage or casualties have been received at this time.
http://neic.usgs.gov/neis/bulletin/neic_deam.html
-------------------------------------------------------
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
............
From: B
Seismo-Watch USA EQ-Alert
Hey,
For those of you who had questions about Sollog's earthquake
predictions...Just got this in from the USGS Seismo Watch.
B
----------
From: Seismo-Watch EQ-Alert <nor...@seismo-watch.com>
To: Seismo-Watch USA EQ-Alert <usa_e...@seismo-watch.com>
Subject: Seismo-Watch USA EQ-Alert
========================================================
Seismo-Watch
Earthquake Alert Bulletin No. 02-67650
========================================================
Preliminary data indicates a significant earthquake has occurred:
Regional Location: NEW YORK
Magnitude: 5.1M
Greenwich Mean Date: 2002/04/20
Greenwich Mean Time: 10:50:44
Latitude: 44.51N
Longitude: 73.66W
Focal depth: 5.0km
Analysis Quality: A
Source: National Earthquake Information Center (USGS-NEIC)
Seismo-Watch, Your Source for Earthquake News and Information.
Visit http://www.seismo-watch.com
=========================================================
All data are preliminary and subject to change.
Analysis Quality: A (good), B (fair), C (poor), D (bad)
Magnitude: Ml (local or Richter magnitude), Lg (mblg), Md
(duration),
==========================================================
For additional commands: mailto:usa_eqal...@seismo-watch.com
For more information: mailto:in...@seismo-watch.com or visit:
http://www.seismo-watch.com/EQSERVICES/AlertBulletins/
AlertBulletins.html
=======================================================
This report sponsored by Seismo-Says Look above. Seismo-Says:
Look above
and around to see what can hurt you and what can save you.
=========================================================
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
para-discus...@yahoogroups.com
John Winston john...@mlode.com
..................
Subject: Letter From An American Indian Lady. Apr, 22, 2002.
Here is something that a person sent me.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: R
Subject: >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
Hiya JW>>>>>>>>>>>I am delighted to make your acquaintance. I am
very new at this computer stuff, but I am a 3rd generation Native
American Indian who has been having such amazing dreams for the
last 13 years or more, mostly 13 because in the last 13 years I
have had 5 cancer surgeries, and I am still fighting it everyday.
..but I believe we are all healers and everyone of us has the
ability to travel at night when we sleep to other places, and I
told my family I was on a spaceship more than once, and sometimes
we go to caves or to mountains, and they do NOT believe a thing I
say, in fact my husband took me to the hospital to see if they
could put me into a mental institution, I passed all their d-m
tests and answered all the questions some that were quite odd, but
my guides and guardian angels are ever present, and they supplied
me with some of the info that i didn't have already in my own
brain>>>..well thanks for listening. Just wanted to validate that
I'm NOT crazy, and that I look forward to all your messages.
Thank-you again,
Blessings of Peace, Love & LIGHT*,
LADY333 xox
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
webmaster
other planet maybe in the same meteor that killed the dynasours
please let me know what are your thoughts
Marc
"John F. Winston" wrote:
> Subject: How Many Alien Space Crafts Are Around The Earth?
> Mar. 12, 2002.
>
> When I was first started studying UFOs it was said that we have
> about 11 million crafts around the Earth. In following information
> it suggests that we have some more of them. This refers to Shedan
> Nidle and some channeled material so be careful.
>
> .....................................................................
> .....................................................................
>
> From: T
> Subject: The REAL Galactic Federation !
> The REAL Galactic Federation, (as opposed to the FICTIONAL or
> ALLEGORICAL one in the Star Trek series), is described in the book
> "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human", by Virginia Essene and Sheldan
> Nidle, 1994; and in the NEW book "Your First Contact", by Sheldan
> Nidle, 2000, Blue Lodge Press ( http://www.paoweb.com ).
>
> The REAL Galactic Federation, along with the Earth's Spi-itual
> Hierarchy (which I believe is headquartered primarily in the secret
> sp-ritual city of Agam Des), has been since late 1996 providing us
> with TWICE-WEEKLY 3-page Updates, telepathically thru Sheldan Nidle
> of the Planetary Activation Organization (PA'O) (formerly called "The
> Ground Crew Project"), most of them still posted on the web site
> http://www.paoweb.com/updates.htm.
>
> According to these sources, the REAL Galactic Federation is four
> and a half million years old. They have STARSHIPS (about 20 MILLION
> of them cloaked and surrounding Earth now), TRANSPORTER BEAMS (with
> a 10 million mile range), Star-Trek-type REPLICATORS, and even
> HOLODECKS ! They also have moon-or planet-sized MOTHER SHIPS in our
> solar system. About 40 percent of them are HUMAN. The rest are a
> mixture of reptoids, dinoids, insectoids, amphiboids, and beings
> resembling bears, horses, lions, and shelless turtles. They are
> FULLY CONSCIOUS Beings who use ALL of their potential brain power
> (compared to ONLY a few percent of it in Earth humans), and they
> have natural ps-chic abilities such as telepathy.
>
> They are eagerly awaiting the go-ahead from Earth's Sp-ritual
> Hierarchy to perform a First Contact mass UFO landing (20 MILLION
> ships worldwide escorted by An-els), after which they will share
> their amazing technologies (REPLICATORS, etc.) with us all.
>
> PHYSICAL SUBPLANES !
>
> I have read that the PHYSICAL Universe ITSELF has SIX
> subdivisions or subplanes, (ALL of them BELOW the Astral Plane with
> its 150 subplanes), usually referred to as "DIMENSIONS" or
> "DENSITIES" by Space Aliens and related literature (books like
> "The RA Material", "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human", etc.). We
> now live in the 3rd Dimension (lowest). Space Aliens usually
> hang out in the 4th, 5th, or 6th Dimensions, but sometimes pop
> into our 3rd Dimension by somehow lowering the vibration rates of
> their spacecraft Being in higher physical dimensions allows them to
> travel EXTREMELY FAST between solar systems, and probably also makes
> possible most of their other amazing technologies.
>
> I suspect that the secret Spi-itual Cities such as Agam Des on
> Earth, and Retz on Venus, also exist in these higher PHYSICAL
> dimensions ("supra-physical"), possibly even in the 7th or 8th
> Dimensions. The entire planet Earth may soon move into the 4th and
> 5th Dimensions, according to some GALACTIC FEDERATION Updates at
> http://www.paoweb.com/updates.htm .
>
> See also the book "E.T. 101: The Cosmic Instruction Manual for
> Planetary Evolution / An Emergency Remedial Earth Edition /
> Co-Created by Mission Control and Zoev Jho", 1990, 1995, channeled
> by Diana Luppi; a very interesting and WITTY book written
> SPECIFICALLY for "Starseeds" (the 110 MILLION or more Earth humans
> who REincarnated here from OTHER planets and solar systems for the
> purpose of helping to move Earth and her people into the N-w Age).
>
> See also this 4-volume set of books, "Arcturian Star Chronicles",
> "Intergalactic Seed Messages for the People of Planet Earth",
> channeled by Patricia L. Pereira:
> "Songs of the Arcturians", 1996, (Volume One),
> "Eagles of the New Dawn", 1997, (Volume Two),
> "Songs of Malantor", 1998, (Volume Three), and
> "Arcturian Songs of the Masters of Light", 1999,
> (Volume Four).
>
> See also the various web pages at
> http://www.disclosureproject.org .
>
> For more information, answers to your questions, etc., please
> consult my CITED SOURCES.
>
> Robert E. McElwaine
> Star Trek Fan
> PA'O Member
> Eckankar Initiate
> B.S., Physics and Astronomy, UW-EC
> http://www.angelfire.com/wi/mcelwaine
> http://members.aol.com/rem460
>
> P.S.: PASS IT ON !
>
> John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
As most of you know Brad in a writer. He writes about the unusual.
I met him once about 12 years ago at a convention that was being put
on by Frank Stranges. Lately I have been asked how to become a
channeler. I told the person it was a very dangerous thing to try
to do because while you are trying to channel information from the
good type entities some of the bad ones may come in and not let you
go. Brad told me that his first wife started channeling and finally
got to where that was all she did. She was completely taken over
by one or more bad entities and couldn't be talked to in a normal
manner. Brad now has a very talented wife who has a french sounding
first name. Now on to the informaiton given by Brad Steiger.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: D
Subject: A Strange Encounter With 'Non-Terrans'
By Brad Steiger
Around 1967, I began to receive strange telephone calls from
individuals who termed themselves 'non-Terrans,' a basically
benevolent group of extraterrestrials, who had been living among us
for about 8,000 years. When, around 5,000 years ago, they realized
that we, their Terran cousins, were at that time simply too barbaric
and primitive to receive any kind of meaningful instruction, they
retreated to bases underground or at the bottoms of the oceans.
Since then, they emerge from time to time to chart our basic
progress, and they asked me to consider all the many legends that
tell of g-ds and enchanted creatures rising up out of the sea to
communicate moral lessons, re-igious principles, economic truths,
or technological insights to astonished human beings.
On occasion, one of these alleged non-Terrans would introduce
himself or herself to me after one of my lectures or seminars. The
only physically distinguishing characteristics that I noted among
these individuals were peculiarly large and slightly almond-shaped
eyes, most frequently blue-green in color; a very thin body build;
mostly reddish or blondish hair; and while the males were around
medium height, the females appeared generally taller and somewhat
masculine in appearance.
In 1969, when I was living in Chicago, I received a telephone call
from an executive in a large advertising agency who asked me to be
a consultant at a meeting of an executive from a major airline, some
investment counselors, a psychologist, some pilots, and a group of
people who claimed to be extraterrestrials or non-Terrans. The
non-Terrans claimed that they were now willing to share a number of
things that we Terrans could use: A powder that transformed common
tap water into smokeless, nonpollutant, no-knock f-el, and a liquid
that would totally fireproof any surface upon which it had been
sprayed. The advertising executive wanted me to advise him and his
friends just who the h-ll these "people" were.
For the first meeting I asked my friend Gle-n, a former private
detective, to accompany me -- along with a hidden tape recorder. We
met in a private home not far from O'Hare Airfield. There were three
principals: R-y, the advertising executive whom I had met before,
was a former jet pilot who had chased UFOs in Korea and had been on
their trail ever since. Bi-l, an executive with a major airline, who
was dedicated to solving the UFO enigma and able to travel anywhere
at a moment's notice to investigate any UFO report firsthand. And
there was 'Sa-vatore' -- a non-Terran, a UFO navigator who appeared
to be in his late 50s in terms of Earth-years, who had been chosen
to negotiate with us Terrans for the fu-l base and the fireproofing
solution.
The evening went fast and was extremely confusing. From the outset,
one of the non-Terrans, a tall redheaded woman with very strange,
staring eyes, was hostile to me, complaining that in one of my books
I had said that some UFO's may not have the most friendly of
intentions. And I was never really introduced to a number of other
individuals who, apparently, were the investment counselors, the
psychologist, the pilots, and other assorted non-Terrans. To make
matters more confusing, in spite of his practiced efforts to get
crucial information on tape, Glenn's hidden recorder later reproduced
only some unintelligible voices that sounded like Donald Duck
singing in the shower.
In subsequent meetings with Sa-vatore, however, we soon determined
that he was not really a non-Terran, but a good old Terran just like
us. However, he had been trained by a German scientist who had
worked closely with the non-Terrans. And this was the best part of
the story: Toward the end of World War I, Dr. Rhinelander (as we
shall call him) was contacted by a group of non-Terrans and told
that he would be given the plans and assistance to build a marvelous
aerial craft that would run on a propulsion system totally unknown
to the earth science of the day. If he wished to receive this
information, he must form a group of scientific disciples and
immigrate to a certain coal-mining community in the Midwest,
U.S.-. Dr. Rhinelander agreed, and as soon as possible after the
signing of the Armistice, the Germans immigrated to the designated
area. It was important to be near these nearly played-out mines,
Dr. Rhinelander was told, because the fuel he would need for the
crafts would be made from a by-product of coal.
Dr. Rhinelander and his fellow scientists established themselves
in the community, beginning their day when the last whistle sounded
in the mines.
While the other miners trudged for the bars, home, supper, and
bed, the scientists entered their laboratories and set about to
fulfill the time schedule that had been set for them by their
mysterious benefactors.
Eventually, through the apparently unlimited funds provided by
the non-Terrans, Dr. Rhinelander was able to buy up old mines to
convert into spacious laboratories and to employ large numbers of
the indigenous community.
Salva-ore told us that those who wished to work for Dr.
Rhinelander had first to pass a rigorous physical examination and
a tortuous, maddening psychological examination. If one were
accepted, he was given a special diet and was required to submit
to a regular testing of his blood, "to see if it stayed right."
Sal-atore served his apprenticeship as a "checker"-- a very simple
job. One had only to receive a name and an address and go to that
place and "check" to see if that person was doing what he was
supposed to be doing. For example, the computer might say that a
certain man was supposed to be living in Orlando, Florida, and was
supposed to be a research chemist. A checker would then be
dispatched to Orlando to see if that fellow was employed as a
research chemist or if he had "erred" and pursued another walk of
life.
S-lvatore admitted that I was on the checkers' lists and that
they had been checking on me since I was a child to see if I were
following the program that had been established for me. Naturally,
as one who believes in free will, I did not receive such an
allegation with enthusiasm.
After a few years as a "checker," Sa-vatore was allowed to enter
the laboratories where Dr. Rhinelander and his crew were assembling
the first aerial craft, which to Salvatore's unsophisticated eye
appeared as impractically shaped as upside-down saucers. But soon
the diligent Salvato-e was working closely with Dr. Rhinelander and
falling in love with the scientist's lovely and brilliant daughter.
Dr. Rhinelander had such confidence in his daughter's ability that
he permitted her to captain the maiden flight of the aerial craft
that had been designed according to their tutors' specifications.
That was when tragedy first struck.
Although the takeoff was accomplished without incident, the craft
was no sooner free of the Earth's atmosphere when a similar but
larger vehicle appeared and literally "caught" the ship piloted by
Ms. Rhinelander within its metallic structure.
The alarmed and confused German scientists were then informed that
another group of non-Terrans had objected to the intervention of Dr.
Rhinelander's benefactors. They were not eager for Homo sapiens to
have the secrets of interstellar travel. In fact, they would seek
to delay humankind's leap to other worlds as long as possible.
In spite of this interference by a hostile extraterrestrial group,
Dr. Rhinelander became determined to master space travel and to
negotiate for the return of his daughter. According to Salvat-re,
two more vehicles were lost to the opposing factor of non-Terrans
before the Germans perfected a means of avoiding capture. Dr.
Rhinelander's daughter and the other crew members were never
returned, although the Terrans were assured that these people were
being well cared for on another world.
Dr. Rhinelander finally accomplished space travel in the 1930's,
but it seemed to matter little. He grieved over the loss of his
daughter and became diverted from his work. Concurrently, the
unlimited financial funding that they had enjoyed seemed to be
curtailed. Chaos began to permeate their once splendid structure of
efficient order. At the time of Dr. Rhinelander's death, the group
was approaching poverty, and even though they were still in close
contact with the non-Terrans in their underwater bases, the
scientists had little inclination to attempt more than an occasional
foray into the night skies with their two surviving craft.
And now the nervous Sal-atore, a small, plump, perpetually
talking man, wished to sell the formulas to the nonpollutant
fuel--which, he pointed out, Earth certainly needed now -- and the
fireproofer, which humankind always needed in their combustionable
society.
But was he authorized to sell these formulas? Salv-tore always
answered yes, but in each of our various meetings he had the
disconcerting habit of always looking over his shoulder--or ours --
as if someone lurked unseen in the shadows. He explained that the
group was now poor, and the few survivors had authorized him to
seek a high bidder for their scientific breakthroughs.
Did the f-el work? Yes, Ra- said. He had used it in his lawnmower
all summer with good results. An attorney used it in his Lincoln
Continental for several months, and he had been told by mechanics
that the motor was in excellent condition.
A jarful was mixed and handed around the room. There seemed to be
little odor. Gl-nn dipped in a finger and touched it to his tongue.
Little taste--maybe a bit like kerosene. We poured a bit out and
touched a match to it. Instantly it poofed into smokeless flame.
Paul Gooding
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102042...@shell.mlode.com...
> Subject: Information About Brad Steiger. Apr. 23, 2002.
>
> As most of you know Brad in a writer. He writes about the unusual.
A little restless here. Can't sleep. Ah, what have we here? Some amateur
science fiction?
Ramblings of a delusional wannabe writer?
Whatever. Three paragraphs in, I am sleepy. Downright comatose.
Cant .......... stay ..............awake
............................zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz
DrPostman
accordance with the prophecy wrote:
>
>"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
>news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102042...@shell.mlode.com...
>> Subject: Information About Brad Steiger. Apr. 23, 2002.
>>
>> As most of you know Brad in a writer. He writes about the unusual.
>
>A little restless here. Can't sleep. Ah, what have we here? Some amateur
>science fiction?
>Ramblings of a delusional wannabe writer?
No, just a report from a well known net legend, Go ahead and goof
on John all you want, he will only goof back, if he wants to pay attention
to you. Be grateful for the few Johns that are out there, most of Usenet
is full of angry kooks while John takes life in stride and simply passes
on information he sees. Even the most hardened skeptics who have
been on the net for any length of time have a great deal of respect for him.
Dr.Postman USPS, MBMC, BsD; "Disgruntled, But Unarmed"
Member,Board of Directors of afa-b, SKEP-TI-CULT® member #15-51506-253.
You can email me at: jamie_eckles(at)hotmail.com
"Why don't you tell this MAD-DOG she'll cure her own HYSTERIA with a
HYSTERECTOMY? That may calm the BITCH down a little. Tell her you know a
good veterinarian."
-Fake "Dr" Turi shows his light and love
Cap
"Baron Lurk" <Baro...@spam-not.attbi.com> wrote in message
news:u9necu87v7ccc90hc...@4ax.com...
> Didn't "Thread 31" get Goodwin'd about 18 months ago?
I still long for the innocent halcyon days of "Thread29" when
Chupacabras and hollow Mt. Shasta were all we had to fear.
John F. Winston
JW Yes, those were the good ole days.
John F. Winston
On Wed, 24 Apr 2002, DrPostman wrote:
> On Tue, 23 Apr 2002 23:12:11 -0700, "Paul Gooding" <ppgo...@rocketmail.com> in
> accordance with the prophecy wrote:
>
> >
> >"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
> >news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102042...@shell.mlode.com...
> >> Subject: Information About Brad Steiger. Apr. 23, 2002.
> >>
> >> As most of you know Brad in a writer. He writes about the unusual.
> >
> >A little restless here. Can't sleep. Ah, what have we here? Some amateur
> >science fiction?
> >Ramblings of a delusional wannabe writer?
>
> No, just a report from a well known net legend, Go ahead and goof
> on John all you want, he will only goof back, if he wants to pay attention
> to you. Be grateful for the few Johns that are out there, most of Usenet
> is full of angry kooks while John takes life in stride and simply passes
> on information he sees. Even the most hardened skeptics who have
> been on the net for any length of time have a great deal of respect for him.
> Dr.Postman USPS, MBMC, BsD; "Disgruntled, But Unarmed"
> Member,Board of Directors of afa-b, SKEP-TI-CULT® member #15-51506-253.
> You can email me at: jamie_eckles(at)hotmail.com
JW Thanks for your kind words.
John F. Winston
As most of you already know Brad has written over 100 books. Some
of them are movels and are fiction. People who don't believe what
he is saying would say that all of his books are fiction. I've read
many of his books and have enjoyed them. He is a frequent guest on
the Art Bell Show and Art treats him with respect.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Did the fireproofer work? We were informed that a demonstration had
been arranged at a nearby airfield. A mixture of oil and gasoline
consuming an old fuselage had been extinguished within seconds with
but one squirt from a fire extinguisher filled with the substance.
Ra- felt he could get backers to raise the money the group was
asking for the formulas. But in my opinion, he was about to enter
some of the most maddening squares on the Reality Game. "I doubt if it
will ever happen," I warned him. "Should you get the backers, I
doubt you'll ever get together with Salvat-re. And I hope you're
secure in your job. In the past people who have tried to join forces
with these characters have often ended up discredited. Scientists
have been promised the Nobel prize and have been awarded nothing but
the humiliation of being bounced out of the university with their
tenure torn to shreds."
I went along on a midnight meeting in some seedy bar where we were
to rendezvous with Sal-atore. It rained so hard that night that it
must have kept even UFO's out of the sky, because Salva-ore did not
show to deliver the formulas. I turned down the opportunity to come
along for the next "for sure" transfer, and I was hardly surprised
when -ay told me that Sa-vatore had not shown on that occasion,
either.
In my opinion, a mischievous "whoever" was playing the old
keepaway game. It became increasingly obvious to me that even though
S-lvatore may have been present at some decidedly remarkable
happenings, he was no more authorized to sell those ostensibly
fabulous formulas than he was to sell a piece of the moon. Sal-atore
was, in my opinion, a nervous little automaton, a puppet that
jumped when an undisclosed someone pulled the strings.
Speaking of the moon, it was not long before R-y found himself
confronted by attractive young women who claimed they were
non-Terrans who had gone to school on Earth's satellite. Ra-
telephoned me and appealed for help. He said that the women could
answer any technological question that he, a former A-r Force jet
pilot, could throw at them without hesitation. I reminded him that
I had already announced my decision to "pass" this aspect of the
Reality Game, but since Ra- was a good friend, it was difficult to
deny his pleas. I met him for lunch in a downtown restaurant when
I was doing a guest shot on local ABC television's Chicago Show.
An excited -ay told me that he had taken one of the Moon Maids for
dinner a couple of nights before in an attempt to ply her with
enough alcoholic beverages to loosen her tongue. She had put away a
dozen double martinis without slurring a syllable, without
contradicting any previously disclosed aspect of her story, and
without once excusing herself to go to the ladies' room.
The Moon Maid's invulnerability to the effects of strong alcoholic
drink reminded me of a confidential disclosure made to me by another
UFO researcher who said that a non-Terran had entered his apartment
one night and drank a bottle of bleach kept under the sink as proof
that such chemicals did not affect their internal systems. R-y kept
in touch for quite some time, and he proved to possess a rare degree
of determination. He told me of a number of midnight meetings, which
the other parties never kept. On occasion, he was "tailed" by three
dark men in dark automobiles, who proved to be unshakable. But he
never managed to track down those magical formulas.
I remained on the non-Terrans alleged "check list." I do not
really know if these non-Terrans who have contacted me from time
to time are precisely who they claim to be or whether they are some
very real Terran jokesters. Some of them, like Sal-atore, seem to
be the manipulated subjects of some invisible puppeteer. I suspect
that our opponents in the Reality Game occasionally employ
conditioned members of our own species to pull off their distracting
pranks, and then, later, some normal Homo sapiens imitate these
Trickster devices through hoaxes--thereby royally confusing the
whole issue.
This is one of the real paradoxes of the whole UFO mystery. The
attitude of the UFOnauts, the Visitors, the Other, toward us seems
ambivalent at best. I have learned that it is best to play their
game with extreme caution and to attempt to remain as centered,
focused, and balanced as possible. To enter their dimension, is
to enter a version of our world where nothing is as it seems.
The above account has been adapted from my Mysteries of Time and
Space in which I describe many more encounters with the Tricksters,
the Men in Black, and other assorted cosmic opponents who challenge
us to play what I have come to call, The Reality Game. If we can
once apprehend the true significance of the preposterous clues, if
we can but master the proper moves, we may obtain a clearer picture
of our true role in the cosmic scheme of things. The rules of the
Reality Game are confusing, extremely flexible, and difficult to
define, but play we must--for it is the only game in the Universe.
=========================================
<<<RealUFOs>>>
"We know the truth is out there!"
===========================================
Post message: Real...@onelist.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@onelist.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@onelist.com
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is an astronaut who seem to know quite a bit about UFOs.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/craft.htm
Alien Craft Info and Gove-nment S-crets
__________________________________
Excerpts from a speech by Astronaut Edgar Mi-chell; Lunar
Module Pilot, Apollo 14.
Edgar Mit-hell on gov't UFO sec-ets: "In our briefing of the Joint
Chiefs of Staff Intelligence Group, it became very clear to us that
they were naive. They did not really know any more about this effort
than we do, if as much. That is because, as Bob Dean pointed out
earlier, most of the people in go-ernment were not in gover-ment
when I retired twenty five years ago, they are younger people. The
files going back fifty years just no longer exist. They've either
been purged, compromised or whatever. They don't exist.
So when we blame gov-rnment for not being forthright, they really
don't have anything to be forthright about, at least at that level.
Now, somewhere there's knowledgeable people, the question often
comes up as to how they could have kept this a se-ret for so long.
And friends they haven't. It's been around us all the time, but it
has been denied, and obscured. The prevalence in the modern era of
so many events - the sightings, the continual mutilation events,
the so-called abduction events I find that quite alarming. With
regard to the technology itself, I work with folks who do know what
is in our technological data base and what is available to modern
ar-ies.
The so-called ET technology, the ability to have silent engines
and flying machines that make no sound, flying machines that have
the characteristics that are consistent with reproduction of UFO
sightings, are not in any nations arsenal, but they do exist. So if
there are back engineered technologies existing, they are probably
in the hands of this group of individuals, formerly gov-rnment,
formerly perhaps inte-ligence, formerly, under private sector
control with some sort of oversight by mil-tary or by gov-rnment.
But this (oversight) is likely no longer the case as a result of
this access denied category that is now operating. I call it a
clandestine group. The technology is not in our mili-ary arsenals
anywhere in the world, but it does exist, and to me that's quite
disconcerting.
These objects are real machines, not merely projections of
Jungian archetypes in the mind or intrusions of extra-dimensional
beings. I am not denying that both of the latter may not also be
playing a more subtle role. I am a bit puzzled now about exactly
where Jacques Vallee stands on the metallic machine evidence for
UFOs?
There are smaller disk-shaped craft that come from a larger
cigar-shaped "mother ship".
Sizes range from 8 inches to a 1000 feet for the mother
cylindrical craft. There is also a "dirigible" version of a few
hundred feet. The disks are in range of 1 to 30 meters.
Saturn-like vehicles with a "ring" are in 5 to 15 meter range.
Conical types that are about 200 meters.
Color in daylight brightly polished silver to dull aluminum.
Flat-bottoms are darker underneath in a central circular area or
in annular ring near the rim. Running lights at night in many
patterns. Blinking, theater marquee, Xmas tree. Solid lights in
red, orange, amber, yellow, blue, blue-violet, brilliant wh-te
singly and in combinations. Solid colors resemble neon lighting.
4. Halos at night, neon-like, solid color luminescence emanating
from an envelope of air around the metallic hard surfaces.
Bullets ricochet from these surfaces. In saucers and saturns the
halo concentrates near the "ring" rim more intensely below than
above it. Sometimes an ice cream cone halo underneath the saucer.
The big cylindrical mother ships sometimes have a great white cloud.
5. Wakes: dirigibles and cylinders have plume-like wakes when
accelerating rapidly or moving a high speeds. These wakes are gray
to straw-colored indaylight, flame-colored at night. UFOs can mov
as slow at 100 mph without generating a wake.
6. Jitter - at times they vibrate heavily. UFO motion is jerky and
jittery at low speed. This could be an optical effect rather than a
real jitter.
7. Absence of heat near a UFO. So not much infra-red emanations.
Mild sensation of warmth. The surfaces of the UFO are not very hot.
Nothing is at a red heat.
8. Maneuvers. Hovering at any altitude is common. UFOs hover close
to the ground for long times instead of landing. The different
maneuvers include: a Falling leaf or UFO-rock like a coin falling
in water.
b. Silver-dollar wobble - like a coin with a slow spin on a flat
surface. This maneuver is consistently observed at the end of a
rapid descent as the UFO initiates hovering.
c. Acute-angle turn with rapid stop at the vertex sudden reversal of
direction.
e. Bank and turn - exactly like conventional aircraft.
f. Straight-away speed run either horizontal or vertical!
g. Tilt to maneuver "UFOs tilt to perform all maneuvers ... they sit
level to hover, tilt forward to move forward, tilt backward to
stop, bank to turn".
9. Speed 9,000 mph at altitudes 60,000 feet, 18,000 feet,, 3,500
feet from mil-tary radar observations.
10. Accelerations are typically 100g, which is 10x larger than our
fighting air machines, but less than our small anti-tank tube or
gun-launched missiles whose internal computers and gyroscopes are
designed to withstand 9,000g back in 1975. What would such a small
missile do to a UFO at close range?
Note: this 100g figure is what is seen by external observers. The
ship itself and its occupants may be in the local inertial frame
(LIF) motion of "free-float" i.e. zero g just like our astronauts
orbiting the Earth with rockets switched off and no spinning of
the craft.
11. UFOs observed as high as 200 miles from surface of Earth. So
they are space-capable.
12. Sound: hum, buzz, whine at close quarters. Sound rises in both
pitch and intensity seconds before and during take-off.
Steady motion either a light swish-of-air sound or running
absolutely silent, with few exceptions. NO ROAR OR BOOM WHEN MOVING
AT SUPERSONIC SPEED!
13. Weight 30 tons - for an ellipsoidal craft 6 meters axial,
meters cross diameter. This is 965 kilos per cubic meter, which
is like our modern nuclear submarines, but is more than our jet
airplanes. UFOs have retractable landing gear three 6"x12"
rectangles in equilateral triangle of 6 meter sides with X-print
5" deep in hard soil, for a 10 meter disk.
14. -ests and rings: saucers land without extending their
retractable gear in reeds or soft ground leaving nest-like
imprints. They swirl down grass rings like the "crop circles"
perhaps? Hovering saucers form chemically and physical altered
annular rings in the earth itself. Also charred roots and wilted
plants are found.
15. Propulsion: no visible means.
There is no jet propulsion. There is no ejection of propellant of
any kind.
The 100g accelerations would require conventional jet engines
that are unattainable with known technology. This is not how they
do it. Some kind of force field is involved. These fields bend and
break tree branches, bump or slow automobiles spinning them out of
control or tipping them over, stop people by force or knock them
down.
16. High degree of nuclear radioactivity and X-rays near UFOs!
This is not healthy.
17. Merging: spheres and saucers leave and enter large cylinders
and dirigibles.
18. Occupants seen engaged in collecting plants, minerals, water,
manually and using suction hoses.
19. EMP is strong. All electrical circuitry interupted, batteries
are burned out, gasoline engines stop, diesel engines OK.
Conventional fighter aircraft attacking UFOs at close quarters
will be destroyed by EMP unless specially hardened.
20. Alien weaponry includes heat beams, paralyzing beams, force
tractor beams both as tools and weapons. UFO occupants are
apparently not mad dogs killing sadistically. Generally they use
nonlethal levels for their weapons to defend against attacks.
N-TO forces should not initiate attacks unless attacked. UFOs have
pattern of intruding on our defense bases and also key
hydroelectric plants. They are also interested in getting close to
-----water like lakes.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
DrPostman
with the prophecy wrote:
>JW Thanks for your kind words.
You're a good egg John. How is that cat of yours doing? I know
that there is no way to replace Yogi but cats can be pretty good
pets, if they choose to do so.
Dr.Postman USPS, MBMC, BsD; "Disgruntled, But Unarmed"
Member,Board of Directors of afa-b, SKEP-TI-CULT® member #15-51506-253.
You can email me at: jamie_eckles(at)hotmail.com
"Why don't you tell this MAD-DOG she'll cure her own HYSTERIA with a
John F. Winston
On Thu, 25 Apr 2002, DrPostman wrote:
> On Thu, 25 Apr 2002 14:23:10 -0700, "John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> in accordance
> with the prophecy wrote:
>
>
> >JW Thanks for your kind words.
>
>
> You're a good egg John. How is that cat of yours doing? I know
> that there is no way to replace Yogi but cats can be pretty good
> pets, if they choose to do so.
doing pretty good. Recently I had him fixed and now he says, "If it
works don't fix it.
John F. Winston
From time to time I get such questions as, "I'm going to be going
to the Wesak Festival at Mt. Shasta soon, so would you please tell
me all you know about Mt. Shasta?" Other questions come in such as
"Will you please give me the directions to the Door of Mt. Shasta
again"? So all of this led me to the conclusion that I should
write all of it down in the form of a book. Here is my explanation
of what has come my way about Mt. Shasta.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Mt. Shasta, The Home Of The White Robed Men.
Chapter 1.
In the year 1962 my friend and I took a trip up to the World's
Fair in Seattle, Washington. While going through Calif. on our way
up to the fair that contained the mono-rail-traim, and the large
steeple we passed the small city called Mt. Shasta City. This town
is on the sides of a large mountain called Mount Shasta. It is
about 14,380 feet tall and is covered on the top by several eternal
glaciers that never completely melt. After drinking in the beauty
of the mountain we then went past the logging town of Weed, Calif
which is about the size of Mt. Shasta City. On out passed Weed we
noticed a a very run down wire, cattle fence beside the right hand
side of the road and on this fence was sign saying "Temple of
Gatahma Buddha. We thought the sign was very old at the time but
never gave it much thought.
On subsequent years we came back and tried to find the fence and
sign but they were both gone. Later I found out that there was a
monastery or temple of Buddhist monks who were living on the sides
of the mountain at that time.
Mt Shasta didn't enter my mind again for a few years. During a
time I was working with General Electric as a tech. rep. for the
United States Air Force, I suddenly got an idea that I didn't want
to work with atomic bombs on the Atlas Missile any more because
if one exploded it would blow a deep hole in the ground and kill
a lot of people including myself. I also came to the realization
that if we sent the atomic bomb over to other countries it would
kill thousands of people.
I then asked that something would happen so I wouldn't have to do
that job anymore.
Something did happen. The company's contract with the government
expired and I would have to leave. I left and got another job but
figured there was something I had to find.
I sold my house an took off for Alaska but didn't find that for
which I was seeking.
Then I thought it might be that I was supposed to find Noah's Ark
and finally went to a lecture by a person called Michael X Barton
and he was talking about "The Shroud Of Turin." I then asked the
person who owned the mansion where the lecture was being held, at a
place called "The San Antonio College of Metaphysics Inquiry", if he
knew any person who knew anything about finding Noah's Ark (The
millionair's name was John Hopkins who was a nephew of the Mr.
Hopkins who helped a person called Mr. Johns start the Johns Hopkins
hospital).
John Hopkins told me that he didn't know of anyone specifically
who knew about the subject but pointed out a crippled person across
the room by the name of Merele Fagot because he knew a lot about
many things.
Merele confided in me that he was not an expert in Noah's Ark,
although I had previously talked with a bell hop man who was more
than 72 years old at the time. This bell hop (a person who carries
luggage around for people in a hotel) had made several trips in
search of the Ark.
Merele invited me over to his T.V repair shop in Oakland and
changed the subject on me. He started talking about UFOs, ESP and
the men inside of Mt. Shasta.
All of a sudden I noticed my quest to find something had ceased.
I was satisfied to listen and learn from this person.
He taught me for 2 or more hours each day each week for the next
two and one half years and then off and on for the next five
years.
One of Merele's most classic stories is the following in his own
words.
.........
Back in the 30's, I had read stories about the men inside of Mt.
Shasta and had decided to go take a trip up there to find out about
it for myself. I arrived in the town of Mt. Shasta City and stopped
at a local gasoline station. I told the attendant about that I was
trying to find something out about the men from inside of Mt. Shasta.
He replied to me, "It's odd that you would ask me about that because
less than 3 weeks ago one of those people came into the station here.
Merele then asked then asked the attendant to tell him the complete
incident.
The attendant then said, The man that came in was wearing a white
robe, sandals and turbine. He asked for some kerosene. I
went in the back and filled his can. He then reached into a fold
in his garment and
pulled out a small bag, like a tobacco bag, containing a gold
nuggets. He then gave me some gold and I said, "Oh that's much to
much. Let me get you some change". The man from the mountain then
stated, "No. Your keep it."
Merele then told me about a book by a person who I'm not a
liberty to mention or I'll be sued. This person was taken inside
of Mt. Shasta and showed around. According to this person the
people inside Mt. Shasta can take regular dirt, put it in a device
and produce gold out it, so you see that they don't value gold as
a means of exchange.
In the past one story states that a famous astronomer looked at
Mt. Shasta from distance, with a telescope and saw some temples,
but later on the temples were not visible. It also appears that
at times certain areas on the mountain have a type of energy coming
from them that causes car motors to stop. At other times a person
can go through the area without any difficulty.
If a person is taking a short trip to Mt. Shasta, one of the best
places to go in the summer is Panther Meadows and Bunny Flats. These
are two places that are about as high as you can go on the mountain
by paved roads. If you go up a little higher on the same side of
the mountain you will get to the Old Ski Bowl, which is no longer
in operation, if fact in recent years the building has even been
burned up and taken away.
Let's say that you were there on a day called the Harmonic
Convergence like I was few years back. The first thing a person
should do is go to the local metaphysical book store called "The
Golden Brough" or "The Angel Store" just across the street. They
are both on one of the two main streets of town that connect to Mt.
Shasta Blvd., which is the main brag of town. Many years ago there
was a bookstore owned by a nice lady, then another lady started
another bookstore, who was replaced by a beautiful ex-model by the
name of Mytsy Gellesby, and now she is now gone also, replaced by
another lady. I guess I must be the most forgettable person in the
world because each time I go in I have to explain who I am and what
i'm doing.
She has been written up in the big San Francisco newspaper and is
very famous. That's pretty good for a small bookstore of one room
and an upper room with about 2,900 people in the town. You will be
able to buy a book in this store about Mt. Shasta by a person called
Bruce Walton.
While Mytsy was there she could tell you what was going on around
the area about Mt. Shasta, but she was not too open minded. She
could tell you how to get to Panther Meadows probably at least when
she used to own the bookstore but now another lady owns it who will
also help you. If you can't get the information from this person
all you have to do is take the road up the hill, about 11 miles to
Sand Flats, keep going and and you'll come to Panther Meadows. They
call it Panther Meadows because there used to be panthers there and
there is a invisible panther there also, but I may explain that
later. About a mile before you get to Panther Meadows you come to
Bunny Flats. That name probably comes from the fact that there
used to be bunny rabbits there. This is one of the staging areas
for hikers who want to climb to the top of the mountain.
While your at Panther Meadows you might check out you
clairvoyance and ability to see beings in aonther dimensions. If
you are like my friend who I met one day a little farther up the
hill at the old ski bowl, by the name of Gabriel then you'll be
able to see all sorts of things such as fairy folk, leprechauns,
Pan, ascended masters, men from the mountain, nature spirits
and a bunch more things.
The American Indians put up a tent in the Panther Meadows area and
have sweat lodges during certain times of the year.
Sometime they invite outsiders to participate with them in these
things. Oh yes, a lot of people think Michael is crazy. I think
he's crazy, like a fox.
The day that I was up there on the mountain, during The Harmonic
Convergence, I started off at Sand Flats. This is a weird flat
place on the sides of Mt. Shasta where there no trees. If a flying
saucer was going to land this would be the place to do it. Some
people call it Saucer Flats.
John F. Winston
I was listening to one of the morning TV shows called Live With
Regis and Kelly when they started talking about a prediction that
was put out by a psychic called Kreskin. He predicted that we were
going to have a major sighting of UFOs over the desert in Nevada in
May or June. It was my hope that someone would get some more
information about this and put it on the Internet. There was a
question as to whether the UFO would be the largest one seen in a
long time or whether the number of people seeing it would be most
people to a see a UFO in a long time.
Here is some information that has come my way on this subject.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: D
Subject: Kreskin Predicts Major UFO Sighting For May/June Of 2002
From Several Canadian News Sources
4-25-2
---
Download 1.2 meg RealPlayer Media (rm) file from the Regis Philbin
Show (audio)
http://www.rense.com/1.imagesD/LiveRegisKellyUFOsm.rm
As some of you know, I'm senior newswriter/news producer for a
morning television show here in Toronto, Canada. Yesterday, Thursday
Feb. 28th, we had the Amusing, er, Amazing Kreskin as our guest. On
being introduced he rambled for a few seconds about how little live
TV there is anymore (Our show Breakfast Television is 3 hours live
daily) and how cold it was outside. He then suddenly switched topic
and made the following statement. I transcribed it from the
aircheck-videotape and reproduce it complete with interruptions by
our lovely co-host Liza.
---
Thursday February 28... 7:52am 'Breakfast Television' CITY-TV
Toronto
Kreskin: Now yesterday, there was a big story all over the country
(Canada) about UFOs. This... Canada.... I think is interesting...
Liza: ....Yeah, there's been so many sightings...
Kreskin: 42 percent in this past year, more. I made (make?) a
statement because in the States last year, I was involved in a one
week documentary on TV regarding UFO's. Two of the shows I was
consultant with, analyzing why people respond, why they may see
them. You have it on this show here, before the press conference in
the States... You're going to have the largest UFO sighting in
the past half-century that will take place in either May or June...
Liza: ...of this year?
Kreskin: It's going to take place in the desert in Nevada and you
will have more people witnessing it than recorded in a century.
(He paused for a second and then continued)
Kreskin: When I get back to the States I'm going to put up a five
figure amount of money up. If I fail, it goes to charity..... And I
don't fly in UFOs..... [At this point he talks about how flakey the
staff of 'Breakfast Television' is, (true enough) and goes into
his regular, non-UFO, shtick.]
---
Two questions... Didn't Sam Donaldson make a similar prediction
about alien encounters or UFO landing recently. Other than the
promised Olympic fly-past, anyone heard of a similar prediction. Am
I experiencing Deja Vu? Are these two on to something... or just on
something? We'll keep our eyes peeled...and any Listers in Nevada,
could you do the same?
Me: Your new book is called Kreskin and the Stars, in which you
interview celebrities and newsmakers ranging from Seinfeld to
Greenspan to Teller, that guy who helped build the A-bomb. What
are some of the predictions they offer about the future?
Kreskin: Well, one of the most surprising was to hear Kathy Lee
Gifford knock television. She says that in the future, people will
only read books for enjoyment.
...........
Kreskin, what's this about you predicting the world's biggest mass
sighting of UFOs in the Nevada desert sometime this spring?
Kreskin: The number of UFO sightings is up 42 per cent in Canada
since Jan. 1.
Over the years, I've talked to too many commercial pilots -
responsible, normal people - who've seen things flying beside their
plane that they couldn't explain. They can't take their story
public, but I'm convinced there are extraterrestrials. G-d forbid
we humans are the smartest creatures in the universe. If we are,
then Go- made a big mistake!
Me: Hey, good one, K-man! But are you willing to put your
reputation as the world's most famous maker-upper-of-things-to-come
on the line over this UFO thing?
Kreskin: Absolutely. If I'm wrong, I'll be making a very large
donation to a well-known charity.
- Ron Seymour is a Daily Courier reporter whose column appears
Wednesday and Friday.
JW I hope that all of my friends who have helped me out in the past
will think positively about the sighting actually coming to pass.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Paul Gooding
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102042...@shell.mlode.com...
>
> I was listening to one of the morning TV shows called Live With
> Regis and Kelly when they started talking about a prediction that
> was put out by a psychic called Kreskin. He predicted that we were
> going to have a major sighting of UFOs over the desert in Nevada in
> May or June. It was my hope that someone would get some more
> information about this and put it on the Internet. There was a
> question as to whether the UFO would be the largest one seen in a
> long time or whether the number of people seeing it would be most
> people to a see a UFO in a long time.
Ah, Kreskin. From his website:
--------
. AT LEAST TWO MAJOR AIRLINES WILL GO OUT OF BUSINESS."
FACT: Midway Airlines just announced it is going out of business
<end excerpt>---------
Dr. Panlgoss says: Were it not for the fact that Midway was not a "major
airline", and that even if it were, Kreskin's prediction was off by a factor
of fifty percent, his prognostication would have been right on the money.
---------
PEOPLE BUYING LARGER HOMES: People will be buying larger homes, particularly
with larger kitchens. Many will be choosing not to move but rather increase
the size of their current home with a focus on the kitchen because of the
increase in family values and the need to bee around loved ones.
< end excerpt>--------
Dr. Pangloss says: Were it not for the fact that home sizes and kitchen
sizes have been growing steadily since World War II, Kreskin's
prognostication would seem ..... well, prescient.
---------
ENRON: The greed of the Chairman of the Boards and the deceit and the
collapse of the Enron Company will cause a scandal in the government and
also create a distrust for Wall Street analysts.
< end excerpt >---------
Dr. Pangloss says: Were it not for the fact the described events happened
in 2001, and Kreskin lists this item as a prediction for 2002, his
prognostication would seem .... well, more like a prognistication.
--------------
CONDIT: If Condit chooses to run for re-election, he will win.
< end excerpt > --------------
Dr. Pangloss says: Whoops!
The most "amazing" thing about the Amazing Kreskin is that he manages to
maintain a microscopic claim to celebrity by saying this crap and passing it
off as prediction.
John F. Winston
In the past I have found that there are motherships inside of
Mt. Shasta that are about 330 to 360 feet long. I've also seen
mothership going into the Clipper mountains near Danby, Calif.
at night. They were lit up with different colors of lights. While
working with Samuel Partridge in Northern Calif. there was a craft
called "The Transvaal" and some of these mothership were about
16.1 miles long. They had another one about the same size called
"The Phoenix." Some people believe that the "New Jerusalem" and
the "Star Of Bethlehem" are spaceships. It would be interesting
for me to find out how large a "Suncruiser" is.
Now I'll put down some information about big motherships. It
comes from Sheldan so if you hate him please don't bother reading
it. It's also channeled material and some of you detest that
sort of information, so beware.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: T
Subject: Sheldan Nidle- Our fleets contain Motherships...
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the
Galactic Federation
8 Lamat, 11 Kank'in, 10 Caban
-----------------------------------------------------------
----
Greetings! We arrive, dear Hearts! Much has been taking place
around you. This realm in which you dwell is mutating at a greatly
accelerated rate. This time of transition is drawing you ever
closer to your new galactic society. To those of us who already
reside in one, it is often astounding to observe the dark, limited
world that is yours. In stark contrast to you, we see travel within
this galaxy, or to another, as a given. Our fleets contain
Motherships that range in size from many miles to many thousands of
miles in diameter. Our technology, which permits us to cross the
galaxy in mere minutes, truly makes every star-nation our galactic
neighbor. Each star society is proud of the culture they have created
and the community in which they live. Like you, they are in
transition. Because a great galactic conflict that lasted for
millions of your solar years finally has come to an end, there is
now greater opportunity for harmony and mutual cooperation. You are
the heart of this process. Every one of you represents an important
aspect of this extremely diverse sentient group that is located in
what you call the Milky Way Galaxy.
Have you ever pondered life on other planets? Or have you ever
considered that this reality of yours might not be the only one
possible?
This search for diversity underlies the entire premise of our
Science and Exploration fleets. Each of you, dear Hearts, is an
explorer and a divine teacher. Within you exists a potential that
compels you to return to the stars and rediscover your highest
level of conscious potential. This process is exquisitely ordained
by the divine plan. Galactic society is simply the ability to learn
how to think in ways that transform your existing degrees of
limitation. You can revise these limitations to become as broad as
you wish them to be. The changes you are undergoing are intended to
create conditions that will move you from where you are now to where
you were meant to be. At the core of these changes are new
consciousness paradigms. Within them exists a scientific paradigm
that is new and vastly different. These models are a given. They
are your destiny. This present period of chaos is merely an
illusory covering for what you are actually experiencing.
View us, dear Ones, as simply your benevolent sisters and brothers.
Whether we originate in realms of Spi-it or of physicality, we
arrive to guide and help usher in a new reality. The divine plan
has foreseen this reality. Its origins are embodied within each
one of you. This is the crucial element that we are emphasizing in
today's message. Our ships are living entities, filled with beauty
and impelled by a mission to allow her crew to succeed, whatever
their assignment. They are alive and fully willing to serve, even to
sacrifice themselves for their crew. A marvelous, positive
symbiotic relationship quickly flourishes between our fleet
personnel and their ships. To us, these fleets become like
synthetic planets or even solar systems. Because they are truly a
home away from home, we have made them extremely large. Each
Mothership in this fleet serves a purpose. Some are merely
home-sites that reproduce the environment of our home planets while
others, more utilitarian in design, act as our workstations.
Together, they form a fleet. Here we live, perform our rituals
and carry out our tasks.
The size and form of each ship allows it to achieve its function.
Motherships are extremely proud of their capabilities and of
how well they serve their crew. In turn, their personnel hold in
awe the great legends and reputation that surround the older
Motherships. These Beings have a lifespan that has covered many
millennia, during which they have saved a great many crews and
faithfully carried out their assigned missions. The dedication,
Love and loyalty of these magnificent ships of Light cannot be
understated.
Their caring energy is felt whenever you are in their presence.
From the moment they first hail you, until you step aboard, you
know that you have encountered a most incredible lady. These
Motherships and their amazing entourage of smaller scout ships are
committed to serve you unconditionally.
Our technology has created an instrument that moves you through
space and allows you to carry out whatever task you have been
assigned.
This exceptional technology will interface easily with yours,
allowing Mother Earth and her sister planets to return to their
former pristine state. However, at its highest levels, this advanced
technology is designed to be handled only by fully conscious Beings
of Light. We have watched as the dark mishandled particular aspects
of this technology in your galaxy.
Even elements of your sec-et gov-rnment have used it at extremely
primitive levels to achieve some of their objectives. Now, we issue
a final wa-ning to those who, in the past, have abused it and still
contemplate the use of nucl-ar weaponry. We will not permit this to
occur. Your world is approaching a wondrous transformation. We will
do all that Hea-en allows us, dear Hearts, to ensure that your
divine destiny is achieved according to the sacred schedule that
Heav-n has provided us. This commitment knows no bounds. It is our
sacred trust and the basis for first contact.
The forces that created physicality also propel a Galactic
Federation Mothership. These forces reflect the way in which Light,
Time and Space join to shape realities and mega-realities
(dimensions). Because your concepts of these procedures are fairly
limited in scope, you are only just realizing that your 'scientific'
concepts of reality are merely limited sub-sets of what really
surrounds you. This idea, agreed to by many of your scientists,
is becoming widely accepted in many areas of your scientific
community. You are beginning to understand that ultimately, energy
is Light and that Light is the foundation of physical reality. Light
uses Time to form Space, a process that is totally overseen by
consciousness. Eventually, consciousness is Spirit. In making this
discovery, you begin to rethink your beliefs and realize that you
are living, not in a sea of 'dark matter', but rather in a vast,
infinite ocean of living Light.
Consciousness is merely ordered Light that possesses infinite
potential and fashions its shapes according to the edicts of the
divine plan. The Creator is the supreme, most universal aspect of
Consciousness. Thus, dear Hearts, we are all an aspect of this
divine consciousness, which exists in each of us and we in it. This
basic connection has created H-aven and produced physicality.
Motherships travel within this sea of consciousness and understand
how best to use it to navigate from one point to another. Similarly,
we possess a divine Light body that is capable of travelling in
this sea of consciousness. When you become a fully integrated Being,
dear Ones, you also will be blessed with this wondrous ability. We
use ships only for what they create. Within this wondrous womb, you
will experience many delights of the mind and body, and firmly
express the will of the soul.
First contact will occur when you make a great leap forward and at
last achieve your vast potential. With it, you will encounter a
technology that, at first glance, seems utterly magical. As you
explore, you will begin to see it merely as an extension of the
greater consciousness that you embody. Among you are those who have
dabbled in the rudiments of this divine technology. It is truly
regrettable that the devices that they have constructed have been
kept se-ret for far too long. We wish to assist in helping you to
discover these wondrous tools. See them, dear Hearts, as only the
first giant steps toward your understanding of this technology. Much
remains for you to learn. These lessons will be part of your final
transformation into fully conscious Beings of Light. We eagerly
await the ever-approaching, magically divine moment when these
events will joyously manifest before you.
Today, we have discussed the ships of our fleet and the events that
surround you. We ask you to remain focused and committed to our
shared success. Let us all move your global society forward, toward
its divine destiny. Together, we all shall be victorious! We now
take our leave.
Blessings, dear Ones! Know in your hearts that you have obtained
the infinite Abundance and Prosperity of He-ven, and it is yours!
Amen. Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! Be in Joy!)
---------------------------------------------------------------
----
Planetary Activation Organization | Mailing Address: P. O. Box
880151,
Pukalani, Maui, HI 96788-0151 U.S.A.
Voicemail: (808) 243-0728 | Fax: (808) 573-2867
| E-mail: p...@hawaii.rr.com
| Website address: www.paoweb.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Apr. 29, 2002.
By now some of you may be wondering if there are White Robed Women
and my answer is, yes there are. There are even people who look and
dress just like we do. Now on with the the story. Don't be
surprised if you have one of the White Robed men take off his turban
you find a third eye. But remember I warned you.
In this discussion we'll use;
T. = Siter Thedra.
M. = Merele Fagot.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
After being at Sand Flats for for a while I gave a ride to a couple
of young men over to the old ski bowl area.
When we got there everybody and his dog was there. Every type of
people you can think of. Many of us decided to go over on a ridge
so we could be on an unobscured view of the sun coming up.
It was pretty cold but everybody had a good time. People who didn't
know one another assembled around in a big circle and started doing
all sorts of chants with songs and breathing exercises. I then got
all tuned in and gave a short dissertation about the people inside
the mountain. It was received well by all of the people present
because everybody applauded.
Next a person came along and asked us, "have you seen the angel"?
We then told him that we hadn't and he then told us where it could
be seen on a person's TV in a home.
The three of us proceeded down the hill to a lady's house. There
were about 15 people waiting and about 20 more people in the house.
We looked at the TV and the picture was turning, or you might say
the TV picture was rolling like you needed to adjust the the set.
You could make out what was being shown and to me it looked like
Je--s wearing a long white robe. He did move around some. One of
my friends with me said that to him it looked like krishna.
I heard later that a my friend T. thought it looked like Sananda.
I talked with the lady who owned the TV and she said that all sorts
of weird things had happened such as a loud sound being heard in
the room during a certain time period.
The whole thing was reported on major TV and a tabloid magazine.
They interviewed a local TV repairman and has said that he could make
a TV do the some thing (roll) by making a component of the set go
bad. This was correct but the people seeing something, and figures
on the set with no antenna being attached to the set was a different
matter.
Some time later another lady who was the operator of a motel was
bragging to me how she and her friends had made it so rough on the
lady who owned the TV set, that they had run the lady out of town.
After leaving the lady with the TV angel my two friends and I
attempted to find a place called the rock circles. We went back to
the Golden Bough and checked the Book about Mt. Shasta that showed
picture of these rock circles. It had areal photographs of an area
on the North side of Mt. Shasta that contained many circles made
of stones with connecting paths.
The circles were filled with stones and then top soil on top of
the stones. Scientist have tried to figure out for many years what
was causing this. In the book it stated that a person communicated
telepathically with some of the little people from inside the
mountain. They did say they had made the circles to grow vegetables
for them to eat. When the settlers and logging people came there
they didn't use the circles any more except sometimes they are there
for special ceremonies. The white robed men from inside the mountain
are rather tall (6 to 7 or more feet tall). The little people are
from 3 to 4 and one-half feet tall.
We attempted to find the circles but we were not able to get
very far up the mountain. The writer of the book name is Bruce
Walton. The name of his book is "Mt. Shasta, Home Of The Ancients".
Many years later I was told where the circles were and I
found them.
Chapter 2.
T.
After being around M. for a little while, he showed me some of the
teachings that he studied. The first set of teachings was call "The
Sibor's Portions". They consisted of a lot a teachings by some
ascended masters such as Sananda who some people think is the space
name for J--us.
T. was a normal married lady from Utah in a certain type of church
and she had a daughter. Something happened to Thedra that caused her
to be able to receive telepathic messages from a very high being. I
think it was some archangel like Michael. This was reported in a
nationally known newspaper and when her husband found out about it
he started to have her committed to an insane asylum. She got away
with practically no belongs. M. befriended her and set her up with
a room and some furnishings. Later on she was watched over by some
people who first set her up in a house in the town of Mt. Shasta and
then in a large two story house in the same town.
She would receive the messages, her assistants would type up the
messages and send them out to people throughout the world. People
would contribute what they could for the upkeep of her work.
Sanat Kamura was another person who talked through her. He was
formerly from Venus but came to Earth to help us out at this time.
The organization that T. set up was and is called "The Sananda,
Sanat Kamura Association". Many people called Thedra, Sister Thedra
because in rel-gious organizations people refer to each other as
brother and sister.
.......
When talking to John Hopkins one day after going to one of the
many lectures that were conducted at his mansion, he told me that it
would be important that I should understand reincarnation and who I
had been in previous lives before I could fully understand UFOs, and
flying saucers. I then told him that if he thought I would ever
believe in all the reincarnation and cows stuff, he was going to be
sadly mistaken. I would never believe in it. He didn't press the
point anymore. John Hopkins had come in contact with the space
people before personally.
Merele loaned me some of the his Sibor's Portions and I read
them and later sent off and received the lessons myself. After
reading them for a while I asked Merele to see if it would be OK if
I would come up to Mt. Shasta City to meet Sister Thedra myself
mainly because I had found out through another group called the
"Universarium Organization" who Sister Thedra had been in a previous
lifetime.
M. then contacted Thedra by letter and she told M. that they
were busy sending out the teachings and didn't have any extra
time to answer a lot of elementary questions. It would be best if
I would study ESP with a group like the Rosicrucian for about 2
years and then I would be ready to come up and talk with them.
This made me a little mad so I figured I'd use some of the ESP
skills that M. had taught me to get something accomplished. I
used a little telepathy with a little astral projection on the
side to contact Sananda and a few more of the Sibors that wanted to
come up and talk to T. Within a few days T. sent M. another
letter stating that it would be just fine if I come on up and see
her.
Sometime later after M. put me through a training period of how
to conduct yourself around masters, I made a trip up to see her.
It is still clear, my first sight of her. She had an object coming
out of a person's ear and it was on fire. My immediate thought was
"Oh my goodness what have I got myself into. This must be Black
Magic". T. then told me, "No this is not what your thinking. I'm
sticking the wax impregnated, linen straw into the doctors ear. The
heat from the flame melts the wax in the person's ear and it comes
out. It was an ear candle.
I was happy to see that she was not doing something bad. Later
she came over to me and gave me a big hug. It was love, a deep
form, It seemed that I had suddenly met a friend that I hadn't seen
for about 2,000 years. T. at the time was about 30 years older than
I was.
Once I told a family friend what I was doing, she turned T. into
the police. A highway patolman came out and asked T. a few
quesitons and that was all that came of it. T. told me about it.
We just sent this person love.
This person unbeknown to me started going to what is called a
magnetic healer who was not spi-itually enlightened but just
did it for the money. As best I could ever figure it out when they
went to this person, the healer had previously thrown out two men's
spi-its who had killed one another while they were fighting. These
two intelligences had no where to go so they entered my family friend
and her offspring.
Later on these two people took their clothes off, got in the center
of the street, one entity acted like a male and proceeded to try to
have intercouse with the other person who was a female. So you can
see this picture of two physical females, unclothed in the street,
one trying to have entercourse with the other.
This was reported to the police, who picked them up, they were put
in straight jackets, committed and sent to an insane asylum. In a
small town with everone knowing you, this is a fate worse than death.
Some years later after these two people got out of the State
Hospital For The Insane one of these two poeple was finally killed
by one of these spi-tual beings.
I then came back home and told the other pseson who was still
alive that I was going to confront this being who had killed this
person.
I slept in the same bed where the person was killed. The spi-itual
entity did appear but M. had taught me well in these matters. The
entiy was a very bad type entity in the astral dimension. It
attacked me in the astrial and did tear my heart out but I was
aware of how things work on the astral and only sent love to this
entity.
Part 2.
John Wisnton. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Gordon., as you probably know is a predictor of certain things.
He was well on his way predicting a few quakes here and there
when he predicted a big one for LA. My friends and I on the
Internet sent out some good thoughts that the big quake be divided
into a lot of small quakes. That's what happened. Gordon got sick
for over a year and he is now back again. I like him and respect
him but when he predicts a lot of people getting killed then I
and my friends will stop him. A person asked me where some safe
areas would be on this Earth. Gordon tells where these places are
in the following material. I personally guess that no place on
the surface of this Earth will be safe during the changes. It
might be best to go underground with our friends down there
for a while. They also plan to take some of the Earth people
up in their big motherships for a while or take us to another planet
to live for a while, till this is all over. Now on with the show.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: J
Subject: Gordon Michael Scallion on the Earth Changes
Following are excerpts from the last two
newsletters from Gordon Michael Scallion on the
changes in North America.
This is only his observations on this and thus are
not written in stone. For your discernment:
To begin with, when there are quakes greater
than 8.0 in the areas of Eureka, California and
the Hayward Fault, the breaking up of California
will begin shortly thereafter. Prior to these
changes warnings shall occur. Watch for the
eruption of Mount Rainier in Washington State.
This to indicate that pressure has built
sufficiently along the Coast to force magma to the
surface and landmass to begin to move. Also, watch
the Imperial Valley of California for flooding and
the leaching of seawater into fresh water systems,
also due to pressure. An increase in ground
temperatures anywhere along the Western Coast is
yet another warning sign.
After these events have occurred, a better
understanding of the first of the major changes
may be seen if a line is drawn from Eureka,
California to the California Baja, pivoting at
Bakersfield. The land to the west shall fracture
and split away. What remains shall be known in the
future as the Isles of California - 150 in number.
As the land breaks away and becomes isles, or
portions thereof become isles, San Diego and San
Francisco are to become isolated.
As lands move and tectonic plates shift,
infrasound waves shall be created traveling across
California hitting into Reno, causing many of the
mountain ranges to crumble. This shock wave
continues all the way to the Rockies, which then
reverberate, whereas the mountains themselves
begin to vibrate and oscillate and shall be
reduced in height.
The shock wave then returns to California.
Portions of the shock wave shall also make it to
the East Coast, and Indeed encompass the globe,
not once, but multiple times.
Many who are sensitive to the Earth will feel
it many weeks in advance. Some will experience
flu-like symptoms. Others may feel pressure in the
chest to indicate that infrasound is building in
magnitude. It shall also create a discomfort in
animals.
Just prior to the fracture of the land west of
the line previously given, the air shall become
still and electrical discharges shall be emitted
along the fracture line. This shall be followed by
a low frequency rumble, then a loud cracking
sound, after which the land shall tip up at the
fracture line and slide into the sea.
There shall be pockets of California that
shall remain stable. Portions of San Francisco,
Mendocino Forest area, portions of Sacramento,
Yosemite and Grass Valley are to be areas of
safety.
The greater loss of property and life shall
not come from the actual fragmentation or the
quake, but from the sea. In addition to the first
fracture, there shall be two additional ones
occurring later in the cycle.
End of Part 1
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
................
Subject: Gordon Michael Scallion on Earth Changes - Part 2
For your discernment.
A second fracture line line runs from Newport,
Oregon to the northwest portion of Nevada, down to
Phoenix, Arizona, turning to the west of Tucson
and ending in Sonora. This fracture shall create a
temporary new West Coast of America.
Within months, a third and final fracture
occurs. This time the eastern portion of
Washington State, the remainder of California,
northwestern Colorado and parts of western Arizona
are to become seabeds.
Phoenix is to become a major seaport, second
only to Norfolk, Virginia. A very large river
shall be created as a result of the changes. It
will flow into the Phoenix port from Duluth
(Minnesota?) or portions of Thunder Bay (Canada?).
This area shall be known as the American Riviera.
One third of the United States will lose
landmass to the sea. However, other lands will
rise in the Pacific and Atlantic equal in size to
land lost in the United States.
As the fragmentation occurs, nuclear
waste, long since stored on land beneath the seas
and underground as now planned, shall become a
plague upon the land.
Eastern portions of Colorado and New Mexico
are to be fairly stable, although there are some
variables depending on the spiritual communities
that form and are now forming in the area. Western
portions of Oklahoma and Texas are to remain
fairly safe from inundations, but not from quakes.
Portions of Minnesota, Wisconsin, Illinois,
Missouri, Kentucky and Indiana will remain fairly
stable.
Great destructive forces are also to come from
infrasound shock waves. As the fractures occur,
sound waves are set up and move both east and
west. The westward waves shall hit the Rocky
Mountains from its furthermost northern portion
all the way south. If you were to look at this
with time-lapse photography, you would see these
mountains literally crumbling downward, becoming
hills instead of mountains at some points. Any
areas in and about the Rocky Mountains are to be
considered unsafe.
James Bay in Canada shall flood and become
part of a very large Inland Sea. This then
breaches its banks, flooding rivers to the south
and causing areas of Michigan, Detroit and Chicago
to go underwater. Water from this region and
others then flows south into the Mississippi which
funnels it into the Gulf of Mexico. The
Mississippi then becomes expanded, dividing the
United States into two parts - to be known as the
Eastern and Western United States.
An increase in water flow in the St Lawrence
seaway should be seen as an early warning sign for
these greater changes to occur in the Great Lakes
region. Lake Superior, Lake Michigan, Lake Huron,
Lake Ontario, Lake Erie, all are to rise as the
melting of ice accelerates at the Poles and other
places where there are ice sheets. The majority of
the Great Lakes merge into a single large Inland
Sea.
The Dakotas, Nebraska, Kansas, Iowa, Manitoba,
Saskatchewan, Alberta all to become great growing
areas, providing as much as 50% of the world's
food.
Manitoba, portions of Alberta, most of
Saskatchewan and portions of {Western) Ontario,
away from waterways or large bodies of water, are
to be safe areas as is most of southern Canada
east of the Rocky Mountains.
End of Part 2
This is what is seen by Mr. Scallion, all to occur
before the end of December, 2012. The third part
of this article will not be released until June
1st.
J
--------------------------------------
TheMulti-DimensionalNewsPortal
JW I was listening to Barbara Simpson, standing in for Art
Bell and she said she had heard about some low areas are being
covered with ocean water now.
Part 2 of 2..
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I will have to confess that I am guilty of drinking milk. The
other day I met a very healthy looking man who was a fruitarian.
That, of course means a person who only eats fruit, that is
grown above ground. It seems that no matter what you eat there is
someone who will come along and say you are eating the wrong
thing. I have heard of people who only consume Air. They are
called Breathairians. Most of the people who say they are doing
this are probably fakes but I do believe that Babaji can actually
do it. I think that Mother's milk is good for a baby but when you
get grown up it's not very good for you although I still drink
milk. I may stop drinking it someday. Now to burst your bubble
about milk.
..................................................................
..................................................................
From: l
Subject: Rheumatoid Ar-hritis & Milk -
THE C-RE FOR RHEUMATOID ART-RITIS
I received this letter from a dairy farmer. Should any of your
friends or relatives have this painful condition, please feel free
to print this for them. Please also feel free to post this on your
internet site. I require no credit or link to my website. Helping
people is my reward. Making a positive difference in this world is
one's highest pursuit.
Dear Mr. C,
You and I have stood on different sides of the fence for a number
of years, but I've got a story to tell you, and an apology to offer.
C (my wife of 21 years) and I both grew up on dairy farms. We've
been raising Holsteins as long as we can remember.
C. is just 42 years old, but she is crippled with rheumatoid
arth-itis. There is no record of this disease in her family, but she
has been in pain for the past two years, much of it bedridden.
We've tried traditional and alternative therapies and medicines,
but she only got a little short term relief. We even tried
acupuncture. Try finding an acupuncturist in the rural midwest!
It was expensive, and didn't really work. C's pain has been
unbearable at times.
Despite there being no information on the internet linking dairy
consumption to rheumatoid arthri-is, and nothing in medical
journals (I've searched online medline), we made a resolution
together to discontinue drinking our own milk, and not eat cheese
or any other dairy product for six months, just to see if there
would be some improvement.
Da-n. I have to tell you this. C feels like she's been to
Lourdes. She's cu-ed. There is some pain, but most is gone. I've
had changes too which I'll discuss some other time. I thank you, and
cu-se you at the same time. Milking cows is my livelihood. I've
always believed that what I was doing was the right thing. I'm not
going to sell my cows and sell my farm. I love the business. I just
don't feel that good about it anymore. You were right about the
arthrit-s. I don't know about the ca-cer and he-rt attacks, but you
have given us a mir-acle that do-tors were not able to provide. It
did not take us three to six months to learn the truth. It took
just three weeks. I've ridiculed your work in the past. Please
accept my apology.
Your friend,
T
Please do not give out my EMAIL address or last name. I live in
farm country and, well, you understand. Thank you.
....
Dear T,
My dear friend, Jane Heimlich (wife of Dr. Henry Heimlich, the
"Heimlich Maneuver" physican), included this in her book, "What
Your D-ctor Won't Tell You."
"Of the nearly 7 million Americans who have rheumatoid -rthritis,
most are women. Symptoms are stiffness, aching muscles, fatigue,
pain that accompanies motion, and tenderness. Nutritional therapy,
not drugs, is the cornerstone of alternative treatment. A treatment
for a-thritis that relieves symptoms in a large percentage of
patients is based on the theory that most art-ritic symptoms are
allergic reactions."
I've found many examples of physicians and scientific studies
linking dairy cosumption to rheumatoid art-ritis. I've included a
few of the following citations in my new book, MILK A-Z.
"Rheumatoid arth-itis is more severe than osteoarthritis, is
most common in the hands and feet, and is characterized by swelling
of joints. Since this type of joint pain can be a symptom of a
food allergy, dietary change sometimes has a profound effect. Dairy
products, the most common food allergen, are one likely candidate
as a contributing causative factor."
Vegetarian and Vegan Nutrition by George Eisman, M.A., M.Sc., R.D.
"...43 patients with rheumatoid arthr-tis, those assigned to a
vegan diet...had improvement in rheumatoid arthri-is symptoms."
British Journal of Rheumatology, 36(1) 1997
"In the case of the eight year old female subject, juvenile
rheumatoid arthrit-s was a milk allergy. After avoiding dairy
products, all pain was gone in three weeks."
Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 1985, 78
"Controlled trial of fasting and a one-year vegetarian diet
eased symptoms of rheumatoid arthriti-."
The Lancet, 1991, 338
"In 1964, I learned of the experiences of Dr. William Deamer of
San Francisco. He had pointed out the frequency of milk protein's
casual relationship to musculoskeletal pain in children and
especially the so-called 'growing pains.'
Since that time, I have had several children with what appeared to
be early rheumatoid arthrit-s relieved and returned to good health
by little more than reassurance and careful dietary manipulation."
Don't Drink Your Milk, by Frank Oski, M.D.
"In systemic arthri-is, like Rheumatoid, the cause is coursing
through the blood, and it joints are involved, the cause is not
physical, but chemical. It's usually casein. (Eighty percent of
milk protein is casein). I once saw a 65 year old man, Bob, who
complained of neck stiffness and headaches. His hands were so stiff
and sore.
Bob lived to play golf. I instructed him to give up all milk and
dairy products. Since giving up dairy products, he no longer
experienced pain and headaches, and his hands were also pain-free.
Joy, a 42 year old woman noticed that her knees were pain-free
after eliminating dairy products.
Once, after drinking a glass of milk, her knees swelled within 20
minutes."
No Milk, by Daniel Twogood, D.C.
"There is a colossal amount of information linking the consumption
of milk to a-thritis... and a multitude of other problems as
documented by Hannah Allen, Alec Burton, Viktoras Kulvinskas, F. M.
Pottenger, Herbert M. Shelton, and N.L. Walker, among others."
Fit for Life, by Harvey and Marilyn Diamond
"Certain foods trigger the symptoms of rheumatoid ar-hritis, and
eliminating these foods sometimes causes even long-standing symptoms
to improve or even remit entirely. It is important to avoid the
problem foods completely, as even a small amount can cause symptoms.
All dairy products should be avoided: skim or whole cow's milk,
goat's milk, cheese, yogurt, cream, etc."
Neal Barnard, M.D. www.pcrm.org
Robert Cohen
http://www.notmilk.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Two years ago an organization of which I am a member sponsored
a person called Don Patton to speak. We all enjoyed him but he is a
person who believes that the Earth is 6,000 to 8,000 years old.
These people are referred to as Creationists. He knows that I
believe that the Earth is about 4.7 billion years old. Here is
some information about a long time ago when dinosaurs may have been
around and also humans were here.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: Mesozoic Art Sparks Controversy Larger than the Dinosaurs
Themselves!
http://www.priweb.org/ed/ICTHOL/ICTHOLrp/49rp.htm
Did the human race ever co-exist with the dinosaur race? To many,
the answer is clear: "Yes!" they'd say. Surprised? Naturally, it
may seem a bit absurd -- in fact it may seem a lot absurd -- but
there is more evidence than you probably realize, supporting that
dinosaurs may not have been alone on the earth during the Mesozoic
era over 250 million years ago. The evidence is there, but if it
is credible enough to believe. well, that is for you to decide.
A picture is worth a thousand words, but in this case it may be
worth even more. Very clear human depictions of dinosaurs were
found in a cave in Peru, providing the man/dinosaur coexistence
theory with most of its relevant, striking evidence. Dr. Javier
Cabrera is primarily responsible for these amazing finds, stumbling
across them while searching for ancient Nasca artwork in tombs near
his father's old home. Dr. Cabrera indeed found much art: the
typical and expected stone carvings of humans, their accomplishments,
and their interactions with each other. But to Dr. Cabrera's dismay,
he also found several carvings of dinosaurs: a clearly depicted
stegosaurus, a triceratops, and even diplodocus-like dinosaurs with
dermal frills. In order for Dr. Cabrera to see the carved stones
more clearly, he rubbed shoe polish over them, taking note of every
line and detail, for which their basis is truly remarkable. The
reason these findings are as unique as they are rare is because
humans did not even coin the word 'dinosaur' until the 1800's, long
after these drawings are thought to have been made. It would be
shocking to discover that ancient humans were aware of the
existence of dinosaurs, not to mention if they saw them in person,
or lived among them! But what Dr. Cabrera claims is that in order
for the ancient Peruvians to know what the dinosaurs looked like,
they had to have seen them. Perhaps most notable about Dr.
Cabrera's find is that the humans are pictured interacting with the
live, animated dinosaurs.
Also found in the tombs in Peru by the same man, Dr. Javier
Cabrera, were several textiles (which appeared to look somewhat like
burial blankets or tapestries) of the ancient Nasca culture. They
too had graphic designs of what is thought to be dinosaurs: the
teeth, claws, long snout, and tail served as lucid hints. The
textiles were draped over ancient coffins, perhaps implying that
the deceased lost his life to the rambunctious reptiles. And if
the stone carvings and textiles are not convincing enough, Dr.
Cabrera found one final artifact: pottery. The pottery, although
much less blatant, is also adorned in what appears to be
dinosaur-inspired designs. The pottery factually dates to over a
thousand years, making it the only artifact scientists find worth
pursuing.
Perhaps by now you are a little skeptical about the whole
coexistence theory: everything you have previously been taught about
dinosaurs contradicts everything you are hearing now. If so,
consider this. Almost everything we know about our ancient world is
based on inferences made from fossil remains. So why should this
next scenario be any different? On September 9, 2000 geologist
Don Patton (JW He is the very intelligent man who I was talking
about at the first of this article. He will be giving a lecture
series in Sonora, Calif. during the time of May 5th through May 17,
2002.) and representatives from the Metroplex Institute Of Origin
Science began a month long excavation of what they thought were
fossil dinosaur footprints. Upon first observing the tracks, the
team of scientists determined that they were the longest set found
in North America. They were extremely deep and well preserved in
their Paluxy River bed near Glen Rose, Texas. What the scientists
did not immediately realize, however, was the existence of human
footprints in the very row of tracks. The prints were easily looked
over at first because they were not nearly as deep-set as the
dinosaur's. However, before the excavation was complete, the
scientists designated Paluxy River bed as a "hot spot" for
human/dinosaur coexistence evidence.
If you are still not convinced, I offer one more consideration.
In Glen Rose, Texas, near the Paluxy River bed "hot spot," a
fossilized human handprint was found. The hand is so detailed
that even the thumbnail can be deciphered deep in the sedimentary
rock. The age of the limestone was determined to be nearly 110
million years old, thus coinciding with the age of dinosaurs during
the Middle Cretaceous. Several other human footprints and
handprints have been found in Mesozoic sedimentary rock in states
such as Texas, New Mexico, and the Dakotas.
So, did humans actually ever coexist with dinosaurs? It certainly
is an ongoing, mind-boggling controversy to which there may never
be an answer. In the mean time, scientists continue to search for
clues that would lead them to believe dinosaurs and humans once
fought for global domination.
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
para-discus...@yahoogroups.com
.....
JW Here is an article that I saw in print a few days back that is
about this subject.
..........
Dinosaurs KO'd by the B-ble.
A growing unmber of people are giving science the boot and
insisting that G-d created the world just the way it says in the
Bi-le -- taking just six days to do it.
Scientific American magazine reports that a whooping 45 peercent of
Americans believe in "creationism" -- the rel-gious doctrine that Go-
created life only about 10,000 years ago.
And more schools are limiting the teaching of evolution -- which
say dinosaurs came way before man -- the magazine says. Ohio may
actually ban teaching evolution, and even shcools in liberal New
York and Massachusetts are starting to reject it.
"It is very, very scary," said Amanda Chesworth, head of the
anti-creationism group Darwin Day. "Creationism is spreading further
and further. It now has missionaires across the world."
Pope John Paul II officially announced in 1996 that the Cath-olic
Ch-rch supports evolution.
Chesworth said several newspapers in Mississippi responided that
he was just senile and should be ignored.
Creationists argue that all life on Earth "was made in a flash a
few millennia ago by one entity," Chesworth fumed. "They even argue
that dinosaurs and humans coexisted, like they do on The Flintstones.
That's not healthy.
End of article.
...............
JW That information was found in the the April 16, 2002 issue of
Weekly World News a tabloid magazine that many of you make fun of.
So to sum it all up I'm not a Creationist. I don't totally believe
that everything came by way of evolution. I believe that all people
were seeded her by higher beings and I believe the B-ble when it
says the sons of G-d saw the daughters of men and mated with them
(etc, etc. in so many words).
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Omni
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102042...@shell.mlode.com...
John F. Winston
Last week I had cause to go over to Jamestown, Calif. and try to
find the lady who runs the following metaphysical book store:
Mutlti-Dimensional
Interpretations Gifts - Incense - Oils - Candles
Crystas - Books - Music
(209) 984-4705
18263 Main Street P. O. Box 737
Jamestown, CA 95327.
I had come into the shop a week before and the only one who
was there was a one third American Indian who had a pretty sour
disposition. He had a head band around his head but didn't look too
much indian to me. I told him I was a very small part American
Indian but he never did warm up to me very much. He just picked
up a CD containing some American Indian music to listen to.
I asked him to have the lady of the bookstore to send off for
the book called "The Initiation - the story of my miraculous meeting
with Babaji, by Donald Schnell. The web site is
WWW.BabajiFondation.com
When making the corner into area where the bookstore is I saw a
person with a shiny hat on and I figured it just might be Sierra Dan.
I went past the bookstore but it was closed, so I walked back over
to Dan. He had on what is called his money hat. On the hat he has
about 15 or 20 ear rings that are stung with beds of all colors.
Most of the people who have had Dan work them had one or more
pairs of these ear rings.
Dan and I said hello and he said that we hadn't seen one another
for quite a while. He was talking to about 5 people at the time
in front of the big Coffee House in downtown Jamestown which a very
old town that thrives on visitors. The haunted Willow Hotel is
there also.
Dan uses reflexology to manipulate peoples feet so they get over
all sorts of things.
I told the people who were there that I listen to Dan's stories
and then post them to the internet. I asked Dan to tell the people
there about the Bigfoot sighting. He then explained that his son
had been living in a trailer right out on the end of Virginia St.
about 2 miles. He and his friend were doing some pistol shooting
when a Bigfoot jumped up and ran through a clump of blackberries
that were about 5 feet tall. You couldn't have run a horse through
those bushes but this Bigfoot ran right through them. Dan went on
to explain how these beings sound at night. Some say they sound
like a lady screeming but Dan explained it a little bit differently.
It seems that Dan was once working on a person and asked this
lady, I think it was, how she found out about him. She then
responded that she had read about him from John Winston on the
internet. This lady was from England of the UK.
After a while the men of the group suggested that the lady who was
with them have Dan work on her feet. So right on the main street
there in Jamestown she set down on a bench with Dan, put her feet
in his lap and he proceeded to work on her. After a while she
started jumping around quite a bit due to him hitting areas on
her feet where the energy had been building up. I attempted to
explain that Reflexology could be taught to anyone and they could do
it. Dan then added that to a certain extent that was true but he
had been given a certain gift from birth and that was a power to
heal. After about 5 minutes she was up and feeling much better.
These people left and I asked Dan if he would be so kind as
to work on my feet. He had worked on me before down in the Sonora
Hotel at the Karaoke room so I knew what to expect. He said, "Sure,
have a seat". I sat down on the bench and proceeded to take off my
shoes and socks. Dan the added, "John you don't have to take off
your socks, you know". I then told him that I had taken a shower
that morning and I wanted to really get the most from his power from
his hands.
He asked me what he could do for me. I then told him that my
left shoulder was a little messed up and I had to put on a tee shirt
in a certain way because of the shoulder being a little stiff and it
felt like something was a little out of place. He started working
on my feet then asked me to turn one way and then the other. I could
turn so far in each direction, the he'd work on me some more and
I'd try turning again. I could turn a little further than before.
All this time he was twisting and bending everything in my foot.
Some of the places I would jump up, make all sorts of faces as if
someone was really twisting my toes off.
He then tested me for physical strength. I tested about a 5. He
worked some more as I had my hand around his wrist. He tested again
it went from about 7 and then went up to a 9. He said in all the
people that he ever tested in the past, only 8 people ever tested a
9. I had so much strength in my hand that when I squeezed his
wrist my bones and tendons started popping and the knuckles were
cracking.
About that time he was trying me to relax and be still while he
was working on all of these sensitive areas. I asked him to stop for
a minute so I could tell him about other things that were wrong with
me. The doctors had told me that my heart of too big for my body. He
then told me that he didn't know about that. I told him that my
heart was too weak, my pulse was too fast and my blood was too thick.
He then told me that he was going to work on my heart. He suggested
that I drink grape juice for my blood. Before working on my left
foot I showed it to him, how that I had a tendon cut and an artery
cut but the doctors sewed me up. My big toe on that foot was rather
stiff and I requested him to be careful with it. He then start
twisting that toe and foot like you wouldn't believe.
He then worked on some a-thritis that was in my back and it was
all over I felt good and thanked him.
He said that in the pass he has worked on about 200 people in the
last two years. About 8 of them who have been people who have been
limping along with a walking cane. Within 15 minutes he would have
them walking away with the cane held over there shoulder. That was
probably arthr-tis. People with headaches get relief.
Dan normally works on the street and in the stores of Jamestown
from Wednesday through saturday from about 9:00 AM to about 2:00 P.M.
He works in the Sonora Hotel downtown Sonora, Calif. in the Karaoke
room from about 8:30 P.M. till about 11:30 P.M.. Just ask about
him to the waitresses and most of them know him.
I went past the bookstore on the way back to the car and sure
enough the lady owner of the bookstore was there for only a minute
or two and she said that she would be sending off for the book
in a special large order in May.
P.S. My friend is having a problem breathing. Does anyone know
where I can get a new home air purifier that will filter out oak
pollen, cedar tree pollen and cat hair. Please let me know where I
can buy one.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is a person who has something to say about a few things. This
infomation is channeled, so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: T
Subject: New Insight to an Old Question
This is for those new to the group as those who have been with me
for awhile have read it. This is quite long, so printing it out to
read later is best, but if you ever had questions about "Bigfoot,"
the origin of the human ra-e and the "Yeti", here are your answers.
This will be up on my web site the end of October.
PLEASE NOTICE THE COPYRIGHT.
Copyright 2000
Pepper Lewis
The Peaceful Planet
P.O. Box 4135
West Hills, CA 91303
(818) 713-1966
www.ThePeacefulPlanet.com
Mother Earth (Gaia) through Pepper Lewis
Dear Mother Earth,
Over ten years ago I was told that in due time information about the
Yeti, the same being who some call Bigfoot would be given. I feel
that time is now. Is the Yeti the so-called lost link to humanity?
Was the Yeti created by the advanced genetic experimentation of an
alien r-ce? Was the Ape-man created in this same way? If so, did
the Ape-man become the caveman who later became us?
It is certainly time for this question to be answered. I have
previously said that nothing will be held back from humanity and
that includes information relative to your colorful historic past.
It is time for humanity and its true history meet in the present,
however, it is important to note that even as the story unfolds
there will be perceptual differences in accuracy and content, not
only in how the story is related but also in how it is understood
and by whom.
Humanity's history is not linear, some of the time lines appear
soft and faded while others are rough. Not surprisingly, many of
these time lines have been interrupted and deviated. These
deviations are marked by jagged peaks and valleys along the way.
Perhaps it would be appropriate for you to view these peaks and
valleys as historic markers that have included some kind of
intervention. As always I have refrained from participating in
analogies or descriptions that are indicative of positive or
negative interpretations upon my part, and this topic will prove no
different.
Intervention can be defined as the coming between or affecting of
one reality by another in order to effect a desired outcome or
change. Intervention can be caused, imposed, or brought about by
an entity or being, a group of beings or super-beings, a rac- of
beings, or an entire civilization. One of humanity's current
perceptions carries the undercurrent that past intervention(s) by
one or more r-ces of alien beings have resulted in the stunted
spi-itual development of humanity as a ra-e. Included in this
perception is the belief that had this intervention not occurred,
humanity would by now be more advanced than it currently perceives
itself to be. While this possibility certainly exists it is also
likely that you would have exterminated yourselves as a -ace and
annihilated this planet in the process long before your spi-itual
development would have "kicked in."
Individuality, free will and the determination of its own destiny
has long been the prize that has both awaited and eluded humanity.
In seeking this prize humanity has sometimes created its own
prisons and continues to do so to this day.
The knowledge that you receive today in the form of ch-nneling,
E.T. visitations and participation from other beings of light is
also a form of intervention. The belief that these forms of
intervention are more appropriate, positive or more deserved than
previous ones is a judgment on your part. Even these words which
flow from this page to your sentient understanding are colored
with intervention, interference and intercedence.
The love and care that I [the earth] hold for all beings
automatically makes it so, do you see? I am not an impartial
observer of your growth, sp-ritual or otherwise. It can therefore
be said that I have an agenda or a purpose that includes a
projected outcome. If this is true, then the possibility also exists
that all others who have and continue to contact you or intervene
on your behalf do as well.
Why do I share this with you now, to further confuse you until
you are not certain who you can believe and who you can trust? Have
I inadvertently asked you to believe that without constant
intervention and support you would not exist as a -ace of beings?
That you have merely been puppets, duped and manipulated by other
beings and energies who direct you and contact you from afar? No,
dearest sons and daughters. I share this with you at the outset in
order to bring about the best in you. As these words reach you, I
ask that you reach back into your cellular memory which contains
every grain of truth and experience that has ever been a part of
who you are. Push, pull and stretch yourselves until a version of
your past which most resonates within you surfaces to greet you.
When that occurs the circle will become complete and you will
become whole beings, no longer dependent upon another's
interpretation of who and what you are today or have been in the
past. In that moment linear time will become obsolete. Your past,
present and future are quickly becoming one. History now beckons
you forth with anticipation and the next few years will pass at
light speed. Be present and aware in each moment, use discernment as
truth unfolds before you. Be patient yet expectant and know that
there is purpose in each moment that has been and will ever be.
The Yeti is not the missing link that humanity has searched for.
The Yeti and the being known as Bigfoot are not the same. They are
similar in appearance but not in origin or design. Neither is
related to the being you call Ape-man. Ape-man did not evolve into
caveman though their existence upon the planet overlapped and
paralleled one another. Only a very small percentage of present day
humans are descendants of the cave dwellers. Here are the details
that have eluded you until now.
The Yeti
The Yeti is a being of moderate intelligence by your current
standards. They lived upon a small planet that was located quite far
from the earth. Your scientists are not aware of this planet. It
disappeared from existence long before humanity's mapmaking or star
charting skills were developed. Long ago there were systems in place
which allowed beings to travel the corridors of time and space
regardless of the relative distance between celestial bodies.
A small coded device which stored all of the pertinent information
was the only technology required for this travel. References to
these devices still remain and are available to you through the
study of certain ancient cultures such as the Egyptians. The
mathematical standards employed by these devices are not yet
understood, not even by your brightest minds. These devices allowed
beings to chart and navigate this universe and several others. Your
future has always been linked to your past. Once the system that has
taught you to believe that your own culture is superior and more
advanced than previous ones passes from popularity you will learn
much more. Knowledge will become wisdom and you will travel into
your future with a brighter outlook.
The Yeti's culture existed primarily within the surface of the
planet because the outer surface environment had become too harsh.
Generations of attempts to make the surface their home led to the
appearance with which they are usually associated although this
is only a close approximation.
Their numbers were few because they did not mate often. The harsh
environment which was their home was also responsible for a higher
rate of male births over female births, and this also contributed
to keeping their population small. The Yeti mated for life, upon
the death of their mate they did not mate again. Parenting was the
responsibility of the entire community and centered on a culture of
survival and self-sufficiency. For a long time they kept to
themselves. They had very little contact with beings from any other
world. They were aware that their location was considered remote by
others and their environment unsuitable for most. Rather than making
them feel lonely, this knowledge provided them with a measure of
peace and security.
At a certain point in time a great struggle for power ensued in a
neighboring universe, one that threatened to destroy many worlds.
When the power struggle found no resolution it became an all out
w-r. Those who wielded enough power of their own to choose sides
did so. As you are well aware wa-s can be very costly in many ways
beyond financial ones. Just as they are today resources and
commodities of many kinds were required to continue the w-r effort.
The Yeti and their world became both. Their world though harsh was
replete with resources of value to both sides. The Yeti had not
chosen a side or taken any position relative to the wa-. They
believed themselves to be a disinterested third party at best. This
decision did not bode well for them as they did not receive the
protection or support of either side. Instead, they became the
property or chattel of those who had discovered them. Though they
were not considered slaves they were not thought of as much more
than that. They were a strong r-ce, able to survive and work in
harsh environments which became an asset to those who had claimed
them and their world for their own purposes.
Some of the Yeti were allowed to remain on their own world as
long as they continued to provide their new owners with the raw
and refined material which they required. Others were taken on
board space vessels where they received instruction in certain
operations including the replenishment of armaments. This
experience proved most distasteful to these tall, proud, peaceful
beings. Many perished rather than becoming part of the -ar machine
which threatened to destroy a universe and their numbers became
lesser still.
Part 1.
Johm Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
May 8, 2002.
This part after a while talks about the Bigfoot.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
The great w-r in the sky eventually tore the fine veils that
separate the universes. Its great power had now reached this
universe as well with even more implications in store. This tear
brought with it the attention of other great beings of light who
eventually intervened and brought order back to this universe and
to others as well. The damage caused was overwhelming, especially
throughout this galaxy which had become one of the last
battlefields. The struggle for ownership of the earth was a part of
the final battle but a halt to the wa- was declared before any
side emerged victorious. This is one of the reasons why there is
still so much interest in the Earth and its inhabitants, the final
chapter is yet to be written.
Many have chosen physical incarnation upon the earth time and
again regardless of their place of origin or their desire to return
because of a long-standing desire to be present when the last chorus
sounds. Opposing sides have long since become muddy and the stories
which are told now reflect various versions of reality and several
different perspectives. All participants now declare that they are
and have been on the side of a free and independent earth which was
their intent all along.
The Yeti were put upon this planet when all ships were finally
grounded, destroyed or removed from this reality. Their simple way
of life was of no use to others who also found themselves here. They
dispersed silently, moving mostly to the colder climates and hidden
forests where they hoped to be left alone. Some found their way to
underground caverns within the earth. Others were content to live
amidst the harsh environments of the arctic and Antarctic which
reminded them of the home they knew they would not see again. Their
lifespan was approximately four hundred years then, that number
is now significantly less due to environmental factors. They still
number in the hundreds, but if their environment continues to
deteriorate they will perish as a species. Fewer numbers and
infrequent mating coupled with an environment which has not been
well suited to them may eventually bring about their demise. The
Yeti will not seek out the company of humans but have encountered
them from time to time. Most encounters have been fearful for both
the Yeti and the Human. The Yeti's home planet was destroyed at the
height of the -ar because the existence of a mine located there
proved too costly for either side. Their consciousness exists not
only in this dimension but upon another as well. They will continue
to evolve and will eventually merge with All That Is. At some
point they will once again choose another expression of creativity
to represent them.
Bigfoot
The origins of the being you call Bigfoot are not unlike that of
the Yeti. The two are often confused as one which is understandable
given such few physical encounters. Their numbers are also few
although their stature is quite large. They are of average
intelligence and their methods of reasoning are not unlike
humanity's. They are peaceful by nature though highly protective of
their young. Most encounters with humans have occurred during their
search for one of their inquisitive youths who have been known to
stray from the protective forests where most make their home. They
are highly intuitive and attuned to their environment. They are
aware of and communicate with the life forms who make their home
alongside them. This includes the animals, trees and plants which
offer warning when necessary.
Bigfoot beings arrived here much later than the Yeti and by other
means. They were brought here by profiteers who had an agenda of
their own. These profiteers had become aware that a r-ce of
super-beings (by your standards) who were also interested in earth's
resources were seeking to create a genetic mix that would result in
a population of earth beings of moderate intelligence, average
longevity, a propensity to be docile and an ability to learn labor
skills quickly. The profiteers intent was to collect a fee or
bounty for delivering the magic ingredient to this genetic mix in
the form of the Bigfoot beings. They had been told by a galactic
prophet of minor acclaim that Bigfoot beings carried the
appropriate genetic mix. The profiteers had paid handsomely for
this information vowing to return with a vengeance if their long
journey did not prove profitable.
The Bigfoot beings (who are known by a more appropriate name
elsewhere) were promised a new planet of their own by these
profiteers as theirs was in a state of environmental deterioration
due to a form of pollution which was unknown to them. A great
dissension ensued within their community with neither side knowing
what was best for its people. It was a known fact that the
profiteers who had agreed to transport them (for certain mineral
rights which they planned to sell elsewhere later on) could not be
trusted under normal circumstances, however, the deterioration of
the ecological environment upon which they depended was not a
normal circumstance. Bigfoot beings were simple in nature and
their intelligence was based upon emotion and devotion rather
than deductive reasoning. In the end some stayed while others left
which was not the best decision they could have made given that
their already few numbers now became even less. Their decision did
suit the profiteers as the transportation of these beings to a far
away world was a gamble in and of itself and they did not wish the
venture to prove too costly at the outset. They also believed that
leaving a population behind, however small, was preferable to
leaving behind an empty planet that others might attempt to claim
as their own.
The profiteers delivered the small band of Bigfoot beings as
promised to the appointed time and place. Today this area is called
the middle-east. It was not desert-like then, but lush and
semitropical. Huge openings on the surface of the earth lead to
areas within the earth's surface which were primarily used as
flight decks and bases of operation. These did not extend very far
into the earth for I (the earth) would not allow it, creating
instability in that area whenever the push to go deeper or further
into the earth began again. Did this interfere with the free will
of these beings?
Yes, it did. Was a promise breached in the process? Yes, and this
was not the only time. Planetary sentience must also evolve and
mature. My sacred responsibility was and is to maintain the
integrity of this planet. My actions, though of harm to no one must
still be considered an intervention. Please take note of just how
many beings and situations have had complicity in your history
even as my own has.
The Bigfoot beings were initially welcomed and treated cordially.
The surface temperature of the Mideast did not suit their physical
health or their temperament and many began to fall ill. The alien
beings who had endorsed their presence here believed that the
profiteers had brought them inferior beings whose health was
already in decline prior to their arrival.
The profiteers angrily denied this. They in turn accused the alien
beings of unfairly withdrawing their offer to pay. Their thoughts
were also upon the prophet who had encouraged this voyage and they
did not deliberate long before plotting a quick vengeance. Usually
quiet and shy, the Bigfoot beings arrived at the conclusion that
they had been taken advantage of by all parties. They became more
aggressive than even they thought possible, at times even fighting
between themselves.
Just as tensions had reached their peak all parties finally came
to an agreement. The renegade profiteers agreed to a smaller sum and
immediately departed, promising to stay away from this quadrant of
the galaxy indefinitely. Silently they vowed never to involve
themselves in this type of venture again. The alien geneticists
promised to allow the Bigfoot beings to depart as soon as they were
inoculated with a substance that would make them adapt to their
present environment much easier. Their offer was genuine but the
procedure also included the extraction of the promised genetic
material. Unfortunately this process also rendered most of the males
sterile although no one was aware of this fact at the time. The
Bigfoot beings made their way into the recesses of the earth. Their
original desire was to stay within the earth where the cooler
temperatures and subtle light simulated their home environment.
They also found that attuning themselves to the pulse of the earth
assisted them in many ways including guiding them to other
appropriate environments within and upon the earth.
Their numbers are now few but their presence is still felt. Their
vibration is soft and their culture is steeped in family and
community life. Their current appearance is not unlike what has
been described by the few who have encountered them, but the
appearance of the original beings who arrived here long ago was
quite different. The differences in appearance are the result of
living within the earth's environment for a prolonged length of
time. The original beings can only be thought of as distant cousins
now as can the beings who remained upon their home world and evolved
into yet another species altogether.
The master geneticists eventually attempted to use the DNA of
these individuals in a controlled experiment. Initially they were
satisfied with their results but later decided that their needs
included a being who could procreate more frequently thereby
increasing the population more quickly. As the Bigfoot beings did
not have these qualities or many others, the experiment was
abandoned. The remains of some of these genetically engineered
beings have been found but they have been incorrectly identified
as belonging to human genetic past. Eventually this confusion
will be corrected and a clearer picture will become apparent.
Part 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
May 9, 2002.
This part discusses Ape-man and Cave-man.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ape-man
The Ape-man was the creation of the next generation of alien
geneticists sent here by beings who had a specific goal in mind
regarding this planet.
This latest pair was sent here to hasten the process. They were
fairly inexperienced and seeking a name for themselves more than
anything else. The Ape-man, which they created, was considered a
clear and obvious mistake.
Their experiments called for the genetic material of a primate,
however they were not careful in the selection process and there
were many factors which they did not take into account. These
included the Ape-man's inability to become domesticated as well
as a lack of resourcefulness on its part to name a few. These
original Ape-men and Ape-women were unattractive beings who became
confused and easily agitated into aggressive displays of emotion.
They had little desire to learn skills and even less desire or
ability to develop any socialization skills. The Ape-man existed for
several generations but their aggressive and destructive behavior
eventually led to their extinction. The beings you call Gorillas
bear a close resemblance to the Ape-man, however these beings
developed naturally and are not a related genetic mutation. Gorillas
are peaceful quiet beings who are content to live in small groups
far away from most humans. Their number continues to decrease and it
is uncertain whether or not they will choose to remain upon te earth
or withdraw from this plane. Perhaps humanity is better equipped
to answer this question than I.
The alien geneticists stored most of the Ape-man genes until a
more favorable genetic combination could be found. In the meantime,
they combined small amounts of it with other earth-based naturally
occurring earth genetic material thereby creating other species in
the process. These were also not suitable for the unstable
environment of the earth at the time and few generations existed for
very long. Little explanation has been found linking these beings
to any known earth primate. These beings will most likely find
an uneventful resting place in your history once all other links
have been discovered, a mere comma in our combined planetary past.
Cave Dwellers
The caveman is another story altogether. His creation and
subsequent evolution involved the use of human and E.T. genetic
material, therefore he is a link to your genetic past. As a last
resort and in an effort to cover-up their past failures, the
inexperienced geneticists used some of their own genetic material
in a laboratory experiment. This went against all accepted
scientific protocol and was strictly forbidden. Past oaths which
they had sworn to uphold were blatantly disregarded and cast aside.
They gave little if any thought to any future consequences that
their actions might bring and proceeded nonetheless.
Their experiment combined primate material already in existence
with the gentic material of a humanoid species from another world,
along with their own more advanced alien material. The experiment
was conducted in a growth chamber that simulated and later created
generations of beings though in limited quantities due to the
severe effect of this chamber upon all genetic structures. All of
your ideas regarding test tubes, incubation modules, and accelerated
growth techniques can be traced to this moment in your historic
past. It is important to note that two different and distinct
processes of evolution existed side by side during this time, though
they later became one again. Both creation and natural selection
were in evidence as was evolution as a subsequent result of creation,
a third interpretation.
Science and Rel-gion have debated and sometimes battled one
another regarding this subject. Both have been correct though neither
has been accurate and will not be for some time.
The alien geneticists believed that the caveman had some potential.
As their numbers increased various cultures emerged. Great hope was
placed upon the evolution of these beings and the geneticists who
had broken all rules enjoyed a certain amount of popularity, acclaim
and social standing for a time. The cave dwellers were monitored
from afar for the most part though some had minor interactions with
the more advanced beings. Cave dwellers learned skills easily and
quickly though rudimentary use of their limbs slowed their progress.
As the evolutionary process continued, desirable aspects began to
replace undesirable ones. Eventually, some of the cave dwellers
began to resemble their creators in appearance and mannerism and
this knowledge was brought to the attention of certain beings who
knew unmistakably how this had come to be. Disgust, distrust and
unrest permeated all levels once this truth was exposed. The
original creators of the experiment were ordered back home
humiliated and fully expecting the dire circumstances which awaited
them. They were never seen or heard from again.
The magnitude of the offense left those who remained in charge
distressed and unbalanced. Embarrassment ignited an exodus of
alien beings stationed here who decided a hasty retreat was in
their best interest. They determined it best to leave the earth
until a mistake of such major proportion could be corrected. In the
meantime, the elders upon their home world did their best to
cover-up the preceding events. They knew the truth would ultimately
be exposed so they set an intersecting course with their new destiny,
one which they had not previously planned but which was thrust upon
them anyway. The beings they most feared were the overseers of
primordial worlds and it would only be a matter of time before the
wave bands that travel this universe brought them the news.
In the meantime the existence of the cave dwellers was threatened.
They were not carnivores by nature. In fact, they had become
accustomed to consuming a substance which had been introduced to
them by the more advance culture.
Mixed with vegetables and other organics, this substance was
assisting their growth as well as accelerating their evolution.
Forgetful by nature, they lost the formula for this substance and
began to starve. Led by instinct and the desire to survive they
became carnivores though the idea was originally distasteful to them.
(One of the gaps or missing links in your history is from this time
period. Skeletal remains have been found which indicate both
advanced and recessive evolutionary paths occurring at the same time.
Carbon dating has confirmed that these individuals most likely
lived near one another and during the same time period. It is still
thought to be too short a time for such vast differences to have
occurred side by side, even given generous leeway for historical
anomalies.) Some of the cave dwelling cultures perished as their
world around them became unpredictable and unsafe. They found
themselves in a state of confusion from which they could not emerge.
The same intervention which had promised to accelerate their growth
now almost certainly spelled extinction due to its absence. Most
cave dwellers became depressed and inactive, and when they did not
prepare adequately for the change of seasons their numbers decreased.
Mothers continued to give birth to babies, but their milk was no
longer nutritious and many infants did not make it beyond their
first year.
Once the wave band had traveled to the overseers (sometimes called
The Watchers) intervention was once again offered and received by the
remaining cave dwellers. They were moved to a more moderate climate
and offered nutritious organics from other worlds. This I accepted
on their behalf making sure that it became plentiful in all of their
environments. The surviving cave dwellers were offered an
evolutionary path, a spiral that would eventually bring them to a
place where they would understand the importance of their role upon
this world. The cave dwellers remained loyal to the overseers (who
they believed had come from the stars and would one day return.)
They walked lightly upon the earth and kept to themselves. A long
time hence they evolved into many different cultures, some still
thrive today. They are a dignified and respectful people, their
names are not offered here but you will recognize them by their
unique vibration. Soon they will determine for themselves whether
or not they will remain with the earth beyond this next
evolutionary spiral which quickly approaches.
Human Beings
Where are your true origins? If the answer is not within this
question then where is it? Among the many geneticists who came and
went one was perhaps more adept than the rest. She was not prone to
argument or debate, preferring instead to conduct detailed studies
of her own and documenting her findings whenever they proved
favorable. She was not well known or well liked but was respected
nonetheless. Eventually, she was ready to proceed.
Everything that she had learned about the earth and its
bioavailability of genetic material was now represented by a few
primordial core DNA atoms.
This she combined with the genetic material of a being who had
until then existed only in the oceans. Prior searches had been
limited to a small geographic radius of prime interest. Because of
this the obvious had been missed. The oceans were the most stable
and plentiful environment on the planet and contained the greatest
variety of biological life. Her formula began with a primordial
source already available upon the surface combined with her
oceanographic DNA discovery. To this she added genetic material from
beings who made their home elsewhere in this same galaxy. Some of
this material came from Venus and Mars. From Venus she brought
height and beauty.
The Martians were a distinguished people, strong and healthy and
apt in many ways one could not help but notice. Martians also
required sources of water for sustenance and this formed the
basis of her theory and the formula which followed. She considered
sharing her findings with her contemporaries but their agendas
were steeped in patterns of acquisition and betrayal. Her own agenda
was sharply focused on her scientific pursuits and any who attempted
to cross her quickly met her sharp tongue and quick wit. She now
surrounded herself with all that she had accumulated and poured
her confidence into her formula.
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
May. 10, 2002.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
The beings who emerged from her laboratory were handsome indeed.
Her research and her formula were met with apparent success. Her
guarded demeanor prevented her from sharing her successful creation
with others whose untrusting minds and hearts she could do without
for a while. She allowed the created beings as much freedom as she
believed would keep them under her protection. She taught them about
themselves and their world. The knowledge she shared with them was
not completely accurate, but was certainly more information than
had ever been offered before. She came to love her creation and to
feel sorry for them at the same time. The original purpose which
had brought about their creation was the intent of her people to
populate the earth with a working class being whose longevity and
procreational habits would ensure the steady and dedicated support of
their causes. Individual freedom, manifestation of individual
desires or a self -realized being was not an original precept.
When the debacle created by the inferior geneticists threatened
the existence of the alien r-ce, the female geneticist who had
brought about the birth of these first humans was forced to return
to her home planet along with the rest. Based upon what she had
already learned, she now became unwilling to share her success for
fear that her own research would be questioned, or even worse
destroyed. She had also come to feel a motherly responsibility for
these innocents and feared that their discovery would
also mean their suffering.
Beforeleaving she offered her one and only prayer to the earth. It
was on behalf of these beings that she prayed. She asked me to
protect them as my own until she might return to once again take
over their guidance and instruction. This is how human beings came
to be called children of the earth. I welcomed these beings and all
who followed into my heart. My love and devotion for each subsequent
generation has never diminished. These first human beings were led
into a protected garden-like valley.
These childlike humans remained in this valley for a long time,
long enough to create several generations. They did not experience
lack and abundance was their natural state. Each generation was told
how the original beings came into existence. A place of honor was
held for these ancestors among all generations. Each individual
came to know that his or her lineage was a part of the stars as
much as of the earth. They understood and felt privileged to be a
part of All That Is.
These are humanity's roots, the core essence and history of the
human being. These human beings were the original prototypes for
the bodies you now occupy.
One day in the very near future a new body will emerge. Even
now the new matrix within you is expanding and preparing to
accommodate a grander being.
History Comes Full Circle
Eventually the overseers learned of the genetic tampering that had
taken place on Earth for nothing could be kept from them. The wave
bands, which were simply expressions of truth in motion, brought the
knowledge to the overseers. That which you call the photon belt is
also a type of wave band.
Perhaps a more appropriate title for an overseer is Ambassador, for
that is more in line with the function they perform. In this capacity
they paid a visit to the alien ra-e which had sent its geneticists
to earth. This visit was only a courteous formality as they already
knew all that had transpired. The alien elders did not attempt
to hide, omit, or otherwise color the truth. It is not possible to
do so in the presence of these individuals because truth simply is;
it exists.
Once again the tampering of others with regard to the evolution of
the earth required the overseers to intercede on earth's behalf.
They first decided that the earth must exist in a state of
quarantine until all appropriate decisions could be made. The earth
became hands-off to all, no being or spacecraft was allowed within
the distance decreed by the overseers and there were no exceptions
to this. The overseers were so committed to this decision that the
earth's location was even removed from certain maps and star charts.
The most adept scientists, philosophers and visionaries were allowed
to maintain an interested but remote vigil until a formal plan was
offered. Many of you arrived during this time. The curiosity to see
for yourselves what was taking place here was as overwhelming as the
desire to take part in it in some way. Many also decided that they
would remain here to see and to participate in the development of
the planet and the new beings upon it who were considered quite
beautiful. The overseers came and went often during this time. When
they could not be present an aspect of their consciousness was
projected forward in the form of a hologram to watch the earth and
the humans. This is how the term, The Watchers, came to be.
At the end of the quarantine period a great council was convened.
It was attended by all interested and participatory parties.
Representatives from the original human beings were asked to
attend as were representatives from the later generations. They
did not fully understand what was taking place or why their presence
was required. They did not know that their very existence as a r-ce
of beings was the subject of discussion. The council experience was
stressful for them and many recesses were called so that they could
rest, when their bodies returned to adequate levels of well being
the council resumed its discussion. The wave band had called forth
everyone who had ever interfered or participated in any way and this
included my own sentience as well. Everyone had an opportunity to
speak even if it was to offer good wishes. There was no hurry and
an attitude of harmony and peace was experienced by all. Even so,
the decision of the council was firm.
The council's decision surprised some and shocked others. The
council emphasized its displeasure at the interference and
manipulation already experienced by the earth. The council also
determined that it was no longer possible for the earth to evolve
naturally as the forces of nature would dictate. The earth would
therefore be a nominated as a candidate for advancement and
membership in the federation of (sentient) planets and beings. This
was not to happen for some time and not until several other
requirements were met.
This shocked and disappointed the alien beings who had originally
interfered because it rendered the earth inaccessible to them and
made their plans for expansion obsolete. The council asked them to
initiate a reparations plan as soon as possible regarding any and
all naturally occurring material which had been removed or tampered
with. The profiteers who were also present at the council were
invited to assist the alien beings in the reparation task.
For a specific length of time they were each asked to replenish
and restore the earth's resources by as many methods as possible.
Their knowledge of the earby universes and of the worlds within
them made them perfect candidates for this. Because the planet
could not be restored to its original condition they were asked
instead to enhance it in every way available to them. To their credit
this has meant the addition of lush vegetation and the introduction
of several mineral deposits unlike any others. The profiteers
received the decision of the council as an opportunity rather than a
reprimand. They have worked at their assigned task diligently and
selflessly for aeons of time. Their charter is due for renewal in
the spring of next year as is their ability to determine their own
future at that time. They have become experts in their field and
will certainly have a variety of opportunities from which to choose.
All who had interfered with the original genetic plan of the
earth were asked to remain until the genetic balance of the planet
and of all the beings upon it was restored. This restoration
includes your own self-realization and ascension as well as the my
own. Though surprised at the original request, all parties to this
decision have found that their interests, namely the development of
genetics and other sciences, has been fulfilled beyond what they
might have imagined or experienced elsewhere.
Several species have been saved from extinction because of the
participation of these beings, one of these species has certainly
been humanity. The guidance and support of these individuals has
led to many successful discoveries in various endeavors. Their
devotion to the earth can be counted upon until August 2005 after
which they will determine their next level of experience.
The beings whose original plan had been control and ownership of
the earth were asked instead to become its protectors. They have
stood watch at the corridors of time and space protecting it from
others who would profit by it or its resources. Their job has not
been an easy one for the most part because the same energy wave
band which made itself known to the overseers also made others aware
of the earth as well. There are still beings who believe they are
clever and resourceful enough to claim that the earth and its
inhabitants will soon become their own property. This has been their
prime directive and continues to be of paramount importance to them.
They will not succeed regardless of any propaganda that is paraded
before you or special effects in the sky that may entice you. The
earth will no longer accept any agenda that is not in line with
its own sp-ritual development or yours. Those who currently endeavor
to assist in the protection of the earth have not regretted the
decision of the council. They have participated of their own volition
and as a result have enjoyed an accelerated path to their own
enlightenment.
The master geneticist who was responsible for the emergence of the
human being was praised as well as chastised for her interference
and for keeping the event a secret. She also received the acclaim
she so deserved as a scientist and a geneticist. She was also asked
to remain with humanity until its survival as a species became
assured. She has worked to ensure that your DNA is able to
accelerate and parallel the evolutionary progress of the planet. Her
energy has been focused upon you for so long that it is difficult
to separate her vibration from the earth's or from your own. We
are sometimes mistakenly confused as one being by those who would
personify the sentience of the earth. She is the one you have
called G-ddess, Isis, and other appropriate names and titles. She
has been your ally and your constant supporter and companion as
have I. She will choose another avenue of expression in the near
future. The earth will never be without her support and devotion and
humanity will never be far from her heart.
What more can be said in conclusion to your question? Human beings
were born here long ago. They are your ancestors and their history
is your history even if you have each joined in at different
historical markers and crossroads in time. The origin and lineage
of the human can now be traced from the stars to the earth and back
again. You have received the best that this universe has had to
offer in spite of the manipulations and interventions that may have
lead you to believe the contrary. Your bodies are beautiful
expressions of light and are becoming more so each day. There is
everlasting guidance and support surrounding the decisions you make
based upon the choices you are offered. Your future has not been
written in advance but never has there been more support for the
success of a species or a planet. I am well pleased in that which
you are and are yet becoming.
The council which convened as a result of the wave band will
convene again soon. Each of you will be present at that great
council meeting and you will have an opportunity to share your
experiences and make your own desires known. What will you offer
the council? Will you describe unspeakable torturous lifetimes or
ones which include experiences of beauty, freedom and unbridled
passion? What has this excursion through time meant to you? What
experiences will you remember, which will you highlight? Perhaps your
decision will be based upon what is yet to be.
As you ponder these questions, do your best to give consideration
to each moment. Do not be in such a hurry, the destination you now
envision is not as colorful as your present journey. You have
outgrown the picture you painted long ago of what this destination
would look like. Paint a new picture, one with brighter and more
vivid colors. Leave plenty of open space to add more details and
refinement. Sign your picture but do not date it so that it does not
become another thing of the past. Allow it to continue to evolve as
you do, one moment at a time. My own picture has many colors and it
is very bright. My canvas is quite large and each one of you is
represented there. Perhaps one day I will display all of your
pictures in an open gallery of light and all who visit will know
the beauty that you are.
After all, that is how the Grand Canyon was born.
Namasti,
Isis
Part 4 of 4.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
May 13, 2002.
Here is some information about the space people and some of my
experiences working at the museum.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: CLASSIFICATION OF OBSERVED UFO OCCUPANTS
http://ufos.about.com/gi/dynamic/offsite.htm
by Richard D. Butler
GROUP A...NON-EARTH-BORN HOMO SAPIENS
This group consists of three being types from three distinct colony
zones, namely Sirius, Pleiades and Orion. Genetically, they are
nearly identical to Earth humans with the following exceptions.
Abductees refer to these beings as the "talls." Males average
approximately seven feet in height; females, six and a half feet.
They are extremely fine featured, pale in complexion. Eyes are
almond shaped, slightly slanted with a natural bl-ck liner, much
like Egyptians. There are three hair colors apparently related
to colony origin: blonde (Pleiades), bl-ck (Orion), and red (Sirius).
(JW Some of the tall bla-k people of our World come from Sirius,
the so-called Dog Star.) The insignia of these combined human
ra-es is a triangular arrangement of three spheres. This symbol has
deep significance, and is found throughout Earth history. History
records these beings as go-desses, g-ds, devas, etc. A subgroup of
Group A females is in command of most Earth projects.
GROUP B...EARTH-BORN HUMANS
These are Homo Sapiens whose origin is the planet Earth. They can
be divided into two separate classes.
Class A (Ancient)...These humans were the companions and house
servants of a Group A mi-itary mining and occupation force. When
this force left the Earth sometime between 1,000 B.C. and 2,000
B.C., it was decided to remove all humans that had been in close
proximity with them. It was felt that leaving them would only
further disrupt normal human development.
Class A humans are on an equal level with Group A and cooperate
fully in all Earth projects.
Class M (Modern)...These humans are working on the same cooperative
level as Class A. They were taken from the Earth in modern times.
During some abduction projects, twins (either identical or
fraternal) are induced in a female subject. During the first
trimester, one of the fetuses is removed. It is then grown to
maturity by Group A. Abductees will meet their twins during some
abductions. Very limited contact has been made by these humans.
GROUP C...GENETICALLY MODIFIED EARTH-BORN HUMANS
These humans are comprised of two classes and should not be
confused with Group D Greys.
Class W (Workers)...This class is the smallest in physical stature.
They are described as approximately three and a half feet in height,
large head and eyes, pale white in complexion. these workers were
created by Group A through genetic modification of Earth human
fetuses. Their function is to perform menial tasks requiring limited
reasoning abilities. In mental capacity, they are equivalent to a
five year old child. They are incapable of violence and, in come
cases, are kept as companions by Group A individuals.
Class T (Technicians)...These humans are basically the same as
Class W. They are slightly larger, at approximately four and a half
feet in height.
Their complexion is tan or yellowish. Their reasoning and deductive
powers are higher. This allows them to perform more complex
operations. They are often seen operating ship controls and in
transport activities. Both Classes W and T are telepathically
camouflaged to appear as Greys by abductees.
This is done to conceal the true nature of Group C. It is felt
that perception of Group A maintaining a human slave population
would hinder future contact efforts. This point will undoubtedly be
a source of much heated debate in the near future.
GROUP D...GREYS
Of the six groups discussed in this paper, the Greys appear to
represent the only non-human contingent. The following data should
be considered tentative at best. Height is approximately five and a
half feet. The head is large; eyes large, bla-k and very slanted.
Skin color is dark grey and non-porous. All data so far indicates
that they may be a cetacean-based life form. On Earth, this
comprises the species of whales and dolphins. Descriptions of Greys'
skin color and texture closely match that of dolphins. The stare
and stun effects approximate that performed by dolphins on potential
enemies, such as sharks and barracuda.
Human and dolphin fetuses are nearly identical, up to a certain
development stage. Some say they share a common genetic ancestor. If
so, then this makes the hybridization of human and dolphins
theoretically feasible.
There are two possibilities concerning the origin of the Greys.
The first is that a cetacean life form evolved on another planet.
Unlike Earth cetaceans, they did not return to the oceans. The
second possibility involves the genetic modification of Earth
cetaceans by Group A. When Group created workers in ancient times,
they may have used the two most evolved species available. These
would have been pre-humans and dolphins. There is evidence for this
in ancient writing, sculptures and paintings. they show a close
relationship between the -ods (Group A) and dolphins. In South
America, there are ruins which appear to have been massive water
enclosures. Could these have been the breeding pens of the Greys?
GROUP E...HUMAN/GREY HYBRIDS
One of the main ET projects, now in the completion stage, is the
hybrid program. The goal of this project is to produce a being
combining the best physical and mental qualities of both r-ces. The
following description is of a hybrid female, approximately fifteen
years old. Height is five feet, three inches; skin color is pale
white/grey. the head is slightly larger and rounder than normal.
air is dark, high above the forehead, and worn in a very long
ponytail. The face is very fine-featured, and attractive. Like all
the beings discussed in this paper, her method of communication is
telepathic. This has allowed a deeper understanding of her
intellectual and emotional make-up. They consider themselves human,
not Grey, in almost all respects.
They care about the Greys, as any child would a parent, but find
them agonizingly boring. The desire for human contact is greater
than all others.
Their capacity for emotion is as great, if not greater than,
humans. Any physical attribute more human than Grey is a great
source of pride. their intellectual capacity is well above human
standards. It is very likely they will exceed the capabilities of
both ra-es.
GROUP F...SASQUATCH
These have been seen both near, and on-board, UFOs. Little is known
about them. Some have speculated that they are the original pre-human
species from which Homo Sapiens were derived. (JW I don't agree with
that statement. Sasquatch is separate type of being from Humans.)
"And G-d said, Let US make man in OUR image, after OUR likeness...."
Gen-sis, Chapter 1, Verse 26
"And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the
earth, and daughters were born unto them, that the Sons of Go- saw
the daughters of men, that they were fair; and they took them wives
of all which they chose... There were giants in the earth in those
days; and also after that, when the Sons of -od came in unto the
daughters of men, and they bore children to them...."
G-nesis, Chapter 6, Verses 1,2,4
JW This, of course, is a discussion of a few of the space people.
There are many more types, I thank this person for discussing those
types mentioned.
John Winston.
...............
Subject: Times At The Museum.
It seems that when I got in to the museum to do volunteer work,
that a lot of things are happening. Just this last week when I
stepped through the door, there was a person who wanted to tell me
something that had been happening over in Tuolumne City, Calif.
It seems that this person had a friend who had been engaged in
working for some people who were Scientologist.
These people had been making a large underground vault. In
this vault the Scientologists were going to put all of their records
and written material.
I was then asked what I knew about the Scientology. I then told
the few people there that this group was started by a science fiction
writer by the name of E. Ron Hobbard. Later on Ron started writing
some information and books that were factual. Most of this
information had been gleamed from re-igious teachings from the East.
One of the cornerstones of his way of teaching was that if you hitch
up a zero center meter, electrodes, to the hands of a person and
make it very sensitive, them you could read the resistance of a
person's body, as you asked them questions.
By asking them a series of questions like, "Do you hate your
Mother-in-law?", you could find out what areas you were especially
sensitive in and the meter needle would deflect showing a change in
the resistance of your body. The next day you'd go through the
question again, talk about it, confront it and after a while you
would not be
sensitive in that area. When you get over most of the sensitive
areas then you become Clear in that you are clear of all sensitive
areas. When this happened you would find that you would get over
a lot of dis-ases. You would become calm, cool and collected.
All of this sounds very well until you start dealing with humans
who see how a buck can be made from this. Onee you get a few
people who are Clears then some of them become monitors for other
people. These people than start hitching other people to the
electrodes, sometime referred to as cans and they ask them questions
until they get clear. For this monitoring they charge a lot of
money.
I was monitored by a person called Don Showen and he didn't charge
me anything. He also let me read a few of the books and information
written by Mr. Hubbard. Don was too smart and too honest to stay
with the Scientolgy group. John Travolta is a member of the
Scientology organization. He, of course, is a movie star who played
in the movie "Grease". I like John Travolta and respect him. It
has been found that some people are charged very little to become
Clear. They say say that this is due to the fact that they have
little to be overcomed.
In other cases when a person is the offspring of a very rich person
then it just works out that they are changed a great deal. Of
course loyal members to the Scientology group will say that I know
not what of I speak.
After working for a while and most of the people going home going
home my new friend that I call Steve the Fruitarian came in with
two more people. After introducing his two associates, who were
very handsome, about 30 year old men, they all set down at a table
which I was already setting. I figured I would be quite and just
listen in to what was happening. Another person came in and
pulled out some pictures that had been drawn out of an old ledger
book. These were drawings of ancient flying ships that had been
seen throughout the world during the 1880 all the way up to about
1931. These were beautiful multicolored drawings of these ships
and their inner parts. After seeing these and
the two people left I was told how I could get the written
information about these pictures. I'll attempt to do that in
the future.
I was also told that these two young men were twins. One of them
had only one kidney but that was OK because the other one had three.
One of them had a double skeleton inside of him allowing him to
be rolled over by an automobile and he just pushed the auto off
himself, got up and walked away with no broken bones and no
scratches.
Anyway I'm going to continue to look into this situation.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
alt...@excite.com
Regis and Kelly when they started talking about a prediction that
was put out by a psychic called Kreskin. He predicted that we were
going to have a major sighting of UFOs over the desert in Nevada in
May or June. It was my hope that someone would get some more
information about this and put it on the Internet. There was a
question as to whether the UFO would be the largest one seen in a
long time or whether the number of people seeing it would be most
people to a see a UFO in a long time.
nu-monet v4.0
Kreskin is a "faux psychic." That means that he doesn't
believe in psychic powers, he just uses psychological and
statistical tricks to fool people into a "gee-whiz!"
For example, it has long been noted that broadcasting or
publishing stuff about UFOs in an area will almost guarantee
an uptick in the number of "sightings" and "abductions",
but only where the show aired or the newspaper story ran.
--
"This hedgehog will live with us!"
alt...@excite.com
believe in psychic powers, he just uses psychological and
statistical tricks to fool people into a "gee-whiz!"
For example, it has long been noted that broadcasting or
publishing stuff about UFOs in an area will almost guarantee
an uptick in the number of "sightings" and "abductions",
but only where the show aired or the newspaper story ran.
--
"This hedgehog will live with us!"
John F. Winston
JW I hope you see something. I would guess that the big sighting will
be over Neno or Las Vegas. To see a UFO about anytime I would take
a little trip to the area in Nevada that is on a stright line between
Lake Isabella, Calif. and Area. Another good area is anywhere around
the LIl-Alien-Inn cafe in Ratchel, Nevada.
John F. Winston
In the past I've posted a lot about the Verdant space people and
how they were vanting to make this world a better place. When
Sept. 11th happened and later when a lot of their Earth friends were
liguidated by unfriendly people the decided to give up on the project
for a while. Now they are back again, ready to start anew.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: v
Subject: Report on the ACCET Star Seeds/Star Kids Conference
"Star Kids and Star Seeds: Helpers in These Times of Transition"
By
Richard Boylan, Ph.D.
The weekend of April 6-7, 2002 was Spring-like warm in Berkeley
as 75 people of all ages and ethnicities, many of them Star Seeds
or Star Kids, gathered to learn and pool information about
transformational changes going on in their lives. They were not
disappointed. Over the next 48 hours they heard from world-renown
experts, and from small schoolchildren, that average people have
been altered in profound and paranormal ways by Visitors from the
stars. The Conference was held by the Academy of Clinical Close
Encounter Therapists (ACCET), a nonprofit organization of
clinicians who work with experiencers of contact by Star Visitors.
The meeting was held in the lovely old Finnish Kaleva Hall, with
warm wood floors and walls architecture that provided a natural
energy to the gathering.
The Conference opened with a pra-erful invocation by Abuna
Mortoma, Archbishop of the Orthodox Ch-rch branch founded by the
Apostle Thomas.
It concluded with a Native American Pipe Ceremony pray-r by Dr.
Richard Boylan. Between these p-ayerful bookends, eight noted
speakers and three panels set forth information, some of which had
never before been presented at a public conference.
The Conference opened with ACCET Past President and famed UFO
researcher Dr. Leo Sprinkle reading a message from the current
President, Dr. Ruth Hover, sidelined with recent surgery. Dr. Hover
message invited all present to open their minds and hearts to the
cutting-edge knowledge they were about to hear. She encouraged
everyone to work together and move forward into a new page of
history.
The next Speaker was Marian MacNeil, CHT. She related a few of her
encounters, and described two principal individuals with whom she has
interacted. Over her lifetime, a Visitor who lets himself be called
Neuman has communicated with her telepathically and by guided
writing, and shown himself on several occasions. Another Visitor she
described as the Alabaster Man, because of his glowing white skin
tone. She told of her gradual journey of waking up to this experience
in 1995, and later recalling earlier experiences stretching back into
childhood.
This writer was the following Speaker. First I defined Star Seeds
and Star Kids as physically, psychically and metaphysically changed
as a result of either their own contacts with the Visitors, or the
Visitors' modifying their parents reproductive material. I
enumerated some of the various unusual attributes they often have,
such as telepathy, precognition, telekinesis, penetrating
intuitiveness, ability to see and interpret auras, amplified
bioenergetic fields, healing powers by touch or mental projection,
levitation, creating invisibility, mentally influencing others,
working with earth's energy, effecting time dilation or contraction,
presensitivity to disasters, interdimensional awareness, astral
(out-of-body) travel, and their close connectedness with their Star
Visitor guardians. I pointed out that startling as the paranormal
powers might be, the most important changes are in understanding
and outlook: a new understanding of the richness and diversity of
intelligent life across the universe, and a new outlook on the human
condition -- as transmuting into what an official of the Smithsonian
Institute called Homo Noeticus, Cosmic Human. The talk urged others
to help nurture this new generation, Star Kids as the vanguard of
what humanity is becoming.
The Panel of Parents of Star Kids featured five intrepid mothers
and fathers. They came from near and far to speak about their
children. But these were not just more proud parents. They described
the struggle to gradually realize what extraordinary and special
children they were gifted with. A number of these parents
acknowledged that they themselves were Star Seed. This helped them
bring insight into the struggles about identity and differentness
which their children have. Their cheerfulness and hopefulness were
inspiring.
During the catered on-site lunch, the participants sat at common
tables chatting cheerfully with perfect strangers who did not stay
strangers for long. The empathy and same- frequency energetic
resonance that seems to draw experiencers together everywhere
quickly wove together those at each table. One hallmark of the
type of participants is that the vegetarian sandwiches went fast,
but there were plenty of red-meat sandwiches left over.
Leading off Saturday afternoon was John Maynard, formerly of
the Defense Inte-ligence Agency. While some in attendance were
prepared to hear an insider speech about gov-rnment cover-up
gymnastics, Mr. Maynard had more profound things to share. He spoke
of his Native American heritage and upbringing as more important
than his In-elligence career, and more helpful in understanding the
Star Visitors' long history interacting with mankind. He, too told
of gradually recalling the various encounters which shaped his
mental outlook. When he addressed the Press Conference at the
National press Club in Washington, DC about his go-ernment knowledge
of UFO reality, he spoke with the conviction of an experiencer.
Boys and girls ages 11 to 15 formed the Star Kids panel. As could
be expected of children in those awkward changing years, many of
the panel had stage-fright and found public speaking quite
challenging. Still each affirmed by their presence and by declaring
themselves as Star Kids, that they knew and accepted their
differentness. Others were more vocal, most of all teenager Adam
Clark, who joined the Conference by phone hook-up from his home in
Virginia. Adam freely spoke of his visitations and communications.
He attributed his going public as host of a radio interview program
on UFOS to the mission the Visitors gave him to wake the people up.
The Star Kids were followed by the retired City Desk Editor of
the Los Angeles Times. Phillip Krapf started out as a die-hard
agnostic about UFO reality. His skepticism was cured in a single
night, when he was taken aboard a starship by a race he dubbed
the Verdants, because they come from a lush green planet. The
Verdants showed him their plan for acclimating humans to Star
Visitor presence. The plan involves various notable public
figures being approached by the Star Visitors and tasked with a
mission to come out of the closet about their experiences at the
strategically right time. These notable political, media, and
professional individuals are so well known that the public would
not challenge their revelations. The events of September Eleventh set
the Announcement timetable back some, the Verdants told him, but the
majority of Verdants want the plan to go forward soon.
Noted hypnotherapist and crop circles researcher Barbara Lamb,
LMFT and psychic Judith Moore, coauthors of Crop Circles Revealed,
discussed the findings from their study of these remarkable patterns
made by Star Visitors in grainfields and other media. They presented
wonderful slides, as they described the glyphs. Judith provided
interpretations of the decoded meaning of some of the symbols used
by the Visitors. Their talk left the audience wishing more time was
available for learning the cereological messages.
The Star Seeds panel featured three Ph.D. psychotherapists, a
psy-hic, a hypnotherapist, and, appropriately enough, a software
employee of George Lucas. Dr. Margo Baldwin, Marian MacNeil, CHT,
Dr. Leo Sprinkle, Dr June Steiner, Alex Neuse and Judith Moore each
succinctly told of their personal journey of discovery of their true
deeper nature, as they came to terms with Star Visitor encounters
and the changes these brought into their lives. Their obvious
sincerity and humility made powerful counterpoint to the magnitude
of life changes and empowerment.
Saturday evening many of the Conference-goers gathered for a
skywatch high above the Bay Area at the Lawrence Hall of Science
patio atop the Berkeley Hills. The cities of San Francisco,
Oakland, Richmond, and San Rafael were a carpet of lights
surrounding the starlit waters of San Francisco Bay. The group were
encouraged by Dr. Richard Boylan to engage in a mental telepathic
outreach to the Star Visitors. A rather heavy marine overcast,
seldom breaking open to allow partial views of the sky, made it
difficult to tell if any starship came by. But a number of sensitives
within the group felt an unseen Visitor presence nearby the patio in
the dark.
Sunday's lead-off Speaker was the witty and always-entertaining
Dr. Leo Sprinkle. He told of his evolution from conventional
student to UFO witness to university professor studying UFOs and
reports of Visitor contacts. He recounted his decades of public
witnessing before the media, as well as submitting testimony to the
Cong-essional Hearing on UFOs convened in the 1970's. He concluded
with remarks about the stages of changes in mental outlook that he
has found experiencers go through as they come to terms with being
Star Seeds.
Kathleen Dusek, author of Journey Through the Space Between, spoke
of a life- threatening fall from the Orient Express train that
resulted in astral travel and awareness of inter- dimensional
reality. She wove into her presentation the current war and peace
struggles around the world, and our need to understand how apparent
evil can provide an occasion for good to emerge. She summed up
her talk by leading the group in an energetic dance of awakening
higher energies.
Final Speaker was Southern California podiatrist and Star Visitor
contact investigator Dr. Roger Leir. He made a riveting
presentation on how children have changed in the past 50 years, just
two generations.
Basing his observations on the child growth and development
milestones published in medical textbooks, he pointed out how the
average age for such abilities as a baby's holding the head up
unaided, first speech, first step, etc. have advanced from half a
year earlier to two years earlier than children a half-century ago.
Thus he concluded that not only are Star Kids emerging among us,
but that the entire human r-ce is rapidly being advanced forward
at a rate unlikely to be due to slow evolutionary forces.
Many wonderful volunteers made this conference the warm and
wonderful "gathering of the tribe" that so many participants felt
it to be. The conference participants left with the message to go
out and make a difference in the world.
><><><><><><><<><><>
Richard J. Boylan, Ph.D., LLC Post Office Box 22310, Sacramento,
CA 95822, USA. Phone/voice mail/fax: (916) 422-7400; E-mail address:
drbo...@sbcglobal.net
Official website: www.drboylan.com or www.geocities.com/drboylan
05/12/02
John Winston john...@mlode.com
Clave
>
> Subject: The Verdant Space People Are Back...
"Verdant" -- now there's a nice, woody word.
Jim
Joe Cosby
thunder crashed, <alt...@excite.com> laughed madly, then wrote:
>This is a multi-part message in MIME format.
>
>
>Kreskin is a "faux psychic." That means that he doesn't
>believe in psychic powers, he just uses psychological and
>statistical tricks to fool people into a "gee-whiz!"
>
>For example, it has long been noted that broadcasting or
>publishing stuff about UFOs in an area will almost guarantee
>an uptick in the number of "sightings" and "abductions",
>but only where the show aired or the newspaper story ran.
>
>--=20
>"This hedgehog will live with us!"
>
>
>Perhaps sightings increased due to a positive release of energy on the =
>physical plane. Sometimes, if enough people "believe" something =
>extraoridinary can happen - it does!
>
>I would truly be interested in websites/articles detailing Kreskin's =
>psychological tricks!
>
>;-) Andrea
>
EXACTLY what I've been trying to tell these people! Whether believing
in something makes it true or not, -not- believing it -gaurantees- it
won't. I mean maybe not as far as getting run over by a truck or
contracting herpes, but a lot of -other- stuff, like hope and dreams
and becoming a Pagan High Priestess or having a garage sale and things
like that.
My point is, if we don't project -positive- energy, then what do we
expect to find around us? NO positive energy, obviously.
I'm glad to know I'm not the only one who feels this way.
Do you know of any good links to web sites about creating living
beings out of cheese?
--
Joe Cosby
http://joecosby.home.mindspring.com
"DO NOT ALLOW AIR CONDITIONER TO FALL OUT OF WINDOW."
- warning on a window air conditioner
Sig by Kookie Jar 5.98d http://go.to/generalfrenetics/
The Bells
<alt...@excite.com> wrote in message news:3ce17503$1...@news.teranews.com...
LXIX
>
> I live in Nevada. I will certainly keep my eyes "peeled". I've always wanted to spot a UFO.
What is it with people and eye peeling.
That's just so wrong.
--LXIX--
Vanilla Gorilla (Monkey Boy)
alt.fan.art-bell:
>Perhaps sightings increased due to a positive release of energy on the physical plane.
Odd way of phrasing "alcohol abuse", but if that's what you want to
call it, go ahead.
--
V.G.
(This sig file contains not less than 80% recycled SPAM)
Sarcasm is my sword, Apathy is my shield.